X Series Options
X Series Options
X Series Options
configuration and
options guide
IntelliStation workstations
Storage enclosures
Options
ibm.com/pc/us/eserver/xseries/library
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Information Sources
Canada
Audience
Where to go
How to get
www.pc.ibm.com/ca/eserver/xseries/index.shtml
Business Partners
www.pc.ibm.com/partner/ca
IBM Employees
Marketing Essentials
Feedback
www.pc.ibm.com/partner/ca/feedback.html
www.pc.ibm.com/us/eserver/xseries/library/configtools.html
Business Partners
www.pc.ibm.com/partner/ca
IBM Employees
Marketing Essentials
Feedback
ibm_netfinity_rack_configurator@vnet.ibm.com
www.pc.ibm.com/ca/eserver/xseries/index.shtml
Business Partners
IBM Employees
Marketing Essentials
Latin America
IBM xSeries Configuration and Options Guide
Customers
www.pc.ibm.com/us/eserver/xseries/library
Business Partners
IBM Employees
Feedback
laconfig@us.ibm.com
www.pc.ibm.com/us/eserver/xseries/library
Business Partners
IBM Employees
Feedback
ibm_netfinity_rack_configurator@vnet.ibm.com
www.pc.ibm.com/la
Business Partners
www.pc.ibm.com/la/ or www.pc.ibm.com/br
IBM Employees
1. To request a user ID and password, go to www.pc.ibm.com/la. Select PC PartnerInfo, then select country. On the country page, select the link for PartnerInfo user ID and password
requests.
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW DISCLAIMER OF EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES IN CERTAIN
TRANSACTIONS. THEREFORE, THIS STATEMENT MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. THERE IS NO GUARANTEE THAT IBM WILL MARKET ANY
PARTICULAR PRODUCT IN YOUR COUNTRY
United States
Audience
Where to go
How to get
www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat
Business Partners
www.pc.ibm.com/partner/us/
IBM Employees
serverproven.raleigh.ibm.com/cog/index.shtml
internal site
mipdata@us.ibm.com
Customers
Feedback
Business Partners
www.pc.ibm.com/partner/us/
Select Sales Tools, then Marketing Essentials, then IBM PC Server--> Rack Configurator.
User ID and password required.
IBM Employees
Feedback
ibm_netfinity_rack_configurator@vnet.ibm.com
Information Sources
Customers
www.can.ibm.com/config
Business Partners
www.can.ibm.com/config
IBM Employees
www.can.ibm.com/config
Feedback
BMSHD08@us.ibm.com
Customers
Business Partners
IBM Employees
Additional URLs
Audience
Where to go
How to get
www.pc.ibm.com/us/eserver/xseries/library.html
www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries/windows/
datacenter.html
www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries/clustering/
index.html
Benchmark Results
www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries/benchmarks/
Options/NOS/Server Compatibility
www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat
www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat
www.storage.ibm.com
www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep.html
Follow instructions.
www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries
Select Servers, select Intel-based Servers, select Fixes, select Get Fixes, select
appropriate category.
www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries
Select Servers, select Intel-based Servers, select Fixes, select Get Fixes, select device
drivers by server, select appropriate category.
ServeRAID Updates
www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries
Select Servers, select Intel-based Servers, select Fixes, select Get Fixes, select
appropriate category.
VMware
www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries/vmware.html
The information contained in this document has not been submitted to any formal IBM test. The following paragraph does not apply to the
United Kingdom or any country where any such provisions are inconsistent with local law:
The use of this information or the implementation of any of these techniques is a customer responsibility and depends on the customers ability
to evaluate and integrate them into the customers operational environment. While each item may have been reviewed by IBM for accuracy in a
specific situation, there is no guarantee that the same or similar results will be obtained elsewhere. Customers attempting to adapt these
techniques to their own environments do so at their own risk.
The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not be suitable for any specific customer installation. Contact your IBM
Business Partner or IBM Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
Increased Capacity:
Workload
SMP
Storage
I/O
Availability Features
x440
x380
x360
x255
x345
BladeCenter HS20
x335
x235
x225
x305
x205
Infrastructure
Application
Number of Clients
When in a competitive situation, this table suggests the appropriate IBM xSeries server to bid against other vendors equipment. However, as an IBM business
partner, you may determine that customer-specific requirements may make an alternative IBM solution a better choice.
Value
Universal/Tower
Departmental/Mission
Critical
Universal/Tower
Modular
Rack-optimized
Modular Enterprise
Scalable Nodes
IA-64
IA-32>4-way
4-way
Uni
Product Positioning
2-way
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
Application/
Expectation of
Maximum # of Users
xSeries
xSeries xSeries 335 xSeries 345
xSeries 225
xSeries 235
205
305
Dual
Dual
Dual Xeon
Dual Xeon
2.26GHz/
2.26GHz/
2.8GHz/
Xeon DP
2.4GHz/
DP 2.4GHz/
512KB
512KB
512KB
2.4GHz/
512KB
512KB
Pentium 4
Pentium 4
Xeon DP
512KB
# Users
1800
7150
2750
5170
7150
7150
1
2
1
2
2
2
DB Transaction Processing # Processors
2GB
8GB
2 - 4GB
4GB
8GB
8GB
Select, Update and Delete; Memory
Does not include image or # Hard Disk Drives
20 to 30
50 to 70
40 to 50
70 to 90
50 to 70
50 to 70
Decision Support
# RAID Adapters
>2 or Fibre
>2
Fibre
Fibre
>2
>2
# Network Connections
1
1 to 2
1 to 2
1 to 2
1 to 2
1 to 2
# Users
1400
5500
1800
5600
5500
5500
# Processors
1
2
1
2
2
2
File and Print
Memory
2GB
3 - 4GB
2 - 3GB
3 - 4GB
3 - 4GB
3 - 4GB
Application is stored locally.
10 to 20
50 to 90
14 to 25
50 to 90
50 to 90
50 to 90
(For server stored applications # Hard Disk Drives
1 or Fibre
>4
>4
>4
1 or Fibre
>4
- cut number of users in half). # RAID Adapters
# 100Mbps Ethernet
1Gb
4 or 1Gb
1Gb
4 or 1Gb
4 or 1Gb
4 or 1Gb
Connections
# Users
1600
4500
2500
4600
4500
4500
# Processors
2
2
2
2
2
2
Lotus Notes
Memory
2GB
3 - 4GB
3GB
3GB
3 - 4GB
3 - 4GB
10% Power Users 40% Mail
# Hard Disk Drives
14 to 25
20 to 30
20 to 30
20 to 30
20 to 30
20 to 30
50% Mail & DB
# RAID Adapters
1 to 2
2 to 3
1 to 2
2 to 3
2 to 3
2 to 3
# Network Connections
>2
>3
>3
>3
>3
>3
# Users
1750
1750
3250
3250
3250
# Processors
1
1
2
2
2
Microsoft Exchange
Memory
1GB
1GB
2GB
2GB
2GB
Server 2000
100% Med Users
# Hard Disk Drives
12
12
22
22
22
30MB Mailbox
# RAID Adapters
1 4Mx
1 4Mx
1 4H
1 4H
1 4H
# Network Connections
1
1
1 to 2
1 to 2
1 to 2
# Users
SAP 3-Tier Distributed
# Processors
Version 4.0b
Memory
Processing
Sales and Distribution
# Hard Disk Drives
Application (Minimum of 16-20 # RAID Adapters
Servers)
# Network Connections
170
170
180
180
180
# Users
SAP Central Version 4.0b # Processors
2
2
2
2
2
Processing
Memory
2GB
2GB
2GB
2GB
2GB
Sales and Distribution
# Hard Disk Drives
12 to 24
12 to 24
12 to 24
12 to 24
12 to 24
Application
>1
>1
>1
>1
# RAID Adapters
>1
(One Server)
# Network Connections
1
1
1
1
1
Hot-Swap HDD Bays
X
X
X
X
X
Hot-Plug PCI Slots
X
Hot-Swap Power
X
X
X
Hot-Swap Fans
X
X
High Availability Features RAID
Opt
Opt
Opt
Opt
Opt
Opt
Integrated HDD
X
X
X
X
Mirroring
Clustering Support
X
X
X
Sys Mgt Processor
Opt
Opt
Opt
X
X
X
Max # Processors
1
2
1
2
2
2
Max Memory
2GB
8GB
4GB
4GB
4GB
6GB
Max Int Storage
293.6GB 2
880.8GB
146.8GB
203.6GB
880.8GB
1321.2GB
Other Distinguishing
Max
Int
Storage
Features
293.6GB
880.8GB
880.8GB
with Int Tape Drive
Available PCI Slots
5
5
1
2
5
6
19in Rack Models
X
X
X
-
Updated 01/21/03
BladeCenter
HS20 Dual
2.4GHz/
BladeCenter 512KB Xeon
DP
(chassis)
61600
4400
(BladeCenter
2
numbers are
4GB
derived by
60 to 80
multiplying by
Fibre
14 HS20s)
1 to 2
77000
5500
(BladeCenter
2
numbers are
2 - 3GB
derived by
20 to 30
multiplying by
Fibre
14 HS20s)
1Gb
63000
(BladeCenter
numbers are
derived by
multiplying by
14 HS20s)
X
X
-
4500
2
3GB
20 to 30
2 to 3
>3
X
Opt3
X3
X
X
28 4
56GB5
1.588TB6
2
4GB
226.8GB
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
Application/
Expectation of
Maximum # of
Users
1. MHz/GHz only measure microprocessor internal clock speed, not application performance. Many factors affect application performance.
2. When referring to hard disk drive capacity, GB equals one billion bytes. Total user accessible capacity may vary depending on operating
environments.
3. Onboard mirroring, which is equivalent to RAID 10, is supported in BladeCenter HS20 when a SCSI Storage Expansion Unit is installed with two
matching SCSI hot-swap HDDs.
4. A maximum of 28 processors are supported when 14 HS20s are installed in the BladeCenter.
5. The maximum of 56GB of memory is based on 4GB in each of 14 HS20s.
6. Maximum storage of 1.588TB is based on seven HS20s with two 40GB IDE HDDs in each and a SCSI Storage Expansion Unit attached to each
HS20 containing two 73.4GB Ultra160 SCSI hot-swap HDDs.
e
vid
a
ad
er
pt
im
i
ag
ng
du
a l-
he
ad
m
a
gr
em
ph
or
ic
y
s ig
na
i
lw
h
dt
re
so
io n
ut
su
pp
d
r te
a
(e
ch
he
on
ad
ito
rc
n
on
ec
r
to
p
ty
t
#/
e
yp
i
on
r
to
ss
p
up
or
te
e
st
sy
d
2
p
su
2 digital, hybrid or
analog (any
combination)
2 digital, hybrid or
analog (any
combination)
2 digital, hybrid or
analog (any
combination)
M Pro 6850,
M Pro 6229
1 digital/hybrid or 2
analog/hybrid
M Pro 6850,
M Pro 6229,
E Pro 6226
3Dlabs Wildcat4
7110 3, 4
extreme 3D
128/
128MB
128/64-bit
2 DVI-I
extreme 3D
16/64/
128MB
128/128/
64-bit
2 DVI-I
extreme 3D
128MB
256-bit
2 DVI-I
advanced 3D
128MB
128-bit
1 DVI-I and 1
analog
NVIDIA Quadro4
980XGL
advanced 3D
128MB
128-bit
2 DVI-I
NVIDIA Quadro4
900XGL
advanced 3D
128MB
128-bit
2 DVI-I
NVIDIA Quadro4
580XGL
entry 3D
64MB
128-bit
NVIDIA Quadro4
280NVS
high-performance 2D
64MB
128-bit
NVIDIA Quadro4
200NVS
high-performance 2D
64MB
128-bit
2 digital/hybrid or 2
analog/hybrid
Matrox Millennium
G450 DVI
entry 2D
32MB
64-bit
1 DVI-I
1 digital/hybrid or 2
analog/hybrid
(requires pigtail
shipped with adapter)
M Pro 6850,
M Pro 6229,
E Pro 6216,
E Pro 6226
M Pro 6850,
M Pro 6229,
E Pro 6216,
E Pro 6226
Matrox Millennium
G450
entry 2D
16MB
64-bit
2048 x 1536
2 analog
2 analog or hybrid
M Pro 6850
2 digital, hybrid or
analog (any
combination)
2 digital, hybrid or
analog (any
combination)
po
M Pro 6219,
Z Pro 6221
M Pro 6850
M Pro 6219,
Z Pro 6221
M Pro 6850,
M Pro 6229
2 digital/hybrid or 2
analog/hybrid
E Pro 6216,
E Pro 6226
2 digital/hybrid or 2
analog/hybrid
M Pro 6219,
Z Pro 6221
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
rt
IntelliStation Video
Adapter Selection Guide
Part Number
10
Monitor Description
Type
Application
9503DG3
T221 Flat Panel Color Monitor 22.2in (564mm, 22.2in viewable image),
stealth black
digital
6659HG2
T210 Flat Panel Color Monitor 20.8in (528mm, 20.8in viewable image),
hybrid
stealth black
9494HBN
T860 Hybrid Flat Panel Color Monitor 18.1in (460mm, 18.1in viewable
image), stealth black, w/o stand
hybrid
9494HB0
T860 Hybrid Flat Panel Color Monitor 18.1 in (460mm, 18.1in viewable
image), stealth black
hybrid
6657HG2
T750 Hybrid Flat Panel Color Monitor 17in (433mm, 17in viewable
image), stealth black
hybrid
9512AB1
T541 Flat Panel Color Monitor 15in (381mm, 15in viewable image),
stealth black
analog
6656HG2
T560 Hybrid Flat Panel Color Monitor 15in (381mm, 15in viewable
image), stealth black
hybrid
6652U3N
P275 Color Monitor 21in (503mm, 19.8in viewable image), stealth black analog
6651U3N
P97 Color Monitor 19in (457.3mm, 18in viewable image), stealth black
analog
6639U3N
P77 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
analog
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black analog
IntelliStation Video
Adapter Selection Guide
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
11
)
Hz sor
(G
)
d ces
ax
e
1
er
p e Pr o c h e
d/M
r
S
t
pt
e
f
S
a
r
b
da
y(
s o er o C C
m
A
r
s
u
o
b
e
o
C
m
tN
oc um 2 E
de
ar
Vi
Me
L
N
Pr
4
5
)
)
a il
D)
ax
AI l/Av
M
R
/
a
,
t
td
)
(S
tra To
ps
Ul ys (
ive
l,
r
a
Mb
a
(
D
B
D u ia
et
il)
l)
sk
d
7
rn
r(
va
ai
Di
)
he
lle M e
r
l/ A
d
/Av
E
t
r
o
o
a
r b le
E
t
D
a
t
al
t
I
c
t
(
o
H
d
n
a
(T
Fa
To
ar
al
Co ov
OM
s(
ys
rn
bo
rm
-R
S I em
ot
te
Ba
On
Fo
Sl
SC R
CD
In
22
1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
Matrox
Low-profile 10/100/
Millennium G450
Desktop
1000
DVI
IDE
2/0
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
3/0
3/3
6216-22U
22
1/1
512KB
25Updated
NVIDIA Quadro4 Low-profile 10/100/
01/21/036MB/
200NVS
Desktop
1000
2GB
IDE
2/0
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
3/0
3/3
6216-23U
22
1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
U160
2/0
18.2GB/
146.8GB6
48X-20X
3/0
3/2
6216-40U
2.4 3
1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
Matrox
Low-profile 10/100/
Millennium G450
Desktop
1000
DVI
IDE
2/0
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
3/0
3/3
6216-42U
2.4 3
1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
IDE
2/0
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
3/0
3/3
6216-50U
2.673 1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
Matrox
Low-profile 10/100/
Millennium G450
Desktop
1000
DVI
IDE
2/0
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
3/0
3/3
6216-52U
2.673 1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
IDE
2/0
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
3/0
3/3
6216-54U
2.673 1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
IDE
2/0
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
3/0
3/3
6216-55U
2.673 1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
U160
2/0
18.2GB/
146.8GB6
48X-20X
3/0
3/2
1. IntelliStation E Pro ships with a keyboard and mouse. See "Power, Monitors and Accessories" for a list of compatible monitors.
2. Intel Pentium 4 processor with advanced transfer ECC L2 cache, 400MHz (quad-pumped) Front-side Bus (FSB) and MMX technology.
3. Intel Pentium 4 processor with advanced transfer ECC L2 cache, 533MHz (quad-pumped) FSB and MMX technology.
4. All models include an integrated ATA-100 IDE controller that supports both the IDE CD-ROM and the IDE HDD for IDE models. SCSI models include a singlechannel Ultra160 SCSI PCI controller with one internal and one external port (each with high-density 68-pin connectors) installed in slot three. A one-drop, terminated
16-bit LVD internal SCSI cable is included with SCSI models, which supports the single SCSI HDD. IDE models include two one-drop ATA-100 IDE cables.
5. Maximum internal storage capacity requires replacement of the standard 18.2GB 10,000rpm nonhot-swap HDD with a 146.8GB nonhot-swap HDD in SCSI models
and replacement of the standard 40GB IDE HDD with an 80GB IDE HDD in IDE models.
6. Ultra320 HDDs are supported, but performance is limited to the Ultra160 speed of the SCSI controller.
7. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
12
Total
Memory1
Memory Description1
Part
Number
256MB
std
256MB
(10K0067)
512MB
(10K0069)
1GB
(10K0071
512MB
768MB
1024MB 3
10K0067
1280MB
10K0069
1536MB3
10K0071
2GB3
1. Memory UDIMMs of different densities can be mixed in the two memory sockets.
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Memory
modules may vary in price per MB. Selection of smaller UDIMMs may provide
a more cost-effective alternative to using larger UDIMMs.
10,000rpm HDDs
18.2GB
(06P5750)
18.2GB
36.4GB
(06P5751,
32P0723)3
73.4GB
(06P5752,
32P0724)3
146.8GB
(32P0725)3
36.4GB2
73.4GB 2
146.8GB2
1. Select a total storage row then replace the standard HDD with the HDD from the
appropriate column.
2. Requires replacement of the standard HDD.
3. Ultra320 HDDs are supported, but performance is limited to the Ultra160 speed of
the SCSI controller.
EIDE Models
Total Internal
Storage1
40GB
60GB
(P/N 09N4207)
80GB
(P/N 09N4226)
60GB2
80GB2
1. Select a total storage row then replace the standard HDD with the HDD from the appropriate column.
2. Requires replacing the standard HDD.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
13
Bay
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
Part
Number
Description
RPM Height
Bays
Supported
Max
Qty
1
IDE HDDs 1
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes
FDD
133mm (5.25in)
HH
yes
optical
22P7157
7200
SL
89mm (3.5in)
SL
no
HDD
09N4207
7200
SL
09N4226
7200
SL
10000
SL
06P5751
10000
SL
06P5752
10000
SL
Nonhot-swap Ultra320
HDDs 2, 3
Bay 1: FDD
E Pro 6216 front view
Bay 2: CD-ROM
32P0723
10000
SL
32P0724
10000
SL
32P0725
10000
SL
Bay 3: HDD
Removable Media Devices
Bays
Supported
10K3782
22P6976
22P6950
1. IDE models support a maximum of two IDE devices (CD-ROM drive and IDE hard disk drive).
2. SCSI models support one SCSI HDD and one IDE CD-ROM.
3. Ultra320 HDDs are supported, but performance is limited to the Ultra160 speed of the SCSI controller.
4. Standard CD-ROM.
5. Requires removing the standard CD-ROM and installing in bay two.
Part
Number
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported1
Half
32-bit
1 ... 3
Storage Controllers2
19K4646
Networking4
Ethernet 5
22P4701
Half
32-bit
1 ... 3
22P6601
Half
32-bit
1 ... 3
Half
32-bit
1 ... 3
Half
32-bit
1 ... 3
Token Ring
07P2701
Communications6
19K4162
slot 3
slot 2
AGP
slot 1
1. IntelliStation E Pro 6216 has three half-length PCI expansion slots on a single 32-bit, 33MHz bus.
2. IntelliStation E Pro 6216 includes an integrated dual channel ATA-100 IDE controller. SCSI models include a single-channel Ultra160 SCSI PCI controller with
one internal and one external port (each with high-density 68-pin connectors) installed in slot three.
3. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI cable
and one external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized. The option ships with both full-size and low-profile brackets.
4. Wake on LAN is supported through PCI networking adapters that provide this function.
5. The integrated 10/100/1000 Broadcom-based Ethernet controller supports Wake on LAN.
6. E Pro 6216 includes four USB ports (two each on front and rear of chassis), two 9-pin serial ports, one 25-pin parallel port, AC 97 audio line in/out jacks,
and a microphone in jack.
14
Description
Power
IntelliStation E Pro 6216 includes a 160w voltage-sensing power supply and a single line cord.
94G3135
Monitors1
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
6657HG2
T750 Hybrid Flat Panel Color Monitor 17in (433mm, 17in viewable image), stealth black
6652U3N
P275 Color Monitor 21in (503mm, 19.8in viewable image), stealth black
6639U3N
P77 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
6651U3N
P97 Color Monitor 19in (457.3mm, 18in viewable image), stealth black
655163N
P96 Color Monitor 19in (454mm, 17.9in viewable image), stealth black
6656HG2
T560 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 15in (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black
9494HBO
T860 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 18.1 in (460mm, 18.1in viewable image), stealth black,
6659HG2
T210 Flat Panel Color Monitor 20.8in (528mm, 20.8in viewable image), stealth black
9512AB1
T541 Flat Panel Color Monitor 15in (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black
22P5150
28L3644
33L3250
33L3252
1. Refer to IntelliStation Video Adapter Selection Guide for information regarding video adapter connections.
2. IntelliStation E Pro 6216 ships standard with a keyboard and mouse.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
15
x)
t
(S
)
Hz s or s
G
(
)
s
ax
ed oce e
1
r
er
pe
h
d/M
r
P
S
t
c
pt
e
f
S
a
r
b
da
ro CC
y(
so
m
A
r
e
s
u
o
b EC
e
o
N
m
m
oc
de
rt
Vi
Me
Nu L2
Pr
Pa
4
5
l)
)
D ) ai
ax
AI l/Av
M
R
/
a
,
t
td
)
(S
tra (To
ps
Ul
ive
l, ays
r
Mb
a
(
D
B
Du a
et
il)
l)
sk
7
rn
r ( di
va
ai
Di
)
he
lle Me
r
l/A
d
E
/Av
t
r
o
o
a
r b le
E
t
D
a
t
al
t
I
c
t
(
o
H
d
n
a
(T
Fa
To
ar
al
C o ov
OM
ys
s(
rn
bo
rm
-R
SI e m
ot
te
Ba
On
Fo
Sl
SC R
CD
In
22
1/1 512KB
256MB/2GB
Matrox Millennium
G450 DVI
Desktop
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
4/1
3/3
6226-22U
22
1/1 512KB
256MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
200NVS
Desktop
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
4/1
3/3
6226-40U
2.43
1/1 512KB
256MB/2GB
Matrox Millennium
G450 DVI
Desktop
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
4/1
3/3
6226-42U
2.43
1/1 512KB
256MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
200NVS
Desktop
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
4/1
3/3
6226-45U
2.42
1/1 512KB
256MB/2GB
Desktop
10/100/
1000
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
146.8GB6
48X-20X
4/1
3/2
6226-50U
2.673
1/1 512KB
256MB/2GB
Matrox Millennium
G450 DVI
Desktop
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
4/1
3/3
6226-52U
2.673
1/1 512KB
256MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
200NVS
Desktop
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
4/1
3/3
6226-54U
2.673
1/1 512KB
256MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
580XGL
Desktop
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/
80GB
48X-20X
4/1
3/3
6226-55U
2.673
1/1 512KB
256MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
580XGL
Desktop
10/100/
1000
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
146.8GB6
48X-20X
4/1
3/2
1. IntelliStation E Pro ships with a keyboard and mouse. See "Power, Monitors and Accessories" for a list of compatible monitors.
2. Intel Pentium 4 processor with advanced transfer ECC L2 cache, 400MHz (quad-pumped) Front Side Bus (FSB) and MMX technology.
3. Intel Pentium 4 processor with advanced transfer ECC L2 cache, 533MHz (quad-pumped) FSB and MMX technology.
4. All models include an integrated ATA-100 IDE controller that supports both the IDE CD-ROM and the IDE HDD for IDE models. SCSI models include a singlechannel Ultra160 SCSI PCI controller with one internal and one external port (each with high-density 68-pin connectors) installed in slot three. A three-drop,
terminated 16-bit LVD internal SCSI cable is included with SCSI models, which supports up to two SCSI HDDs. IDE models include two two-drop ATA-100 IDE cables.
5. Maximum internal storage capacity in SCSI models requires removing the standard 18.2GB 10,000rpm nonhot-swap HDD and installing one 146.8GB nonhot-swap
HDD. In IDE models, maximum capacity is achieved by removing the standard 40GB IDE HDD and installing one 80GB IDE HDD.
6. Ultra320 HDDs are supported, but performance is limited to the Ultra160 speed of the SCSI controller.
7. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
16
256MB
(10K0067)
512MB
(10K0069)
1GB
(10K0071)
512MB
768MB
1GB3
Memory Description1
Part
Number
10K0067
1.25GB
10K0069
1.5GB3
10K0071
2GB3
1. Memory UDIMMs of different densities can be mixed in the two memory sockets.
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Memory
modules may vary in price per MB. Selection of smaller UDIMMs may provide
a more cost-effective alternative to using larger UDIMMs.
1. Network operating systems may limit the maximum amount of addressable
memory. See operating system specifications for further information.
2. Select the total memory in the Total Memory column, then install the
UDIMMs in that row.
3. Requires replacing the standard UDIMM.
36.4GB
(06P5751,
32P0723)3
36.4GB2
73.4GB 2
146.8GB2
15,000rpm HDDs
73.4GB
(06P5752,
32P0724)3
18.2GB
146.8GB
(32P0725)3
18.2GB
(06P5765)
36.4GB
(06P5766)
Total Int
Storage1
1. Select a total storage row then replace the standard HDD with the HDD from the appropriate column.
2. Requires replacement of the standard HDD.
3. Ultra320 HDDs are supported, but performance is limited to the Ultra160 speed of the SCSI controller.
EIDE Models
Total Internal
Storage1
40GB
60GB
(P/N 09N4207)
80GB
(P/N 09N4226)
60GB2
80GB2
1. Select a total storage row then replace the standard HDD with the HDD from the appropriate column.
2. Requires replacing the standard HDD.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
17
Bay
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
Part
Number
Description
RPM Height
Bays
Supported
Max
Qty
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes
FDD
89mm (3.5in)
SL
no
HDD
22P7157
7200
133mm (5.25in)
HH
yes
optical
09N4207
7200
SL
SL
133mm (5.25in)
HH
yes
open 1
09N4226
7200
SL
IDE HDDs 1
06P5750
10000
SL
06P5751
10000
SL
06P5752
10000
SL
06P5765
15000
SL
06P5766
15000
SL
Nonhot-swap Ultra320
HDDs 2, 3
Bay 1: FDD
Bay 3: CD-ROM
32P0723
10000
SL
32P0724
10000
SL
32P0725
10000
SL
Bay 2: HDD
Bay 4: open
Bays
Supported
10K3782
3, 4
22P6976
3, 4
22P6950
3, 4
00N8078
1. IDE models support a maximum of three IDE devices including two IDE optical drives and an IDE hard disk drive.
2. SCSI models support one SCSI HDD and two IDE optical drives (or one IDE optical drive and an IDE tape drive).
3. Ultra320 HDDs are supported, but performance is limited to the Ultra160 speed of the SCSI controller.
4. Standard CD-ROM.
5. Requires either removing the standard CD-ROM and installing in bay three or installing in bay four.
6. Hardware for converting a 5.25in bay to 3.5in is included with the option.
Part
Number
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported1
Half
32-bit
1 ... 3
Storage Controllers2
19K4646
Networking4
Ethernet 5
22P4501
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
22P6501
Half
32-bit
1 ... 3
Half
128-bit
1 ... 3
22P6901
Token Ring
34L5001
Half
32-bit
1 ... 3
34L5201
Half
32-bit
1 ... 3
19K4162
Half
32-bit
1 ... 3
Communications6
1. IntelliStation E Pro 6226 has three half-length PCI expansion slots on a single 32-bit, 33MHz bus.
2. IntelliStation E Pro 6226 includes an integrated dual channel ATA-100 IDE controller. SCSI models include a single-channel Ultra160 SCSI PCI controller with
one internal and one external port (each with high-density 68-pin connectors) installed in slot three.
3. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI cable
and one external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized. The option ships with both full-size and low-profile brackets.
4. Wake on LAN is supported through PCI networking adapters that provide this function.
5. The integrated 10/100/1000 Broadcom-based Ethernet controller supports Wake on LAN.
6. E Pro 6226 includes four USB ports (two each on front and rear of chassis), two 9-pin serial ports, one 25-pin parallel port, AC 97 audio line in/out jacks,
and a microphone in jack.
18
slot 3
slot 2
slot 1
AGP
E Pro 6226 rear view
Description
Power
IntelliStation E Pro 6226 includes a 200w voltage-sensing power supply and a single line cord.
94G3135
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
6657HG2
T750 Hybrid Flat Panel Color Monitor 17in (433mm, 17in viewable image), stealth black
6652U3N
P275 Color Monitor 21in (503mm, 19.8in viewable image), stealth black
6639U3N
P77 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
6651U3N
P97 Color Monitor 19in (457.3mm, 18in viewable image), stealth black
655163N
P96 Color Monitor 19in (454mm, 17.9in viewable image), stealth black
6656HG2
T560 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 15in (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black
9494HBO
T860 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 18.1 in (460mm, 18.1in viewable image), stealth black,
6659HG2
T210 Flat Panel Color Monitor 20.8in (528mm, 20.8in viewable image), stealth black
9512AB1
T541 Flat Panel Color Monitor 15in (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black
Monitors1
22P5150
28L3644
33L3250
33L3252
1. Refer to IntelliStation Video Adapter Selection Guide for information regarding video adapter connections.
2. IntelliStation E Pro 6226 ships standard with a keyboard and mouse.
Tape Drives
Bays
SCSI
Supported Interface
(bit)
48P7042
Form Factor
89mm (3.5in) SL or
133mm (5.25in) HH
1. Install in bay four, attaching to the second drop of the two-drop IDE cable to which the standard CD-ROM is connected.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
19
/
td
2
(S
z)
rs
H
o
3
(G
)
ss
ax
ed oce e
1
e
M
/
r
p
er
r
h
d
pt
f P ac
be
St
rS
m
da
y(
so er o C C
u
A
r
s
N
b
e
o
mo
m 2 EC
rt
oc
de
L
Nu
Pa
Pr
Me
Vi
5
l)
x)
D)
ai
AI l/Av
Ma
R
,
d/
a
t
t
a
4
(S
To
)
ltr
ps
s(
,U
iv e
al
ay
Dr
Mb
u
(
B
k
D
t
s
il)
il)
r ( e d ia
ne
Di
va /Ava
)
er
lle
d
M
l/ A
th
ro
DE
ar
or
al
e
t
a
I
t
l
E
t
(
t
H
n
c
b
o
d
al
( To s (T
Fa
va
Co
ar
OM
rn
-R
S I em o
ys
bo
rm
ot
te
Ba
Sl
In
SC
CD
Fo
R
On
2.4
1/1
512KB
256MB/4GB
Matrox
Millennium G450 DVI
Tower
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/
240GB6
48x-20x8
7/4
5/5
6219-12U
2.4
1/1
512KB
256MB/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro4 280NVS
Tower
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/
240GB6
48x-20x8
7/4
5/5
6219-21U
2.67
1/1
512KB
512MB/4GB
Matrox
Millenium G450 DVI
Tower
10/100/
1000
U320
3/1
36.4GB/
293.6GB 7
Combo9
7/4
5/5
6219-26U
2.67
1/1
512KB
512MB/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro4 980XGL
Tower
10/100/
1000
U320
3/1
36.4GB/
293.6GB 7
CD-RW10
7/4
5/5
6219-32U
2.8
1/1
512KB
512MB/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro4 280NVS
Tower
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/
240GB6
48x-20x8
7/4
5/5
6219-36U
2.8
1/1
512KB
512MB/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro4 980XGL
Tower
10/100/
1000
U320
3/1
36.4GB/
293.6GB 7
CD-RW10
7/4
5/5
6219-37U
2.8
1/1
512KB
1GB/4GB
3Dlabs
Wildcat4 7110
Tower
10/100/
1000
U320
3/1
36.4GB/
293.6GB 7
CD-RW10
7/4
5/411
6219-42U
3.06
1/1
512KB
512MB/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro4 280NVS
Tower
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/
240GB6
48x-20x8
7/4
5/5
6219-46U
3.06
1/1
512KB
512MB/4GB
NVIDIA
Quadro4 980XGL
Tower
10/100/
1000
U320
3/1
36.4GB/
293.6GB 7
CD-RW10
7/4
5/5
6219-47U
3.06
1/1
512KB
1GB/4GB
3Dlabs
Wildcat4 7110
Tower
10/100/
1000
U320
3/1
36.4GB/
293.6GB 7
CD-RW10
7/4
5/411
1. IntelliStation M Pro 6219 ships with a keyboard and mouse. See "Power, Monitors and Accessories" for a list of compatible monitors. Tower models are rack-mountable using an
optional tower-to-rack conversion kit, or they can be turned on the side and installed as desktop units capable of supporting the weight of a monitor.
2. Intel Pentium 4 processor with advanced transfer ECC L2 cache, 533MHz (133MHz quad-pumped) Front Side Bus (FSB) and MMX technology.
3. Two-way interleaved PC2100 CL2.5 ECC DDR UDIMMs. Maximum capacity includes four 1GB UDIMMs, requiring replacement of the two standard UDIMMs.
4. A Broadcom-based copper gigabit Ethernet controller is integrated into the planar.
5. All models include an integrated ATA-100 IDE controller that supports up to four IDE devices (IDE HDDs, IDE optical drives or IDE tape drives). SCSI models include an
integrated single-channel Ultra320 SCSI PCI controller with one internal high-density 68-pin connector. A four-drop, terminated 16-bit LVD internal SCSI cable is included with SCSI
models, which supports up to four SCSI HDDs.
6. IDE models include two two-drop ATA-100 IDE cables. Maximum storage is based on three 80GB IDE HDDs, which requires replacement of the standard 40GB HDD.
7. SCSI models include one two-drop ATA-100 IDE cable and one four-drop 16-bit LVD SCSI cable. Maximum storage is based on four 73.4GB SCSI HDDs, which requires
replacement of the standard 36.4GB HDD.
8. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
9. Model 6219-21X includes a standard 32x/10x/40x/16x Max CD-RW/DVD Combo Drive.
10. These models include a standard 40x-12x-40x Max CD-RW Drive.
11. The 3Dlabs Wildcat4 7110 video adapter in these models requires additional space, preventing slot one from being used to install an optional PCI adapter.
20
Memory Description1
Part
Number
10K0067
10K0069
10K0071
1. Memory UDIMMs must be installed in pairs using the same option part number
according to the following order: UDIMM connectors one and two (set one), then
connectors three and four (set two).
512MB
Models
1GB
Models
768MB
1GB
1.5GB
1.25GB
1.5GB
2GB
2.25GB
2.5GB
3GB
4GB2
(max)
4GB 2
(max)
4GB 2
(max)
42
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Memory modules may vary in price per MB.
Selection of smaller UDIMMs may provide a more cost-effective alternative to using larger UDIMMs.
Memory UDIMMs must be installed in pairs using the same option part number.
1. Network operating systems may limit the maximum amount of addressable memory. See operating system specifications
for further information.
2. Requires replacing the standard UDIMMs.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
21
36.4GB
(P/Ns 06P57512 ,
06P57662 ,
32P0723)
73.4GB
(P/Ns 06P57522,
32P0724)
36.4GB
54.6GB
72.8GB
Total Internal
Storage1
91GB
109.2GB
128GB
145.6GB
164.4GB
183.2GB
201.4GB
219.6GB
256.6GB
293.6GB
(max)3
43
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is within +/-0.2GB unless
otherwise noted.
1. Select a total storage row then add the quantity of HDDs from all columns to the standard HDD.
2. If Ultra160 devices (P/Ns 06P57xx) are connected to the integrated bus, the entire bus is limited to Ultra160
speeds.
3. Requires replacement of the standard HDD.
EIDE Models
7,200rpm EIDE HDDs2
Total Internal
Storage1
40GB
(P/N 22P7157)
40GB
80GB
100GB
120GB
140GB
60GB
(P/N 09N4207)
80GB
(P/N 09N4226)
160GB
180GB
200GB
240GB3
(max)
33
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is within +/-0.2GB unless otherwise noted.
1. Select a total storage row then add the quantity of HDDs from all columns to the standard HDD.
2. Supports a maximum of four IDE devices including CD-ROM drives, HDDs, Zip drives and tape drives.
3. Requires replacement of the standard HDD.
22
Bay
Form
Factor
Height
133mm (5.25in)
133mm (5.25in)
89mm (3.5in)
89mm (3.5in)
Front
Access
Usage
Part
Number
Description
RPM Height
Bays
Max
Supported Qty
HH
yes
CD-ROM1
HH
yes
open 1
22P7157
7200
SL
4, 6, 7
SL
yes
FDD
09N4207
7200
SL
4, 6, 7
SL
yes
open 2
09N4226
7200
SL
4, 6, 7
3
4
IDE HDDs1, 2
3
5, 6
89mm (3.5in)
SL
no
open
89mm (3.5in)
SL
no
Std HDD
06P5750
10000
SL
4 ... 7
1. Supports removable media devices only. Hard disk drives are not
supported.
2. Supports a third IDE HDD in IDE models, a fourth SCSI HDD in
SCSI models, or a 3.5in IDE tape drive.
.
06P5751
10000
SL
4 ... 7
06P5752
10000
SL
4 ... 7
06P5766
15000
SL
4 ... 7
Bay 1
10000
SL
4 ... 7
32P0724
10000
SL
4 ... 7
Bay 2
Bays
Supported
Bay 3
Bay 4
Bay 5
Bay 6
Bay 7
1, 2
22P6970
Multi-Burner4, 5
1, 2
22P6973
1, 2
22P6976
1, 2
22P6950
1, 2
22P6997
00N8078
1, 2
1, 2, 4
09N4211
05K9276
1. IDE models support a maximum of four IDE devices including optical drives, Zip drives, IDE hard disk drives and IDE
tape drives.
2. Standard HDD installed in bay seven for both SCSI and IDE models.
3. Mixing of Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs limits the bus to the lower rated performance.
4. Either replace the standard Optical Drive or install in the available media bay. An IDE cable with three connectors is
included with the optional optical drive. The included audio cable must be connected in order to support audio for
music CDs but not for DVD-ROM.
5. DVD video playback is not supported for models that include a 3Dlabs Wildcat4 7110 video adapter.
6. Hardware for converting a 5.25in bay to 3.5in is included with the option.
front of chassis
10K3782
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
23
Part
Number
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support1
Slots
Supported2
Storage Controllers3
19K4646
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
06P5740
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
1 ... 5
Networking
Ethernet 7
22P6501
Half
32-bit
22P6901
Half
128-bit
1 ... 5
31P6301
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
22P7801
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Token Ring
34L5201
Communications8
33L4618
1. A 64-bit adapter installed into a 32-bit slot will transfer data at 32-bit rates. Adapters rated at 66MHz will operate at 33MHz when installed in a 33MHz slot.
2. A dedicated PCI slot supports a standard AGP graphics adapter located above the five PCI expansion slots. When the standard graphics adapter is a
3Dlabs Wildcat4 7110, slot one is not available to install another adapter. Models 21U, 26U, 36U, 37U, 46U and 47U do not support 64-bit or PCI-X adapters
due to interference caused by the Firewire adapter.
3. IntelliStation M Pro 6219 includes an integrated dual-channel ATA-100 IDE controller. SCSI models include a single-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller with one
internal high-density 68-pin connector.
4. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external
0.8mm VHDCI connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized.
5. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and
either one internal or one external Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.
6. Wake on LAN is supported through these PCI networking adapters.
7. The integrated full duplex 10/100/1000 Broadcom-based Ethernet controller supports Wake on LAN.
8. IntelliStation M Pro 6219 includes four USB ports (two each on front and rear of chassis), two 9-pin serial ports, one 25-pin parallel port, AC 97 audio line
in/out and microphone in jacks. An integrated IEEE 1394 "FireWire" digital multimedia port is provided in models 21U, 26U, 36U, 37U, 46U and 47U (slot one is
not available in these models for installation of 64-bit or PCI-X adapters).
AGP slot
Slot 1
Slot 2
Slot 3
Slot 4
Slot 5
rear of chassis
All PCI expansion slots are full-length, 32-bit,
33MHz, 5v on a single PCI bus.
24
Description
Power
IntelliStation M Pro 6219 includes a 340w voltage-sensing power supply and a single line cord.
94G3135
32P1020
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
6639U3N
P77 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
6651U3N
P97 Color Monitor 19in (457.3mm, 18in viewable image), stealth black
6652U3N
P275 Color Monitor 21in (503mm, 19.8in viewable image), stealth black
9503DG3
T221 Flat Panel Monitor 22.2in (564mm, 22.2in viewable image), stealth black
9512AB1
T541 Flat Panel Color Monitor 15in (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black
6656HG2
T560 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 15in (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black
9494HB0
T860 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 18.1in (460mm, 18.1 in viewable image), stealth black
9494HBN
T860 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 18.1in (460mm, 18.1 in viewable image), stealth black, w/o stand
09N4300
31P7415
22P5185
Conversion Kit
Keyboard and Mouse2
28L3673
31P7405
31P8700
33L3244
33L3252
1. Refer to the IntelliStation Video Adapter Selection Guide for information regarding video adapter connections.
2. IntelliStation M Pro 6219 ships standard with an IBM 104-key keyboard and three-button mouse.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
25
Tape Drives
20/40GB TR7 Internal IDE Tape Drive1
00N7991
3510020
Bays
SCSI
Supported Interface
Form Factor
Termination
Included
Ext Tape
Encl5
2, 4
89mm (3.5in) SL or
133mm (5.25in) HH
16 Ultra2
LVD
89mm (3.5in) HH or
133mm (5.25in) HH
Y4
3510020 6
16 LVD
Desktop
16 LVD/SE
External
3510020
Note:
SCSI models include an integrated single-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller and a four-drop multimode terminated LVD SCSI cable. IDE models include two two-drop IDE cables. All
SCSI tape drives and external tape enclosures are supported by PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646), which includes a five-drop multimode terminated LVD SCSI cable and
an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. SCSI tape drives installed internally in SCSI models can be connected to the integrated controller using the cable that ships with the tape drive if
the HDDs are attached to ServeRAID-4Lx. SCSI tape drives installed in IDE models require an optional SCSI storage controller. The IDE tape drive shares an IDE bus with the standard
optical drive by attaching to one drop of the standard two-drop IDE cable.
1. SCSI models include a two-drop IDE cable for attachment to the CD-ROM and an IDE tape drive. IDE models include two two-drop IDE cables.
2. IDE models require a SCSI storage controller in order to install a SCSI tape drive.
3. To determine external cable requirements, note the tape drive's SCSI interface, the appropriate SCSI controller from the system configurator section and the desired enclosure, then
refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers.
4. Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option.
5. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956).
6. Black desktop tape enclosure that supports a single 133mm (5.25in) half-high (HH) tape drive. Internal and external connectors are 68-pin high-density supporting LVD. Requires
68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956). External cables are not included. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to select a supported
cable.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes.
26
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
27
/M
td
(S
rs
ax
28
6229-10U
22
1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
Matrox Millennium
G450 DVI
Tower
10/100
IDE
3/1
40GB/
360GB5
48X-20X
7/4
5/5
6229-12U
22
1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
200NVS
Tower
10/100
IDE
3/1
40GB/
360GB5
48X-20X
7/4
5/5
6229-13U
22
1/1
512KB
512MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
200NVS
Tower
10/100
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB6
48X-20X
7/4
5/4
6229-15U
22
1/1
512KB
512MB/2GB
ATI Fire
GL8800
Tower
10/100
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB6
48X-20X
7/4
5/4
6229-16U
22
1/1
512KB
512MB/2GB
Tower
10/100
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB6
48X-20X
7/4
5/3
6229-30U
2.4 3
1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
Matrox Millennium
G450 DVI
Tower
10/100
IDE
3/1
40GB/
360GB5
48X-20X
7/4
5/5
6229-32U
2.4 3
1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
200NVS
Tower
10/100
IDE
3/1
40GB/
360GB5
48X-20X
7/4
5/5
6229-33U
2.4 3
1/1
512KB
512MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
200NVS
Tower
10/100
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB6
48X-20X
7/4
5/4
6229-35U
2.4 3
1/1
512KB
512MB/2GB
Tower
10/100
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB6
48X-20X
7/4
5/4
6229-36U
2.4 3
1/1
512KB
512MB/2GB
Tower
10/100
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB6
48X-20X
7/4
5/3
6229-37U
2.4 3
1/1
512KB
512MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
900XGL
Tower
10/100
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB6
48X-20X
7/4
5/4
6229-40U
2.673
1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
Matrox Millennium
G450 DVI
Tower
10/100
IDE
3/1
40GB/
360GB5
48X-20X
7/4
5/5
6229-42U
2.673
1/1
512KB
256MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
200NVS
Tower
10/100
IDE
3/1
40GB/
360GB5
48X-20X
7/4
5/5
6229-45U
2.673
1/1
512KB
512MB/2GB
Tower
10/100
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB6
48X-20X
7/4
5/4
6229-47U
2.673
1/1
512KB
512MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
900XGL
Tower
10/100
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB6
48X-20X
7/4
5/4
6229-53U
2.8 3
1/1
512KB
512MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
200NVS
Tower
10/100
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB6
48X-20X
7/4
5/4
6229-56U
2.8 3
1/1
512KB
512MB/2GB
Tower
10/100
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB6
48X-20X
7/4
5/3
6229-57U
2.8 3
1/1
512KB
512MB/2GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
900XGL
Tower
10/100
U160
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB6
48X-20X
7/4
5/4
1. IntelliStation M Pro 6229 ships with a keyboard and mouse. See Power, Monitors and Accessories for a list of compatible monitors. Tower models are rackmountable using an optional tower-to-rack conversion kit, or they can be turned on the side and installed as desktop units capable of supporting the weight of a
monitor.
2. Intel Pentium 4 processor with advanced transfer ECC L2 cache, 400MHz (quad-pumped) Front Side Bus (FSB) and MMX technology.
3. Intel Pentium 4 processor with advanced transfer ECC L2 cache, 533MHz (quad-pumped) FSB and MMX technology. Models shipped with this processor
require 288Mb memory options that support 533MHz FSB operation (P/N 31P8431, 3, 5).
4. All models include an integrated ATA-100 IDE controller that supports up to four IDE devices (three IDE HDDs and one optical drive) in IDE models. SCSI
models include a single-channel Ultra160 SCSI PCI controller with one internal and one external port (each with high-density 68-pin connectors) installed in slot
five. A five-drop, terminated 16-bit LVD internal SCSI cable is included with SCSI models, which support up to five SCSI HDDs.
5. IDE models include two two-drop ATA-100 IDE cables. Maximum storage is based on three120GB IDE HDDs, which requires replacing the standard 40GB
HDD.
6. Requires replacement of the standard 18.2GB 10,000rpm HDD with a 146.8GB HDD and installing three additional nonhot-swap 146.8GB HDDs.
7. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
8. Certain video adapters require additional space, preventing slot one from being used to install an optional PCI adapter. This applies to models with the
3Dlabs Wildcat III 6110 adapter.
RIMM 1
RIMM 2
31P8431
768MB
1024MB
1280MB
1536MB
2GB2
2GB2
31P8433
31P8435
256MB
512MB
( 31P8433) (31P8435)3
768MB
RIMM 4
Memory Description1
128MB
( 31P8431)
512MB
RIMM 3
Part
Number
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Memory modules may vary
in price per MB. Selection of smaller RIMMs may provide a more cost-effective alternative to
using larger RIMMs.
1. Network operating systems may limit the maximum amount of addressable memory. See
operating system specifications for further information.
2. Requires replacing the standard RIMM.
1. Memory RIMMs must be installed in pairs using the same option part number
according to the following order: RIMM connectors one and two (set one), then
connectors three and four (set two).
10,000RPM HDDs
18.2GB
(06P5750)
36.4GB
(06P5751,
32P0723)3
36.4GB
54.6GB
72.8GB
18.2GB
73.4GB
(06P5752,
32P0724)3
15,000RPM HDDs
146.8GB
(32P0725)3
18.2GB
(06P5765)
36.4GB
(06P5766)
91GB
127.4GB
145.6GB 2
165GB
238.4GB
293.6GB
42
458.6GB
587.2GB2
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
29
EIDE Models
7200RPM EIDE HDDs2
Total Internal
Storage1
40GB
(P/N 22P7157)
40GB
60GB
(P/N 09N4207)
80GB
(P/N 09N4226)
120GB
(P/N 09N4231)
80GB
100GB
120GB
140GB
160GB
180GB3
200GB
240GB3
280GB3
320GB3
360GB 3
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations.Total Internal Storage listed is within +/-0.2GB unless otherwise noted.
1. Select a total storage row then add the quantity of HDDs from all columns to the standard HDD.
2. Supports a maximum of four IDE devices including CD-ROM drives, HDDs and IDE tape drives.
3. Requires replacing the standard HDD.
Bay
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
133mm (5.25in)
HH
yes
CD-ROM1
Description
RPM Height
Bays
Supported
Max
Qty3
3
IDE HDDs1, 2
133mm (5.25in)
HH
yes
open 1
22P7157
7200
SL
3 ... 7
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes
FDD
09N4207
7200
SL
3 ... 7
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes
open 2
09N4226
7200
SL
3 ... 7
5, 6
89mm (3.5in)
SL
no
open 3
09N4231
7200
SL
3 ... 7
10000
SL
3 ... 7
89mm (3.5in)
SL
no
Std HDD
1. Supports removable media devices only. Hard disk drives are not
supported.
2. Supports a third IDE HDD in IDE models or a fourth SCSI HDD in
SCSI models.
3. Bay five supports a third SCSI HDD in SCSI models, but the third
IDE HDD IDE models should be installed in bay four
.
Part
Number
06P5750
06P5751
10000
SL
3 ... 7
06P5752
10000
SL
3 ... 7
06P5765
15000
SL
3 ... 7
06P5766
15000
SL
3 ... 7
Nonhot-swap Ultra320
HDDs2, 4, 5
32P0723
10000
SL
3 ... 7
32P0724
10000
SL
3 ... 7
32P0725
10000
SL
3 ... 7
22P6950
00N8078
Bays
Supported
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2, 4
1. IDE models support a maximum of four IDE devices including CD-ROM drives, IDE hard disk drives and IDE tape
drives.
2. Standard HDD installed in bay seven for both SCSI and IDE models.
3. Maximum quantity of IDE HDDs requires installing the third IDE HDD in bay four on the same bus as the optical
drive in bay one.
4. SCSI models support a maximum of four SCSI HDDs installed in the following order: bay seven, six, five, four.
5. Ultra320 HDDs are supported, but performance is limited to the Ultra160 speed of the SCSI controller.
6. Either replace the standard CD-ROM or install in the available media bay. An IDE cable with three connectors is
included with the optional optical drive. The included audio cable must be connected in order to support audio for
music CDs but not for DVD-ROM.
7. DVD video playback is not supported for models that include a 3Dlabs Wildcat III 6110 video adapter.
30
Bay 1
Bay 2
Bay 3
Bay 4
Bay 5
Bay 6
Bay 7
front of chassis
Part
Number
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support1
Slots
Supported2, 3
Storage Controllers4
19K4646
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
06P5740
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
Networking7
Ethernet8
22P4901
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
22P6501
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Token Ring
34L5001
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
34L5201
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
19K4162
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Communications 9
1. A 64-bit adapter installed into a 32-bit slot will transfer data at 32-bit rates. Adapters rated at 66MHz will operate at 33MHz when installed in a 33MHz slot.
2. IntelliStation M Pro 6229 has five full-length PCI expansion slots.
3. A dedicated PCI slot supports a standard AGP graphics adapter located above the five PCI expansion slots. When the standard graphics adapter is a
3Dlabs Wildcat III 6110, slot one is not available to install another adapter.
4. IntelliStation M Pro 6229 includes an integrated dual channel ATA-100 IDE controller. SCSI models include a single-channel Ultra160 SCSI PCI controller with
one internal and one external port (each with high-density 68-pin connectors) installed in slot five.
5. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI cable
and one external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized.
6. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and
either one internal or one external Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.
7. Wake on LAN is supported through PCI networking adapters that provide this function.
8. The integrated full duplex 10/100 Intel-based Ethernet controller supports Wake on LAN.
9. M Pro 6229 includes four USB ports (two each on front and rear of chassis), two 9-pin serial ports, one 25-pin parallel port, AC 97 audio line
in/out jacks, and a microphone in jack.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
31
rear of chassis
AGP slot
Slot 1
Slot 2
Slot 3
Slot 4
Slot 5
Description
Power
IntelliStation M Pro 6229 includes a 340w voltage-sensing power supply and a single line cord.
94G3135
94G3136
32P1020
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
T750 Hybrid Flat Panel Color Monitor 17in (433mm, 17in viewable image), stealth black
6652U3N
P275 Color Monitor 21in (503mm, 19.8in viewable image), stealth black
6639U3N
P77 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
6651U3N
P97 Color Monitor 19in (457.3mm, 18in viewable image), stealth black
6656HG2
T560 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 15in (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black
9494HBO
T860 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 18.1in (460mm, 18.1 in viewable image), stealth black
9494HBN
T860 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 18.1in (460mm, 18.1 in viewable image), stealth black, w/o stand
6659HG2
T210 Flat Panel Color Monitor 20.8in (528mm, 20.8in viewable image), stealth black
09N4300
22P5185
33L3252
Conversion Kit
Keyboard and Mouse2
1. Refer to IntelliStation Video Adapter Selection Guide for information regarding video adapter connections.
2. IntelliStation M Pro 6229 ships standard with an IBM 104-key keyboard and three-button mouse.
32
Part
Number
Tape Drives
Bays
SCSI
Supported Interface
(bit)
48P7042
2, 4
Form Factor
89mm (3.5in) SL or
133mm (5.25in) HH
1. Connecting an IDE tape drive to the standard IDE controller will limit the number of hard disk drives supported in IDE models.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
33
x)
t
2
(S
rs
z)
o
H
3
)
s
(G
)
es KB
ax
ed r oc e (
1
e
M
/
h
r
td
Sp o f P a c
be
(S
C
or
r
m
ry
ss
b e EC C
Nu
o
e
m
t
m
r
oc Nu L2
Me
Pa
Pr
5
)
il)
D)
ax
va
AI
/A
/M
l
R
a
td
,
t
4
a
S
o
(
r
t
(T
s)
Ul
ive
ys
bp
l,
Dr
Ba
(M
ua
k
t
a
D
il)
s
l)
9
di
ne
Di
r(
va
ai
r
e)
er
te
lle
Me
r
rd
l/ A
Av
v
/
h
i
p
o
o
a
a
l
t
e
r
r
t
l
a
E
H
ct
D
da
nt
To
ot
d
ab
al
Fa
al
(T
Co
ar
oA
s(
ov
rn
ti c
rm
ts
m
ay
bo
SI
de
te
p
i
o
o
e
n
n
B
l
C
F
V
I
R
O
(O
S
S
2.4
1/2
512
512MB/8GB
Matrox Millennium
G450 DVI
Tower
10/100/
1000
D, U320
3/1
40GB/
360GB 7
48X-20X
6/3
5/5
6221-22U
2.67
1/2
512
512MB/8GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
280NVS
Tower
10/100/
1000
D, U320
3/1
40GB/
360GB 7
48X-20X
6/3
5/5
6221-29U
2.67
2/2
512
512MB/8GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
280NVS
Tower
10/100/
1000
D, U320 6
3/1
36.4GB/
440.4GB8
DVD CDRW
6/3
5/5
6221-33U
2.8
1/2
512
512MB/8GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
280NVS
Tower
10/100/
1000
D, U320 6
3/1
36.4GB/
440.4GB8
48X-20X
6/3
5/5
6221-36U
2.8
1/2
512
1GB/8GB
NVIDIA Quadro4
980XGL
Tower
10/100/
1000
D, U320 6
3/1
36.4GB/
440.4GB8
CD-R/RW
6/3
5/5
6221-37U
2.8
1/2
512
1GB/8GB
3Dlabs Wildcat4
7110
Tower
10/100/
1000
D, U320 6
3/1
36.4GB/
440.4GB8
DVD CDRW
6/3
5/410
1. IntelliStation Z Pro 6221 ships with a keyboard and mouse. See "Power, Monitors and Accessories" for a list of compatible monitors. Tower models are rack-mountable
using an optional tower-to-rack conversion kit, or they can be turned on the side and installed as desktop units capable of supporting the weight of a monitor.
2. Intel Xeon processor with advanced transfer ECC L2 cache and 533MHz (quad-pumped) Front Side Bus (FSB).
3. High-speed, two-way interleaved 133MHz DDR PC2100 RDIMM. Maximum capacity includes four 2GB RDIMMs, requiring replacement of the two standard RDIMMs.
4. A Broadcom-based copper gigabit Ethernet controller is integrated into the planar.
5. All models include both an integrated ATA-100 IDE controller and an integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller. The IDE controller supports up to four IDE devices (four HDDs or
three IDE HDDs and one CD-ROM or IDE tape drive) in IDE models, which ship with two two-drop IDE cables. Channel A of the integrated dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI
controller supports one internal connector. The channel B connector supports one external 68-pin high density port with the addition of optional Enabling Cable for External
Ultra320 SCSI Port (P/N 24P7929). SCSI models include a three-drop LVD SCSI cable that supports up to three internal nonhot-swap SCSI HDDs.
6. The dual-channel, Ultra320 integrated controller supports both Ultra160 and Ultra320 SCSI HDDs, but the entire SCSI bus will default to the slower rate (MB/second) if
HDDs of different technologies are mixed on the same bus. The LSI chipset allows for two HDDs to be allocated for mirroring if a RAID adapter is not installed. One
additional HDD may be designated as a hot-spare for HDDs configured in the onboard mirror. Mirrored and hot-spare HDDs must be matched.
7. IDE models include two two-drop ATA-100 IDE cables. One connector of one cable is attached to the standard CD-ROM and the other connector can be used for an IDE
HDD. Maximum storage is based on three 120GB IDE HDDs, which requires replacing the standard 40GB HDD.
8. Maximum amount requires replacement of the standard 36.4GB 10,000rpm HDD with a 146.8GB HDD and installing two additional 146.8GB HDDs.
9. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
10. The width of the 3Dlabs Wildcat 4 7110 video adapter installed in the AGP slot prevents installation of a PCI adapter in slot one.
Processor Upgrades
SMP Support1
24P7468
10U
59P5109
2xU
59P5110
3xU
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
34
Part
Number
RDIMM 4
RDIMM 3
RDIMM 2
CPU 2
RDIMM 1
CPU 1
Memory Description1
33L5037
33L5038
256MB
512MB
1GB
2GB
1GB
(2 x 512) (33L5037) (33L5038) (33L5039) (33L5040)
Models
1GB
1.5GB
1.5GB
2GB
2.5B
3GB
4.5GB
5GB
5GB 2
6GB 2
6GB 2
8GB 2
8GB 2
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Memory modules
may vary in price per MB. Selection of smaller RDIMMs may provide a more costeffective alternative to using larger RDIMMs.
1. Network operating systems may limit the maximum amount of addressable memory.
See operating system specifications for further information.
2. Requires replacing the standard RDIMM.
33L5039
33L5040
36.4GB
54.6GB
72.8GB
109.8GB
183.2GB
220.2GB 2
256.6GB
293.6GB2
367GB2
440.4GB2
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
35
EIDE Models
Total Internal
Storage1
40GB
60GB
(P/N 09N4207)
80GB
(P/N 09N4226)
120GB
(09N4231)
80GB
100GB
120GB
140GB
160GB
220GB 3
240GB3
280GB 3
320GB 3
360GB3
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is within +/-0.2GB unless otherwise noted.
1. Select a total storage row then add the quantity of HDDs from all columns to the standard HDD.
2. Supports a maximum of four IDE devices including CD-ROM drives, HDDs and IDE tape drives.
3. Requires replacing the standard HDD.
36
Bay
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
133mm (5.25in)
HH
yes
standard
optical
drive 1
133mm (5.25in)
HH
yes
removable
media1
Part
Number
Description
RPM Height
Bays
Max
Supported3 Qty
IDE HDDs1, 2
22P7157
7200
SL
4 ... 6
89mm (3.5in)
SL
yes
FDD
09N4207
7200
SL
4 ... 6
4, 5
89mm (3.5in)
SL
no
open
09N4226
7200
SL
4 ... 6
89mm (3.5in)
SL
no
standard
HDD
09N4231
7200
SL
4 ... 6
1. Supports removable media devices only. Hard disk drives are not
supported.
06P5750
10000
SL
4 ... 6
06P5751
10000
SL
4 ... 6
06P5752
10000
SL
4 ... 6
32P0723
10000
SL
4 ... 6
32P0724
10000
SL
4 ... 6
32P0725
10000
SL
4 ... 6
Nonhot-swap Ultra320
HDDs2
Associated Options
24P7929
10K3782
1, 2
22P6973
1, 2
22P6950
1, 2
00N8078
1, 2
Bay 2
Bay 5
Bay 4
Bay 6
FDD
Front view
Updated 01/21/03
Bays
Supported
1. IDE models support a maximum of four IDE devices including optical drives, IDE hard disk drives and IDE tape
drives.
2. Standard HDD installed in bay six for both SCSI and IDE models. Mixing of Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs limits the
bus to the lower rated performance.
3. Required to enable the external 68-pin high density SCSI port. Attaches to Channel B of the integrated Ultra320
SCSI controller.
4. Either replace the standard CD-ROM or install in the available media bay. An IDE cable with three connectors is
included with the optional optical drive. The included audio cable must be connected in order to support audio for
music CDs but not for DVD-ROM.
5. DVD video playback is not supported for models that include a 3Dlabs Wildcat4 7110 video adapter.
6. Hardware for converting a 5.25in bay to 3.5in is included with the option.
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
37
Description
Adapter
PCI
Slots
Length Support3 Supported4
Storage Controllers 1, 2
19K4646
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
06P5740
Half
64-bit
2 ... 5
Networking7
Ethernet 8
22P4501
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
22P6501
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
22P6901
Half
128-bit
2 ... 5
22P7801
Half
64-bit
2 ... 5
Token Ring
34L5001
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
34L5201
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Half
32-bit
Communications
33L4618
1. The dual-channel, Ultra320 integrated controller supports both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs, but the entire SCSI bus will default to the
slower rate (MB/second) if HDDs of different technologies are mixed on the same bus. The LSI chipset allows for two HDDs to be allocated
for mirroring if a RAID adapter is not installed. One additional HDD may be designated as a hot-spare for HDDs configured in the onboard
mirror. Mirrored and hot-spare HDDs must be matched.
2. Z Pro 6221 includes a dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller with two internal connectors. An external high-density 68-pin connector can
be enabled using optional Enabling Cable for External Ultra320 SCSI Port (P/N 24P7929) to connect channel B to an external SCSI
connector. External connection using this option and the external knockout is not supported if both channels of the integrated controller are
connected internally, in which case a supported PCI SCSI controller is required to support an external SCSI device.
3. A 32-bit adapter installed into a 64-bit slot will restrict the data transfer rate to 32-bit. Adapters rated at 66MHz will operate at 33MHz when
installed in a 33MHz slot. 33MHz adapters will reduce 100MHz buses to 33MHz. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/
66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers, but will only operate at the rated bus frequency or frequency of the slowest adapter in the bus in which it
is installed. 64-bit adapters are not supported in slot one.
4. When the NVIDIA Wildcat4 7110 video adapter is installed in the AGP slot, slot one is unavailable due to the width of the adapter.
Models 29U, 36U and 37U do not support 64-bit or PCI-X adapters in slot one due to interference caused by the Firewire adapter.
5. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multimode terminated
LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized.
6. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of
ECC cache and either one internal or one external Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.
7. The integrated copper 10/100/1000Mbps Broadcom (BCM5703) single-port Ethernet controller supports Wake on LAN.
8. Wake on LAN is supported through this adapter if proper shut-down procedures were followed.
9. Z Pro 6221 includes four USB ports (two each on front and rear of the chassis), two nine-pin serial ports, one 25-pin parallel port, audio in/
out jacks and a microphone in jack. An integrated IEEE 1394 Firewire digital multimedia port is provided in models 29U, 36U and 37U (slot
one in these models is not available for 64-bit or PCI-X adapters).
Rear view
AGP slot
PCI slot 1
PCI slot 2
PCI slot 3
PCI slot 4
PCI slot 5
38
Description
Power
IntelliStation Z Pro 6221 includes a 425w voltage-sensing power supply and a single line cord.
94G3135
32P1020
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
6652U3N
P275 Color Monitor 21in (503mm, 19.8in viewable image), stealth black
6639U3N
P77 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
6651U3N
P97 Color Monitor 19in (457.3mm, 18in viewable image), stealth black
6656HG2
T560 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 15in (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black
9494HBO
T860 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 18.1in (460mm, 18.1in viewable image), stealth black
9494HBN
T860 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 18.1in (460mm, 18.1 in viewable image), stealth black, w/o stand
9512AB1
T541 Flat Panel Color Monitor 15in (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black
9503DG3
T221 Flat Panel Monitor 22.2in (564mm, 22.2in viewable image), stealth black
09N4300
22P5185
31P7415
Monitors1
Conversion Kit
Keyboard and Mouse2
28L3673
33L3244
33L3250
33L3252
1. Refer to IntelliStation Video Adapter Selection Guide for information regarding video adapter connections.
2. IntelliStation Z Pro 6221 ships standard with an IBM 104-key keyboard and three-button mouse.
Tape Drives
Bays
Supported
SCSI
Interface
(bit)
48P7042
00N7991
16 Ultra2 LVD
3510020
16 LVD
Form Factor
89mm (3.5in) SL or
133mm (5.25in)
HH
89mm (3.5in) HH
or 133mm (5.25in)
HH
Termination
Ext Tape
Included
Enclosures 2
Y3
3510020 4
Desktop
16 LVD/SE
Ext
3510020
16 LVD
Int
Note:
All models include an integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller. SCSI models include a three-drop multimode terminated LVD SCSI cable. IDE models include two two-drop IDE
cables. To enable external attachment to channel B of the integrated SCSI controller, optional Enabling Cable for External Ultra320 SCSI Port (P/N 24P7929) is required,
which provides a 68-pin HD external connector. All SCSI tape drives and external tape enclosures are supported by PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646), which
includes a five-drop multimode terminated LVD SCSI cable and an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. SCSI tape drives installed internally can be connected to channel A of
the integrated controller using the cable that ships with the tape drive if the HDDs or hot-swap backplane are attached to ServeRAID-4Lx.
1. SCSI models include a two-drop IDE cable for attachment to the CD-ROM and an IDE tape drive. IDE models include two two-drop IDE cables.
2. To determine external cable requirements, note the tape drive's SCSI interface, the appropriate SCSI controller from the system configurator section and the desired
enclosure, then refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers.
3. Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option.
4. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956).
5. Black desktop tape enclosure that supports a single 133mm (5.25in) half-high (HH) tape drive. Internal and external connectors are 68-pin high-density supporting LVD.
Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956). External cables are not included. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to
select a supported cable.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
39
1.82
1/1
512
256MB/2GB
Tower 1/1
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/240GB 8
48X-20X
7/4
5/5
8480-22X
22
1/1
512
256MB/2GB
Tower 1/1
10/100/
1000
U1606
3/1
18.2GB/
587.2GB 7
48X-20X
7/4
5/5
8480-23X
22
1/1
512
256MB/2GB
Tower 1/1
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/240GB 8
48X-20X
7/4
5/5
8480-2AX
22
1/1
512
256MB/2GB
Tower 1/1
10/100/
1000
U1606
3/1
0/587.2GB7
48X-20X
7/5
5/5
8480-32X
2.4 3
1/1
512
256MB/2GB
Tower 1/1
10/100/
1000
U1606
3/1
36.4GB/
587.2GB 7
48X-20X
7/4
5/5
8480-33X
2.4 3
1/1
512
256MB/2GB
Tower 1/1
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/240GB 8
48X-20X
7/4
5/5
8480-3AX
2.4 3
1/1
512
256MB/2GB
Tower 1/1
10/100/
1000
U1606
3/1
0/587.2GB7
48X-20X
7/5
5/5
8480-93X10
1.8 4
1/1
128
256MB/2GB
Tower 1/1
10/100/
1000
IDE
3/1
40GB/240GB 8
48X-20X
7/4
5/5
1. Ships with standard keyboard and mouse. See Power, Monitors and Accessories section for tower-to-rack conversion kit.
2. Intel Pentium 4 processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) Front-side Bus (FSB).
3. Intel Pentium 4 processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and 533MHz (quad-pumped) FSB.
4. Intel Celeron 1.8GHz processor with 128KB L2 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) FSB.
5. Broadcom 5702 integrated gigabit Ethernet controller.
6. Integrated single channel Ultra160 SCSI storage controller.
7. Maximum capacity is based on four 146.8GB SCSI HDDs.
8. Maximum capacity is based on three 80GB IDE HDDs.
9. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
10. This VL (value line) model includes a one-year on-site and labor limited warranty.
Part Number
10K0067
40
Memory Description
256MB PC2100 CL2.5 ECC DDR SDRAM
UDIMM
256MB
512MB
1GB
(10K0067) (10K0069) (10K0071)
512MB
768MB
1024MB 2
1280MB
1536MB2
2048MB
10K0069
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Memory modules
may vary in price per MB. Selection of smaller UDIMMs may provide a more costeffective alternative to using larger UDIMMs.
10K0071
1. Select the desired total memory, then add the selection in that row to the standard
memory.
2. Requires removal of standard UDIMM.
CPU
UDIMM 1
UDIMM 1
SCSI Models
Total
Internal
Storage1
10,000rpm HDDs
18.2GB
(06P5750,
06P5754) 2
15,000rpm HDDs
36.4GB
73.4GB
146.8GB
(06P5751, (06P5752, (32P0725,
06P5755, 06P5756), 32P0728)2
32P0723,
32P0724,
32P0726) 2 32P0727) 2
18.2GB
(06P5765,
06P5767)2
36.4GB
(06P5766,
06P5768) 2
0GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
54.6GB
72.8GB
44
44
109.2GB
145.6GB
44
44
-
146.8GB
220.2GB
293.6GB
44
440.4GB
587.2GB
44
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is within +/- 0.2GB unless otherwise noted.
1. Select a total storage row then select the quantity of HDDs from a column corresponding to the HDD of choice.
2. Both hot-swap and nonhot-swap HDDs are listed. Select the appropriate part number for the model of xSeries 205 being configured.
3. Nonhot-swap SCSI models ship standard with either one 18.2GB or one 36.4GB Ultra160 SCSI HDD.
4. Only three hot-swap HDDs are supported in hot-swap models. A nonhot-swap HDD installed in bay four and connected to the same SCSI
bus as the hot-swap backplane is not supported.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
41
EIDE Models
Total
Internal
Storage1
7200rpm HDDs2
40GB
(P/N 22P7157)
60GB
(P/N 09N4207)
80GB
(P/N 09N4226)
40GB
80GB
100GB
120GB
140GB
160GB
1
1
180GB
200GB
240GB3
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is
within +/- 0.2GB unless otherwise noted.
1. Select a total storage row then add the quantity of HDDs from all columns to the standard
HDD.
2. The two EIDE controllers support a maximum of four IDE devices per machine including CDROM drives, HDDs and IDE tape drives.
3. Requires removal of the standard HDD.
Hot-swap Models
Part
Number
Description
RPM Height
Nonhot-swap Models
Bays
Supported3
Maximum
Quantity
Bays
Supported
Maximum
Quantity
3
IDE HDDs 1
22P7157
7200
SL
4 ... 7
09N4207
7200
SL
4 ... 7
09N4226
7200
SL
4 ... 7
06P5750
10000
SL
4 ... 7
06P5751
10000
SL
4 ... 7
06P5752
10000
SL
4 ... 7
06P5765
15000
SL
4 ... 7
06P5766
15000
SL
4 ... 7
32P0723
10000
SL
4 ... 7
32P0724
10000
SL
4 ... 7
32P0725
10000
SL
4 ... 7
4
-
10000
SL
5 ... 7
06P5755
10000
SL
5 ... 7
06P5756
10000
SL
5 ... 7
06P5767
15000
SL
5 ... 7
06P5768
15000
SL
5 ... 7
10000
SL
5 ... 7
32P0727
10000
SL
5 ... 7
32P0728
10000
SL
5 ... 7
Optical Devices
Bays Supported
22P6950
1, 2
22P6976
1, 2
10K3782
1, 2
22P6970
Multi-Burner5, 6
1, 2
22P6973
42
35311RU
09N7296
1, 2
7
Form Factor
Rack (3U)
-
1. The xSeries 205 EIDE controllers support a maximum of four IDE devices per machine including CD-ROM drives, hard disk drives and IDE tape drives.
2. Nonhot-swap HDDs are supported in bays 4 ... 7 of nonhot-swap models and in bay four of hot-swap models. Nonhot-swap HDDs are not supported on the same SCSI bus as
the hot-swap backplane in hot-swap models.
3. Ultra320 HDDs are supported, but performance is limited to the Ultra160 speed of the SCSI controller.
4. Hot-swap HDDs are supported in bays 5 ... 7 of hot-swap models. Bay four supports nonhot-swap HDDs only. Nonhot-swap HDDs are not supported on the same SCSI bus as
the hot-swap backplane in hot-swap models.
5. Either replace the standard CD-ROM or install in the available media bay. An IDE cable with three connectors is included with the optional optical drive (same cable is standard in
the system). If installing as an additional device, connect the cable to each optical device and the IDE connector on the system board. Configure the optional device as a master
using the preset configuration if replacing the standard device or as a slave if installed as a redundant device.
6. Audio not supported for DVD-ROM drives. The drive provides data input/output only.
7. Not supported by the onboard SCSI controller. Select an optional SCSI controller then refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to confirm the controller supports
the desired External Storage Expansion Unit and to select a supported cable. For HDD or other expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section.
8. EXP300 includes a single 2m Ultra2 SCSI cable and dual hot-swap 500w redundant power supplies, each with its own power cord. To convert an EXP300 to a tower form factor,
EXP300 Rack-to-Tower Conversion Kit (P/N 09N7296) is required
.
Bay
Bay 1: CD-ROM
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
yes
CD-ROM
Bay 2
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
yes
open1
Bay 3: FDD
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
yes
FDD
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
yes
open
5 ... 72
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
yes
open
Bay 4
Bay 5
Bay 6
Bay 7
Front of chassis
Note: HDDs are installed in the order of bays seven through four, i.e.,
7, 6, 5, 4.
1. Supports removable media devices only. Hard disk drives are not
supported.
2. Bays five, six and seven are configured as hot-swap bays on xAX
models. These bays are not front-accessible in nonhot-swap models.
Description
Adapter
PCI
Length Support1
Slots
Supported2
Full
64-bit
1 ... 5
06P5740
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
19K4646
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Storage Controllers3
06P5736
Networking7
Ethernet8
06P3601
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
22P4901
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
22P6801
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
31P6301
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
Token Ring
34L5001
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
34L5201
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Half
32-bit
System Management
09N7585
Communications11
1. A 64-bit adapter installed into a 32-bit slot will transfer data at 32-bit rates. Adapters rated at 66MHz will operate at 33MHz when installed in a 33MHz
slot.
2. The xSeries 205 has five full-length PCI expansion slots on a single 32-bit, 33MHz bus.
3. xSeries 205 has an integrated Ultra160 SCSI Controller with a single internal channel. Nonhot-swap models ship with a five-drop, multimode terminated
LVD SCSI cable. Hot-swap models ship with a nonterminated LVD SCSI cable.
4. ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor that provides 64MB of battery-backed ECC cache
and two internal and two external Ultra160 connections (only two connectors may be used). External connections are 0.8mm VHDCI.
5. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache
and either one internal or one external Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.
6. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI
cable and one external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
43
7. xSeries 205 includes an integrated copper-based Broadcom 5702 full-duplex, 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet controller.
8. In a fault-tolerant networking environment, using the fault-tolerant software delivered with the Ethernet adapters of a single manufacturer is
recommended. Installing fault-tolerant solutions provided by multiple manufacturers may cause failures if the intermediate drivers provided with the
adapters are not compatible. Three optional Ethernet adapters are copper and Intel-based (P/N 06P3601, 22P4901, 22P6801). One is Broadcom-based
(P/N 31P6301).
9. Wake on LAN is supported for this option when installed in slots one through five.
10. When installing this option in xSeries 205, the external power supply provided with the option is not required. All power is supplied through the internal
20-pin ribbon cable.
11. xSeries 205 includes two USB ports (on rear of chassis), two 9-pin serial ports, one 25-pin parallel port, AC 97 audio line in/out jacks, and a
microphone in jack.
Description
Power1
Tower Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2
94G3134
94G3135
94G3136
94G6676
37L6861
633147N
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black7
63324HN
E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black7
Monitors6
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black7
9512AB1
T541 Flat Panel Color Monitor (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black3
32P1031
NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)8
32P1032
32P1702
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)8
32P1703
9494HBO
T860 Hybrid Flat Panel Monitor 18.1in (460mm, 18.1in viewable image), stealth black3
1. The xSeries 205 includes a 340w voltage sensing power supply with a single line cord.
2. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
3. Not supported for rack mounting.
4. Height is 3U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
5. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
6. The xSeries 205 contains an ATI Rage XL video controller with 4MB of video memory.
7. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
8. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.
Part Number
Description
Conversion Kits
09N4300
Console Connectivity2
1735L04
1735R16
32P1636
32P1652
09N4290
09N4291
28L3644
Space Saver II
Keyboard4, 5
10K3849
106-key Preferred USB Keyboard with 2-port USB Hub (stealth black)6, 7
22P5150
31P7415
44
28L3673
33L3244
1. Rack installation of an xSeries 205 requires 4Ux20D Tower-to-Rack Kit (P/N 09N4300) and one of the racks listed in the Rack
Cabinets and Options section.
2. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these options.
3. xSeries 205 models ship standard with both a mouse and nonspace saver keyboard.
4. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707) which stows in ready-to-use position, or NetBAY 1U or 2U Flat
Panel Monitor Console Kit (P/N 32P1032, 32P1702). Standard with 1U and 2U NetBAY console kits (P/N 32P1031, 32P1702).
5. Advanced TrackPoint IV features are not available on IBM xSeries systems.
6. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray P/N 28L4707. This keyboard cannot share a keyboard tray with a flat panel
display.
7. USB accessories attach to a single USB-capable server. They are not compatible with the NetBAY console switches.
Part
Number
Bays
SCSI
Supported Interface
(bit)
Tape Drives
Form
Factor
89mm (3.5in)
SL or 133mm
(5.25in) HH
48P7042
00N7991
89mm (3.5in)
16 Ultra2 LVD HH or 133mm
(5.25in) HH
24P2396
16 Ultra2 LVD
24P2398
2, 4
Termination
Ext Tape
Included
Enclosures1
Y4
35100205
133mm
(5.25in) HH
Y4
35100205
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm
(5.25in) HH
Y4
35100205
16 LVD
Desktop
16 LVD/SE
External
3510020
00N7956
1. To determine external cable requirements, note the tape drive's SCSI interface, the appropriate SCSI controller from the systemconfigurator section and the desired
enclosure, then refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers.
2. SCSI models include a two-drop EIDE cable for attachment to the CD-ROM and an IDE tape drive.
3. EIDE models require optional PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646), which includes a five-drop multimode LVD SCSI cable.
4. When installed internally, termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option.
5. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956).
6. Black desktop tape enclosure that supports a single 133mm (5.25in) half-high (HH) tape drive. Internal and external connectors are 68-pin high-density supporting
LVD. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956). External cables are not included. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units Controllers to select a supported cable.
7. This tape drive must be shipped separately as an option and installed at a customer site. Factory or vendor installation prior to shipping is not supported.
8. Supported only in new builds of External Half-High SCSI Storage Enclosure (P/N 3510020), indicated by AI Header J1PJK on the outside box label of the tape
enclosure.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes.
Description
Quantity
8480-22X
10K0069
06P5750
24P2396
633147N
94G3134
1
11
32
1
1
1
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
45
Associated Options
Application Server
Part Number
Description
Quantity
8480-3AX
10K0069
06P5754
06P5740
00N7991
633147N
94G3134
1
11
32
1
1
1
1
46
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
47
22
1/2 512
256MB/8GB Tower
1/1
10/100/
D, U320
1000
3/1
36.4GB/
587.2GB
48x-20x
7/4
5/5
8647-2AX
22
1/2 512
512MB/8GB
Tower
1/1
10/100/
D, U320
1000
3/1
0/880.8GB
48x-20x
9/7
5/5
8647-32X
2.4 3
1/2 512
256MB/8GB Tower
1/1
10/100/
D, U320
1000
3/1
36.4GB/
587.2GB
48x-20x
7/4
5/5
8647-3AX
2.4 3
1/2 512
512MB/8GB
Tower
1/1
10/100/
D, U320
1000
3/1
0/880.8GB
48x-20x
9/7
5/5
8647-3BX
2.4 3
1/2 512
512MB/8GB
Tower
2/2
P, H
S-Power
10/100/
D, U320
1000
3/1
0/880.8GB
48x-20x
9/7
5/5
1. Ships with standard keyboard and mouse. See Power, Monitors and Accessories section for tower-to-rack conversion kit.
2. Intel Xeon processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) access to memory and I/O buses.
3. Intel Xeon processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and 533MHz (quad-pumped) access to memory and I/O buses.
4. High-speed, two-way interleaved 133MHz DDR PC2100 RDIMM. Maximum capacity includes four 2GB RDIMMs, requiring replacement of the two standard RDIMMs.
5. Some models include a single 425w nonhot-swap power supply. Redundant power models include two 350w hot-swap power supplies, each with its own power cord,
providing N+N redundancy.
6. A Broadcom 5703 copper gigabit Ethernet controller is integrated into the planar.
7. The dual-channel, Ultra320 integrated controller supports both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs, but the entire SCSI bus will default to the slower rate (MB/second) if HDDs of
different technologies are mixed on the same bus. The LSI chipset allows for two HDDs to be allocated for mirroring if a RAID adapter is not installed. One additional HDD
may be designated as a hot-spare for HDDs configured in the onboard mirror. Mirrored and hot-spare HDDs must be matched.
8. Maximum storage capacity is based on four 146.8GB nonhot-swap Ultra320 HDDs in nonhot-swap models and six 146.8GB hot-swap Ultra320 HDDs in hot-swap models.
Nonhot-swap models include a terminated LVD four-drop SCSI cable and hot-swap models include a single-drop nonterminated LVD SCSI cable.
9. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
10. Nonhot-swap models incliude seven total bays and hot-swap models include nine bays.
Processor Upgrades
SMP Support1
59P5112
2xX
59P5108
3xX
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
48
Part
Number
RDIMM 3
RDIMM 4
CPU 2
RDIMM 2
RDIMM 1
CPU 1
Memory Description1
33L5036
33L5037
33L5038
33L5039
33L5040
256MB
512MB
128MB
256MB
512MB
1GB
2GB
(2 x 128) (2 x 256) (33L5036) (33L5037) (33L5038) (33L5039) (33L5040)
Models
Models
512MB
768MB
768MB
1GB
1.25GB
1.5GB
2.25GB
2.5GB
4.25GB
4GB
5GB 2
5GB 2
6GB 2
6GB 2
8GB 2
8GB 2
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Memory modules may vary in price per
MB. Selection of smaller RDIMMs may provide a more cost-effective alternative to using larger RDIMMs.
1. Network operating systems may limit the maximum amount of addressable memory. See operating
system specifications for further information.
2. Requires replacing the standard RDIMM.
In addition to the SCSI controller, an IDE controller provides the interface for the IDE CD-ROM drive. A two-drop IDE cable connects the IDE controller to the IDE CDROM. The second drop can be used to connect a second optional IDE device.
For additional information regarding internal cabling, refer to Appendix F: Internal Cabling Overview.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
49
Optional External SCSI Interface Kit (32P8164) can be installed to enable a 0.8mm VHDCI external connector. Support for external tape drives is limited to half-high
LVD SCSI tape drives if the integrated controller is managed by ServeRAID-5i. External SCSI support can be obtained by installing an optional SCSI adapter to
support external tape storage, or a RAID controller can be installed to support external SCSI HDD storage.
10,000rpm HDDs
15,000rpm HDDs
18.2GB
36.4GB
73.4GB
146.8GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
(06P5750) (06P5751, (06P5752, (32P0725) (06P5765) (06P5766)
32P0723)2 32P0724)2
36.4GB
54.6GB
72.8GB
91GB
109.2GB
145.6GB
183.2GB
256.6GB
293.6GB 3
476.8GB
587.2GB
(max)3
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is within +/-0.2GB unless otherwise
noted.
1. Select a total storage row then select the quantity of HDDs from a column corresponding to the HDD of choice.
2. Both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs are included. The integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller supports both speeds, but the bus is
limited to the lower rated performance if mixed.
3. Requires removing the standard 36.4GB HDD.
Bay
Height
Front
Access
Usage
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
yes
CD-ROM
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
yes
open1
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
yes
FDD
2 ... 4
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
no
open2
Bay 3
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
no
HDD2
Bay 1
Form
Factor
FDD
Bay 4
Bay 2
Note: HDDs are installed in the order of bays one through four. The boot
disk must be installed in bay one.
1. Supports removable media devices only. Hard disk drives are not
supported.
2. HDD bays are not front-accessible in nonhot-swap models.
50
CD-ROM
Removable media
Front view
nonhot-swap
models
10,000rpm HDDs
15,000rpm HDDs
73.4GB
146.8GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
(06P5754) (06P5755, (06P5756, (32P0728) (06P5767) (06P5768,
06P5776)2
32P0726)2 32P0727)2
0GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
54.6GB
72.8GB
91GB
109.2GB
146.8GB
220.2GB
293.6GB
367GB
440.4GB
587.2GB
734GB
880.8GB
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is within +/-0.2GB unless otherwise
noted.
1. Select a total storage row then select the quantity of HDDs from a column corresponding to the HDD of choice.
2. Both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs are included. The integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller supports both speeds, but the bus is
limited to the lower rated performance if mixed.
Bay
A
B
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
yes
CD-ROM
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
CD-ROM
Removable media
yes
open 1
FDD
Bay 1
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
yes
FDD
1 ... 6
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
yes
open
Bay 2
Bay 3
Bay 4
Bay 5
Note: HDDs are installed in the order of bays six through one. The boot
disk must be installed in bay six.
Front view
Hot-swap
models
1. Supports removable media devices only. Hard disk drives are not
supported.
Bay 6
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
51
Hot-swap Models
Part
Number
Description
RPM
Height
Bays
Max
Supported2 Qty
Nonhot-swap
Models
Bays
Supported
Max
Qty
4
10000
SL
1 ... 4
06P5751
10000
SL
1 ... 4
06P5752
10000
SL
1 ... 4
06P5765
15000
SL
1 ... 4
06P5766
15000
SL
1 ... 4
4
4
10000
SL
1 ... 4
32P0724
10000
SL
1 ... 4
32P0725
10000
SL
1 ... 4
06P5754
10000
SL
1 ... 6
06P5755
10000
SL
1 ... 6
06P5756
10000
SL
1 ... 6
06P5767
15000
SL
1 ... 6
06P5768
15000
SL
1 ... 6
32P0726
10000
SL
1 ... 6
32P0727
10000
SL
1 ... 6
32P0728
10000
SL
1 ... 6
06P5776
15000
SL
1 ... 6
Associated Options
32P8164
Optical Devices
Bays
Supported
10K3782
1, 2
22P6950
1, 2
22P6976
1, 2
Form Factor
35311RU
09N7296
17401RU
Rack (3U)
35601RU
Rack (3U)
35421RU
Rack (3U)
35422RU
Rack (3U)
19K1121
Rack (3U)
-
1. The integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller supports both Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs, but if mixed on the same bus, bus speed is limited to the lower rated
performance.
2. Required to enable a 0.8mm VHDCI external connector for external SCSI attachment to the second channel of the integrated controller. Refer to Appendix D:
Cables - Storage Units - Controllers for additional information.
3. Either replace the standard CD-ROM or install in the available media bay. An IDE cable with three connectors is included with the optional optical drive (same cable
is standard in the system). If installing as an additional device, connect the cable to each optical device and the IDE connector on the system board. Configure the
optional device as a master using the preset configuration if replacing the standard device or as a slave if installed as a redundant device.
4. Audio not supported for DVD-ROM drives. The drive provides data input/output only.
5. Not supported by the onboard SCSI controller. Select an optional SCSI controller then refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to confirm the
controller supports the desired External Storage Expansion Unit and to select a supported cable. For HDD or other expansion unit options, see the specific expansion
unit section.
6. EXP300 includes a single 2m Ultra2 SCSI cable and dual hot-swap 500w redundant power supplies, each with its own power cord. To convert an EXP300 to a tower
form factor, EXP300 Rack-to-Tower Conversion Kit (P/N 09N7296) is required. In order to attach EXP300 to the integrated controller when ServeRAID-5i is installed,
External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164) is required to enable a 0.8mm VHDCI external connector on the system chassis.
7. FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 17401RU) includes dual hot-swap 400w power supplies, each with its own power cord.
8. FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 35601RU) includes dual hot-swap 350w power supplies, each with its own power cord.
9. The FAStT200 includes two hot-swap, 350w auto-ranging redundant power supplies, each with its own power cord.
10. Can be upgraded to FAStT200 HA Storage Server through the addition of a FAStT200 Redundant RAID Controller (P/N 19K1121).
52
Adapter
PCI
Slots
Hot-Plug4
Length Support3 Supported1
Description
PCI
Voltage
Key
MHz
33
Storage Controllers1, 2
37L6889
Full
64-bit
2 ... 4
Universal
06P5736
Full
64-bit
2 ... 4
Universal
66
06P5740
Half
64-bit
2 ... 5
Universal
66
19K4646
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Universal
33
25P3492
ServeRAID-5i Controller9
Full
64-bit
Universal
66
133
Half
64-bit
2 ... 5
Universal
17421RU
35521RU
35421RU
35422RU
3534F08
2109F16
2108R3L
33
Networking12
Ethernet13
06P3601
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Universal
22P4901
Half
64-bit
2 ... 5
Universal
66
22P6801
Half
64-bit
2 ... 5
Universal
133
22P7801
Half
64-bit
2 ... 5
Universal
133
31P6301
Half
64-bit
2 ... 5
Universal
133
34L5201
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Universal
33
34L5001
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Universal
33
Token Ring
Communications15
33L4618
Half
32-bit
33
37L14xx
Half
32-bit
33
09N7585
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
1. The dual-channel, Ultra320 integrated controller supports both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs, but the entire SCSI bus will default to the slower rate (MB/second) if HDDs of different
technologies are mixed on the same bus. The LSI chipset allows for two HDDs to be allocated for mirroring if a RAID adapter is not installed. One additional HDD may be designated as a
hot-spare for HDDs configured in the onboard mirror. Mirrored and hot-spare HDDs must be matched.
2. xSeries 225 includes a dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller with two internal connectors. An external high density 68-pin connector can be enabled using optional External SCSI
Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164) to connect channel B to an external SCSI connector. External connection using this option and the external knockout is not supported if both channels of the
integrated controller are connected internally, in which case a supported PCI SCSI controller is required to support an external SCSI device.
3. A 32-bit adapter installed into a 64-bit slot will restrict the data transfer rate to 32-bit. Adapters rated at 66MHz will operate at 33MHz when installed in a 33MHz slot. 33MHz adapters will
reduce 100MHz buses to 33MHz. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers, but will only operate at the rated bus frequency or frequency
of the slowest adapter in the bus in which it is installed. 64-bit adapters are not supported in slot one.
4. xSeries 225 does not support hot-plug PCI slots.
5. ServeRAID-4H Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 266MHz PowerPC 750 processor and provides 128MB of battery-backed ECC cache with two internal and four external Ultra160
connectors (a combination of four connectors may be utilized). External connectors are 0.8mm VHDCI.
6. ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor that provides 64MB of battery-backed ECC cache and two internal and two external
Ultra160 connections (only two connectors may be used). External connections are 0.8mm VHDCI.
7. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and either one internal or one
external Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.
8. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multimode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm VHDCI
connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized.
9. ServeRAID-5i (P/N 25P3492) supports both Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs in a dedicated or mixed environment. The adapter installs into PCI slot four and converts both channels of the
onboard SCSI controller to RAID in conjunction with the LSI 1020/30 chipset. The standard SCSI HDD backplane cables directly to the integrated controller connector. Half-high tape drives
can be supported either internally or externally on the seocnd channel of an integrated controller managed by ServeRAID-5i if the bus is designated as SCSI during RAID set-up. Supports
up to 528MB/s data transfers across the PCI bus with 128MB ECC SDRAM write-back cache with battery backup. Supports RAID levels 0, 1, 10, 5, 50 and 1E.
10. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.
11. The 2108R3L SAN Data Gateway Router UltraSCSI LVD Port provides one integrated short-wave optical port and two SCSI ports for tape storage connections (LVD, HVD and singleended).
12. The integrated copper 10/100/1000Mbps Broadcom (BCM5703) single-port Ethernet controller supports Wake on LAN.
13. In a fault-tolerant networking environment, using the fault-tolerant software delivered with the Ethernet adapters of a single manufacturer is recommended. Installing fault-tolerant
solutions provided by multiple manufacturers may cause failures if the intermediate drivers provided with the adapters are not compatible. Three optional adapters are copper and Intelbased (P/N 06P3601, 22P4901, 22P6801). Two are Broadcom-based (22P7801, 31P6301).
14. The Wake on LAN (WoL) function provided by this Ethernet PCI adapter is supported in this system.
15. xSeries 225 includes four USB ports (two each on front and rear of the chassis), two nine-pin serial ports, one 25-pin parallel port, audio in/out jacks and a microphone in jack.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
53
System Management
Rear view
AGP slot
PCI slot 1
PCI slot 2
PCI slot 3
PCI slot 4
PCI slot 5
Description
Power1
Tower Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2
94G3134
94G3135
94G3136
94G6676
37L6861
Monitors6
633147N
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black7
63324HN
E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black7
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black7
9512AB1
T541 Flat Panel Color Monitor (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black3
32P1031
NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)8
32P1032
32P1702
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)8
32P1703
1. xSeries 225 model definitions include either a single 425w nonhot-swap power supply or dual hot-swap 350w
power supplies, which provide N+N redundancy. Each power supply includes a 6ft NEMA 5-15P power cord.
2. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
3. Not supported for rack mounting.
4. Height is 3U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
5. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
6. xSeries 225 uses an integrated ATI Rage XL video controller with 8MB of memory.
7. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
8. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.
54
Part Number
Description
Conversion Kits
59P4817
Console Connectivity2
1735L04
1735R16
32P1636
32P1652
09N4290
09N4291
10K3849
22P5150
28L3673
33L3244
33L3250
1. Rack installation of xSeries 225 requires 4U Extended Depth Tower to Rack Conversion Kit (P/N
49P4817) and one of the racks listed in the Rack Cabinets and Options section.
2. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using
these options.
3. The xSeries 225 includes both a mouse and nonspace saver keyboard.
4. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707), which stows in ready-touse position, or NetBAY 1U or 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (P/N 32P1032, 32P1702). Standard
with 1U and 2U NetBAY console kits (P/N 32P1031, 32P1702).
5. Advanced TrackPoint IV features are not available on IBM xSeries systems.
6. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot
share a keyboard tray with a flat panel display.
7. USB accessories attach to a single USB-capable server. They are not compatible with the
NetBAY console switches.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
55
Tape Drives
Bays
Supported
SCSI
Interface
(bit)
16 Ultra2 LVD
16 Ultra2 LVD
Form Factor
89mm (3.5in) SL or
133mm (5.25in) HH
89mm (3.5in) HH or
133mm (5.25in) HH
Termination
Ext Tape
Included
Enclosures 2
-
35100204
133mm (5.25in) FH
Y3
0034B0X
16 Ultra2 LVD
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm (5.25in) FH
133mm (5.25in) HH
Y
Y3
0034B0X
35100204
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm (5.25in) HH
Y3
35100204
16 Ultra2 LVD
2U Rack
16 Ultra2 LVD
16 LVD
4U Rack
Desktop
N
N
16 LVD/SE
Ext
3510020
16 LVD
Int
Tape Autoloaders
360716X
0034B0X
3510020
Associated Options
00N7956
32P8164
Note:
All models include an integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller. Nonhot-swap models include a four-drop multimode terminated LVD SCSI cable. Hot-swap models include a one-drop
nonterminated cable. To enable external attachment to channel B of the integrated SCSI controller, optional External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164) is required, which
provides a 0.8mm VHDCI external connector. All SCSI tape drives and external tape enclosures are supported by PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646), which
includes a five-drop multimode terminated LVD SCSI cable and an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. SCSI tape drives installed internally can be connected to channel A of the
integrated controller using the cable that ships with the tape drive if the HDDs or hot-swap backplane are attached to ServeRAID-4Lx. If ServeRAID-5i is installed, channel B
can be configured to support half-high SCSI tape drives installed in an external tape enclosure or installed in bay two.
1. All models include a two-drop IDE cable for attachment to the CD-ROM and an IDE tape drive.
2. To determine external cable requirements, note the tape drive's SCSI interface, the appropriate SCSI controller from the system configurator section and the desired
enclosure, then refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers.
3. Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option.
4. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956).
5. This 4U rack-mounted enclosure supports four full-high or six half-high tape drives. The backplate includes six 0.8mm VHDCI external connectors for attachment of up to six
servers. Internal connection of tape drives requires the single-drop terminated LVD SCSI cable that ships with the tape drive, which also provides termination for the SCSI bus. A
single 300w power supply with a low-voltage power cord is standard. An external SCSI storage cable is not provided. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers
to select a supported cable.
6. Black desktop tape enclosure that supports a single 133mm (5.25in) half-high (HH) tape drive. Internal and external connectors are 68-pin high-density supporting LVD.
Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956). External cables are not included. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to
select a supported cable.
7. This tape drive must be shipped separately as an option and installed at a customer site. Factory or vendor installation prior to shipping is not supported.
8. Supported only in new builds of External Half-High SCSI Storage Enclosure (P/N 3510020), indicated by AI Header J1PJK on the outside box label of the tape enclosure.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes.
56
Sales and Distribution Application Server (tower solution for 150 users)
Part Number
Description
8647-22X
59P5112
33L5038
25P3492
32P0723
48P7042
32P8164
35311RU
09N7296
06P5755
9512AB1
94G3136
94G3134
Quantity
1
1
21
1
32
1
1
1
1
83
1
1
1
Part Number
8647-32X
59P5108
33L5038
32P0723
00N7991
06P5740
22P6801
35311RU
09N7296
03K9310
06P5755
9512AB1
94G3136
94G3134
Quantity
1
1
21
32
1
23
1
1
1
1
124
1
1
1
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
57
ss
or
9
7
il)
)
)
va
P
)
n
D)
ax
d)
ax
l/A
ax
nt
AI
Fa
/M
ar
a
M
e
,
R
M
/
t
d
d
/
,
t
d
o
n
DD
td
em )6
(S
St
ta
tra s (T
2
(S
e
s
ag
,H
Ul
y(
,S
ay
z)
rs
ts
r iv
an M bp
l,
tit
al
o
o
11
H
B
D
a
3
l
)
n
M
n
s
a
(G
)
ia
io
t(
,S
il) l)
Du
sk
m
es KB
pt
Qu
er
ed
10
te
ne
Di
r(
ed roc e ( /M ax
va vai
1
r
O
s
e
y
e
M
w
A
(
d
l
)
l
/
h
e
y
l
l
r
A
E
h
y
S
Po
or p
Sp of P ac S td
ar
ro able
ta al/
be
d
Et
nc
ct up
(
C
( ID
p(
nt
or
lH
r
To ot
m
d
te
v
M
Faer S
da
ss
na
C o mo
b e EC C o r y
wa
ar
ra
s ( s (T
n
O
Nu
r
e
y
I
g
S
o
m
u
R
m
t
e
r w
m
b
S
t
d
t
r
oc Nu L2
te
Re
B a S lot
Fo Po
In
In
Me
Ho
On
Pa
Pr
Re
SC
CD
4
s)
10/100/
D,U320
1000
4/2
0/1321.2GB
48X-20X
10/8
6/6
2/2 P, S, H, F
S - Power,
S - Fans
10/100/
D,U320
1000
4/2
0/1321.2GB
48X-20X
10/8
6/6
1/2
O - Power,
S - Fans
10/100/
D,U320
1000
4/2
0/1321.2GB
48X-20X
10/8
6/6
2/2 P, S, H, F
S - Power,
S - Fans
10/100/
D,U320
1000
4/2
0/1321.2GB
48X-20X
10/8
6/6
8671-41X
2.4
1/2
O - Power,
S - Fans
10/100/
D,U320
1000
4/2
0/1321.2GB
48X-20X
10/8
6/6
8671-4AX
2.4
2/2 P, S, H, F
S - Power,
S - Fans
10/100/
D,U320
1000
4/2
0/1321.2GB
48X-20X
10/8
6/6
8671-11X
1.8
1/2
8671-1AX
1.8
8671-21X
8671-2AX
S, H, F
S, H, F
S, H, F
1. Ships with standard keyboard and mouse. See Power, Monitors and Accessories section for tower-to-rack conversion kit.
2. Intel Xeon processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and 4 x 100MHz (quad-pumped) access to memory and I/O buses.
3. High-speed, two-way interleaved 133MHz DDR PC2100 RDIMM.
4. Includes two hot-plug PCI-X 64-bit 133MHz slots, three 64-bit 100MHz nonhot-plug slots and one 32-bit 33MHz slot. See I/O Options section for additional
information.
5. Power supply redundancy for models shipping without standard redundancy requires removal of the standard 560w power supply and the addition of two 560w hotswap power supplies and a hot-swap power backplane provided with the 560w Hot-swap Power Upgrade Kit (P/N 33P2753). Redundant models (N+N for full
configurations) include two standard 560w hot-swap power supplies and a hot-swap power backplane. See xSeries 235 Power, Monitor & Accessories for additional
information.
6. The standard Ethernet controller is a Broadcom 5703 gigabit Ethernet controller integrated into the planar.
7. The dual-channel, Ultra320 integrated controller supports both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs, but the entire SCSI bus will default to the slower rate (MB/second) if
HDDs of different technologies are mixed on the same bus. The LSI chipset allows for two HDDs to be allocated for mirroring if a RAID adapter is not installed. One
additional HDD may be designated as a hot-spare for HDDs configured in the onboard mirror. Mirrored and hot-spare HDDs must be matched.
8. xSeries 235 includes two available removable media bays that can be converted to three slim-line (SL) hot-swap bays with the addition of optional Ultra320 3-Pack
Kit (P/N 33P2751).
9. Assumes installation of optional Ultra320 3-Pack Kit (P/N 33P2751), which converts the two available removable media bays into three slim-line (SL) hot-swap bays.
Maximum storage is based on nine 146.8GB 10Krpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap HDDs (P/N 32P0728).
10. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
11. The total number of bays can be increased to 11 by installing an optional Ultra320 3-pack Kit (P/N 33P2751), which converts the two available removable media bays
to three SL hot-swap HDD bays.
Processor Upgrades
SMP Support1
Processor
Speed Upgrade2
19K4642
1xX
33P2931
2xX
1xX
37L3533
4xX
1 ... 2xX
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed, and cache size.
2. Requires removal of the standard processor. A maximum of two processors may be installed. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size. Upgrades
may require a BIOS update. To obtain the latest Flash BIOS, access www.pc.ibm.com/support and enter machine Type-Model in Quick Path. Select Downloadable files
then BIOS.
58
RDIMM 1
RDIMM 2
RDIMM 3
RDIMM 4
256MB
(2 x 128)
Models
512MB
(2 x 256)
Models
512MB
768MB
768MB
1024MB
1024MB
1280MB
RDIMM 5
1280MB
1536MB
RDIMM 6
1792MB
2048MB
2304MB
2560MB
2560MB
2816MB
2
2
Set 1: RDIMMs 5, 6
Set 2: RDIMMs 3, 4
Set 3: RDIMMs 1, 2
Memory Description1
Part
Number
33L5036
33L5037
33L5038
33L5039
2816MB
3072MB
3328MB
3584MB
4352MB
4608MB
6GB (max)2
6GB (max)2
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Memory modules may vary in price per MB.
Selection of smaller RDIMMs may provide a more cost-effective alternative to using larger RDIMMs.
1. Network operating systems may limit the maximum amount of addressable memory. See operating system
specifications for further information.
2. Requires replacing the standard RDIMMs.
The xSeries 235 contains 10 drive bays in the standard base configuration. The six 3.5in hot-swap bays on the lower half of the chassis front support Ultra320 or
Ultra160 hot-swap HDDs. The four media bays above the HDD bays include a 3.5in bay for the standard floppy disk drive (FDD) and a 5.25in bay containing the
standard CD-ROM. The two open 5.25in media bays are available for removable media devices such as tape drives, or an Ultra320 3-bay kit can be installed in two
available media bays to provide a hot-swap backplane that supports three slim-line hot-swap HDDs.
The standard six-bay hot-swap backplane connects to one channel of the dual-channel integrated Ultra320 storage controller through a single-drop 16-bit LVD SCSI
cable. If internal RAID is required, this cable cannot be used to connect optional ServeRAID-4H, -4Mx or -4Lx controllers to the hot-swap backplane. Instead,
optional Single-drop Internal LVD Ultra160 SCSI Cable (P/N 71P8995) must be purchased. If the RAID controller is ServeRAID-5i, a cable is not required and both
channels of the integrated controller are managed by ServeRAID-5i. The standard SCSI cable cannot be used to connect to an optional SCSI media device because
it is not terminated.
One full-high or half-high tape drive can be installed in the available media bays. The terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the tape drive can be used to
connect the tape drive to the integrated controller if ServeRAID-4H, -4Mx or -4Lx are installed (or if no RAID controller is installed). If ServeRAID-5i is installed, only
supported tape drives can be connected to the RAID bus (see Tape Options section). If the tape drive is not supported for RAID attachment or the configuration
does not require the tape drive to be installed on the RAID bus, PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) is required.
External tape drive support requires installation of External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164) to connect the external port to the second channel of the integrated
controller. The external port cannot be enabled if both channels of the integrated controller are connected internally. If ServeRAID-5i is installed, only RAIDsupported tape drives can be installed in the tape enclosure. An external tape enclosure is also supported by installing PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N
19K4646), in which case the External SCSI Interface Kit is no longer required.
For additional information regarding internal cabling, refer to Appendix F: Internal Cabling Overview.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
59
Total System
Memory1
10,000rpm HDDs
15,000rpm HDDs
73.4GB
146.8GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
(06P5754) (06P5755, (06P5756, (32P0728) (06P5767) (06P5768,
06P5776)4
32P0726) 4 32P0727)4
0GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
54.6GB
72.8GB
91GB
109.2GB
145.6GB
182GB
218.4GB
327.6GB2
440.4GB
660.6GB3
880.8GB2
1321.2GB3
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is within +/-0.2GB unless otherwise
noted.
1. Select a total storage row then select the quantity of HDDs from a column corresponding to the HDD of choice.
2. Internal storage using 36.4GB HDD can be increased to 327.6GB by converting the two available removable bays to three hotswap HDD bays using an optional Ultra320 3-Pack Kit (P/N 33P2751).
3. Maximum internal storage using 73.4GB HDD can be increased to 660.6GB by converting the two available removable media
bays to three hot-swap HDD bays using an optional Ultra320 3-Pack Kit (P/N 33P2751).
4. When an Ultra320 HDD is installed in the same SCSI bus as an Ultra160 HDD, performance of the entire bus is reduced to
Ultra160 speeds.
Bay
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
Part
Number
Description
RPM
Height
Bays
Max
Supported1 Qty2
A1
133mm
(5.25in)
HH2
Yes
Open
B1
133mm
(5.25in)
HH2
Yes
Open
06P5754
10000
SL
1 ... 6
C3
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
Yes
IDE CDROM
06P5755
10000
SL
1 ... 6
D4
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
Yes
Diskette
06P5756
10000
SL
1 ... 6
1 ... 6
HS
SL
Yes
Open
06P5767
15000
SL
1 ... 6
06P5768
15000
SL
1 ... 6
32P0726
10000
SL
1 ... 6
32P0727
10000
SL
1 ... 6
32P0728
10000
SL
1 ... 6
06P5776
15000
SL
1 ... 6
33P2751
A+B
32P8164
Associated Options
60
Optical Devices
Bays
Supported
External Storage
Expansion Units7
FDD
RM A
RM B
CD-ROM
HDD 6
HDD 3
HDD 2
HDD 1
Form Factor
35311RU
09N7296
17401RU
Rack (3U)
35601RU
Rack (3U)
35421RU
Rack (3U)
35422RU
Rack (3U)
19K1121
HDD 5
HDD 4
A, B, C
22P6950
Rack (3U)
1. Install HDDs in the order indicated in the system bay diagram (from bottom of chassis). If an Ultra320 3-pack Kit
is installed, install HDDs from bottom to top.
2. Maximum quantity of HDDs can be increased to nine by converting the two removable media bays to three SL
HDD bays using the 3-Pack Ultra320 3-Pack Kit (P/N 33P2751).
3. Removable media bays A and B can be converted to three SL hot-swap bays using the optional Ultra320
3-Pack Kit (P/N 33P2751). The hot-swap backplane is cabled as an independent bus. All HDDs installed in the
bus must be Ultra320 in order for the bus to operate at Ultra320. If one or more HDDs installed are Ultra160, the
entire bus will operate at Ultra160 speeds.
4. Required to enable a 0.8mm VHDCI external connector for external SCSI attachment to the second channel of
the integrated controller. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers for additional information.
5. Either replace standard CD-ROM or install in one of the media bays. An IDE cable with three connectors is
included with the optional optical drive. If installing as an additional device, connect the cable to each optical
device and the IDE connector on the system board. Configure the optional device as a master using the preset
configuration if replacing the standard device or as a slave if installed as a redundant device.
6. Audio and video are not supported for DVD-ROM drives. The drive reads data signals only.
7. To configure a SCSI storage device, select an optional SCSI controller then refer to Appendix D: Cables Storage Units - Controllers to confirm the controller supports the desired External Storage Expansion Unit and to
select a supported cable. For HDD or other expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section. For
Fibre Channel storage devices, refer to the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section.
8. EXP300 includes a single 2m Ultra2 SCSI cable and dual hot-swap 500w redundant power supplies, each with
its own power cord. To convert an EXP300 to a tower form factor, EXP300 Rack-to-Tower Conversion Kit (P/N
09N7296) is required. In order to attach EXP300 to the integrated controller when ServeRAID-5i is installed,
External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164) is required to enable a 0.8mm VHDCI external connector on the system
chassis.
9. FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 17401RU) includes dual hot-swap 400w power supplies, each with
its own power cord.
10. FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 35601RU) includes dual hot-swap 350w power supplies, each
with its own power cord.
11. The FAStT200 includes two hot-swap, 350w auto-ranging redundant power supplies, each with its own power
cord.
12. Can be upgraded to FAStT200 HA Storage Server through the addition of a FAStT200 Redundant RAID
Controller (P/N 19K1121).
Adapter
PCI
Slots
Hot-Plug2
1
1
Length Support Supported
Description
PCI
Voltage
Key
MHz
Storage Controllers 3
37L6889
Full
64-bit
1 ... 4
Universal
33
06P5736
Full
64-bit
1 ... 4
Universal
66
06P5740
Half
64-bit
1 ... 4
Universal
66
19K4646
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
25P3492
ServeRAID-5i Controller8
Full
64-bit
Universal
66
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
24P0960
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
133
17421RU
35521RU
35421RU
35422RU
3534F08
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
61
2109F16
2108R3L
Networking11
Ethernet 12
06P3601
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
22P4901
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
22P6801
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
133
22P7801
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
133
31P6301
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
133
34L5201
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
34L5001
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
33
Token Ring
Communications14
19K4162
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33L4618
Half
32-bit
33
37L14xx
Half
32-bit
33
09N7585
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
System Management
Note: xSeries 235 supports the IXA Adapter (P/N 1519100) for connection to iSeries models for Windows 2000 Server and Advanced Server. Installation is restricted to slot four and Remote
Supervisor Adapter (P/N 09N7585) must be installed.
1. A 64-bit adapter installed into a 32-bit slot will transfer data at 32-bit rates. Adapters rated at 66MHz will operate at 33MHz when installed in a 33MHz slot. 33MHz adapters will reduce
66MHz buses to 33MHz. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers.
2. Slots five and six (bus 2) are hot-plug capable. For Network Operating System support, access www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.
3. xSeries 235 includes a dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller with two internal connectors. An external 0.8mm VHDCI connector can be enabled using optional External SCSI Interface
Kit (P/N 32P8164) to connect channel A to the external connector. External connection using this option and the external knockout is not supported if both channels of the integrated
controller are connected internally, in which case a supported PCI SCSI controller is required to support an external SCSI device. See Internal SCSI Cabling for cabling alternatives.
4. ServeRAID-4H Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 266MHz PowerPC 750 processor and provides 128MB of battery-backed ECC cache with two internal and four external Ultra160
connectors (a combination of four connectors may be utilized). External connectors are 0.8mm VHDCI. Connection of this adapter to the HDD backplane requires optional Single-drop
Internal LVD Ultra160 SCSI Cable (P/N 71P8995), which is a 30in single-drop round nonterminated LVD SCSI cable.
5. ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor that provides 64MB of battery-backed ECC cache and two internal and two external
Ultra160 connections (only two connectors may be used). External connections are 0.8mm VHDCI. Connection of this adapter to the HDD backplane requires optional Single-drop Internal
LVD Ultra160 SCSI Cable (P/N 71P8995), which is a 30in single-drop nonterminated LVD SCSI cable.
6. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and either one internal or one
external Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI. Connection of this adapter to the HDD backplane requires optional Single-drop Internal LVD Ultra160 SCSI Cable
(P/N 71P8995), which is a 30in single-drop round nonterminated LVD SCSI cable.
7. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm VHDCI
connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized.
8. ServeRAID-5i (P/N 25P3492) supports both Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs in a dedicated or mixed environment. The adapter installs into PCI slot four and converts both channels of the
onboard SCSI controller to RAID in conjunction with the LSI 1020/30 chipset. Both the standard and the optional SCSI HDD backplanes cable directly to the onboard controller connectors.
Half-high tape drives can be supported either internally or externally on the second channel of an integrated controller managed by ServeRAID-5i if the bus is designated as SCSI during
RAID setup. Supports up to 528MB/s data transfers across the PCI bus with 128MB ECC SDRAM write-back cache with battery backup. Supports RAID levels 0, 1, 10, 5, 50 and 1E.
9. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.
10.The 2108R3L SAN Data Gateway Router Ultra SCSI LVD Port provides one integrated short-wave optical port and two SCSI ports for tape storage connections (LVD, HVD and singleended).
11. xSeries 235 includes a copper integrated 10/100/1000Mbps Broadcom (BCM5703) single-port Ethernet controller.
12. In a fault-tolerant networking environment, using the fault-tolerant software delivered with the Ethernet adapters of a single manufacturer is recommended. Installing fault-tolerant
solutions provided by multiple manufacturers may cause failures if the intermediate drivers provided with the adapters are not compatible.Three optional Ethernet adapters are copper and
Intel-based (P/N 06P3601, 22P4901, 22P6801). Two are Broadcom-based (P/N 22P7801, 31P6301).
13. The Wake on LAN (WoL) function provided by this Ethernet PCI adapter is supported in this system.
14. xSeries 235 provided three USB ports (two on the rear of the chassis and one on the front), one serial port, two RS-485 ports for system management and one parallel port.
15. Due to homologation variances, modem availability may differ by country.
16. See Appendix E for details on Serial I/O options and configuration limitations.
17. When installed in xSeries 235, Remote Supervisor Adapter (RSA) shares functionality with the integrated service processor and serves as interface for both. RSA provides full system
management functionality through a customer-supplied Ethernet cable or modem connection or as part of an interconnected system management bus (option includes all interconnect
hardware). An external Cat5 connection between RSA and the integrated service processor using the pigtail cable and short Cat5 cable supplied with RSA is not required. The 20-pin
ribbon cable connecting RSA to the planar meets all powering and signaling requirements. Connection of the external AC power supply provided with RSA is not required.
62
Slot 1: Bus
Slot 2: Bus
Slot 3: Bus
Slot 4: Bus
Slot 5: Bus
Slot 6: Bus
slot
slot
slot
slot
slot
slot
rear of chassis
1
2
3
4
5slot 5
6slot 6
Description
Power1
33P2753
Kit2
94G3135
94G3136
32P1020
94G6676
37L6861
Monitors 7
633147N
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black8
63324HN
E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black8
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black8
9512AB1
T541 Flat Panel Color Monitor (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black4
32P1031
NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)9
32P1032
32P1702
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)9
32P1703
1. xSeries 235 redundant power models include two hot-swap 560w power supplies, each with two power cords.
Nonredundant power models include a single nonhot-swap 560w power supply with a single power cord. N+N power
supply redundancy for these models may be achieved by removing the standard power supply and installing a hotswap power backplane and two 560w hot-swap redundant power supplies provided in the 560w Power Upgrade Kit
(P/N 33P2753).
2. 560w Power Upgrade Kit (P/N 33P2753) includes a power backplane, two power supplies and two 9ft power cords.
3. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
4. Not supported for rack mounting.
5. Height is 3U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
6. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
7. xSeries 235 uses an integrated ATI Rage XL video controller with 8MB of memory.
8. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
9. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
63
Part Number
Description
Conversion Kits
59P4211
Console Connectivity2
1735L04
1735R16
32P1636
32P1652
09N4290
09N4291
28L3644
10K3849
22P5150
28L3673
33L3244
1. Rack installations require a supported IBM rack and a tower-to-rack conversion kit.
2. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using
these options.
3. xSeries 235 includes tower models only and ships with a keyboard and mouse.
4. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707) which stows in ready-touse position, or NetBAY 1U or 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (P/N 32P1032, 32P1702). Standard
with 1U and 2U NetBAY console kits (P/N 32P1031, 32P1702).
5. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot
share a keyboard tray with a flat panel display.
6. Advanced TrackPoint IV features are not available on IBM xSeries systems.
7. USB accessories attach to a single USB-capable server. They are not compatible with the
NetBAY console switches.
Tape Drives
Bays
Supported
SCSI
Interface
(bit)
00N7991
A, B
16 Ultra2 LVD
89mm (3.5in) HH
or 133mm (5.25in)
HH
Y2
00N8015
A+B
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm (5.25in) FH
Y2
00N8016
A+B
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm (5.25in) FH
Y2
24P2396
A, B
16 Ultra2 LVD
Y2
A, B
16 Ultra2 LVD
A+B
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm (5.25in)
HH
133mm (5.25in)
HH
133mm (5.25in) FH
A+B
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm (5.25in) FH
Y2
35510013
3503B1X
16 Ultra2 LVD
2U Rack
24P2398
59P6736
Y2
Y2
3510020 4,
35510013
35510013
3503B1X
35510013
3503B1X
35510013
3510020 4
35510013
3510020 4
3503B1X
Tape Autoloaders
00N7992
360716X
16 LVD
3503B1X
16 Ultra2 LVD
3551001
16 LVD
Desktop
Desktop or 3U
Rack
Rack
16 LVD/SE
Ext
3510020
16 LVD
Int
Associated Options
00N7956
32P8164
64
Note: Optional External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164) is required to enable the external 0.8mm VHDCI connector on the rear of the chassis to support external tape
enclosures. Attachment of internal media bay devices to one connector of the Ultra320 controller requires a supported terminated SCSI cable that is provided with optional
tape drives. If the hot-swap HDD backplane is connected to ServeRAID-4H, 4Mx or 4Lx, an internal tape drive can be connected to the integrated controller. If ServeRAID-5i
supports the internal HDD backplanes, some tape drives can be supported on channel B of the integrated controller (which is managed by the ServeRAID-5i adapter) if the
bus is designated as conventional SCSI during set-up and Microsoft Windows 2000 is installed. ServeRAID-5i supports the same tape drives in an external tape enclosure
on the second channel if the external SCSI port is enabled (the external port cannot be enabled if both channels of the integrated controller are connected internally).
Optional PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) also supports external tape enclosures and internal tape drives.
1. Supported by ServeRAID-5i when installed on an internal bus connected to an integrated controller connector or in an external tape enclosure when connected to the
second channel of the integrated controller through the enabled external SCSI port.
2. Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option. When installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit,
termination is also provided by the standard cables shipped with the enclosure.
3. LVD support for LVD tape drives installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is provided by two four-drop internal LVD cables.
4. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI terminator (P/N 00N7956).
5. If installed in a rack, a fixed shelf is required. Allow an additional 1U for the fixed shelf. One unit only per shelf is supported.
6. Black desktop tape enclosure that supports a single 133mm (5.25in) half-high (HH) tape drive. Internal and external connectors are 68-pin high-density supporting LVD.
Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956). External cables are not included. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to
select a supported cable.
7. Black desktop or 3U rack tape enclosure supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high LVD tape device including DLT tape drives. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a rack
(allow additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a 90w power supply, cooling fan, external terminator, power cord (country-specific), and 2m 68-pin to 0.8mm external cable.
Supports the following full-high tape options: 00N8015, 00N8016, 00N7992.
8. NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is a black 3U, rack-mountable tape enclosure which includes two full-high (FH) or four half-high (HH) extended
length 133mm (5.25in) bays, two external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors and two internal four-drop LVD terminated 16-bit SCSI cables for device attachment. Two power
supplies and two power cords are also included. External storage cables are not included.
9. Required to connect one channel of the integrated Ultra320 storage controller to the 0.8mm VHDCI external port, which cannot be enabled if both channels of the
integrated controller are connected internally.
10. This tape drive must be shipped separately as an option and installed at a customer site. Factory or vendor installation prior to shipping is not supported.
11. Supported only in new builds of External Half-High SCSI Storage Enclosure (P/N 3510020), indicated by AI Header J1PJK on the outside box label of the tape enclosure.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes.
Description
xSeries 235 2GHz/512KB Xeon, 256MB ECC, open, 48X
128MB DDR PC2100 ECC DIMM
18.2GB 10Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
36.4GB 10Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
ServeRAID-5i Controller
20/40GB DDS/4 4mm Internal Tape Drive
E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
APC Smart-UPS 1400
Quantity
1
21
22
43
1
1
1
1
Description
xSeries 235 2GHz/512KB Xeon, 512MB ECC, open, 48X
2GHz/400MHz - 512KB L2 Cache Upgrade Option with Xeon Processor
256MB DDR PC2100 ECC DIMM
ServeRAID-5i Controller
Remote Supervisor Adapter
18.2GB 10Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
36.4GB 10Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
External SCSI Interface Kit
560w Power Upgrade Kit III
5Ux24DTower-to-Rack Kit
NetBAY25 Standard Rack Cabinet
NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL
40/80GB Half-High DLTVS Internal SCSI Tape Drive
E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black
APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMB
Blank Filler Panel Kit
Quantity
1
11
2
1
1
22
43
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
65
1.4 4
1/4 512KB
512MB/12GB
Tower
2/4
P, S,
H, F
S-Fans
O-Power
10/
100/
1000
D,U160
4/2
0/1761.6GB
48X-20X
16/14
7/7
8685-1RX2
1.4 4
1/4 512KB
512MB/12GB
Rack
(7U)
2/4
P, S,
H, F
S-Fans
O-Power
10/
100/
1000
D,U160
4/2
0/1761.6GB
48X-20X
16/14
7/7
8685-21X 1
1.5 4
1/4 512KB
1GB/12GB
Tower
2/4
P, S,
H, F
S-Fans
O-Power
10/
100/
1000
D,U160
4/2
0/1761.6GB
48X-20X
16/14
7/7
8685-2RX2
1.5 4
1/4 512KB
1GB/12GB
Rack
(7U)
2/4
P, S,
H, F
S-Fans
O-Power
10/
100/
1000
D,U160
4/2
0/1761.6GB
48X-20X
16/14
7/7
8685-31X1
1.64
1/4
1MB
1GB/12GB
Tower
2/4
P, S,
H, F
S-Fans
O-Power
10/
100/
1000
D,U160
4/2
0/1761.6GB
48X-20X
16/14
7/7
8685-3RX2
1.64
1/4
1MB
1GB/12GB
Rack
(7U)
2/4
P, S,
H, F
S-Fans
O-Power
10/
100/
1000
D,U160
4/2
0/1761.6GB
48X-20X
16/14
7/7
8685-41X1
1.5 5
1/4
1MB
512MB/12GB
Tower
2/4
P, S,
H, F
S-Fans
O-Power
10/
100/
1000
D,U160
4/2
0/1761.6GB
48X-20X
16/14
7/7
8685-4RX2
1.5 5
1/4
1MB
512MB/12GB
Rack
(7U)
2/4
P, S,
H, F
S-Fans
O-Power
10/
100/
1000
D,U160
4/2
0/1761.6GB
48X-20X
16/14
7/7
8685-51X1
1.9 5
1/4
1MB
1GB/12GB
Tower
2/4
P, S,
H, F
S-Fans
O-Power
10/
100/
1000
D,U160
4/2
0/1761.6GB
48X-20X
16/14
7/7
8685-5RX2
1.9 5
1/4
1MB
1GB/12GB
Rack
(7U)
2/4
P, S,
H, F
S-Fans
O-Power
10/
100/
1000
D,U160
4/2
0/1761.6GB
48X-20X
16/14
7/7
8685-61X1
25
1/4
2MB
1GB/12GB
Tower
2/4
P, S,
H, F
S-Fans
O-Power
10/
100/
1000
D,U160
4/2
0/1761.6GB
48X-20X
16/14
7/7
8685-6RX2
25
1/4
2MB
1GB/12GB
Rack
(7U)
2/4
P, S,
H, F
S-Fans
O-Power
10/
100/
1000
D,U160
4/2
0/1761.6GB
48X-20X
16/14
7/7
Note: xSeries 255 supports the IXA Adapter (P/N 1519100) for connection to iSeries models for Windows 2000 Server and Advanced Server. Installation is restricted to slot two
and Remote Supervisor (P/N 09N7585) must be installed.
1. Ships with standard keyboard and mouse. See Power, Monitors and Accessories section for tower-to-rack conversion kit.
2. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
3. Intel Xeon MP processor with integrated full-speed ECC L3 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) access to memory and I/O buses.
4. Supported only in models 1xX, 2xX and 3xX.
5. Supported only in models 4xX, 5xX and 6xX.
6. Advanced Chipkill ECC memory corrects two-, three-, and four-bit memory errors. Standard memory supports two-way interleaving. Two or four optional RDIMMs are
installed in pairs to support two-way interleaving (up to a total of six RDIMMs). Four-way interleaving is supported with the selection of two optional RDIMMs and selection of an
additional four or eight RDIMMs in groups of four. Hot-spare memory is supported for both two-way interleaving (up to six RDIMMs) and four-way interleaving (see Memory
section). Four-way interleaving outperforms two-way interleaving. Memory options must match in density and technology in order to support interleaving and hot-spare
memory.
7. Two optional 370w Reversed Fan Hot-swap Redundant Power Supplies (P/N 31P6133) are required to support N+N redundancy. Refer to the Power section in xSeries 255
Power, Monitor & Accessories for additional information.
8. Maximum internal HDD storage capacity is based on 12 hot-swap 146.8GB HDDs, which requires optional 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit (P/N 32P8163). Both the
standard and optional hot-swap HDD backplanes are Ultra320 and are capable of supporting both Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs. The entire bus is limited to the speed of the
slowest HDD.
9. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
10. Total number of bays includes the standard bays plus six additional bays provided by installation of optional 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit (P/N 32P8163).
66
1xX
2xX
1xX
1xX, 2xX
59P5107
3xX
59P6815
4xX
59P6816
5xX
4xX
59P6817
6xX
4xX, 5xX
front
CPU3
59P5111
59P5106
CPU4
SMP
Support1
CPU2
Processor Upgrades
CPU1
Part
Number
1. Three additional processors may be installed, providing a maximum of four. All processors must be identical in type, speed,
and cache size. See diagram for order of installation.
2. Requires removal of the standard processor. A maximum of four processors may be installed (see xSeries 255 planar
diagram for order of installation). All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size. Upgrades may require a BIOS
update. To obtain the latest Flash BIOS, access www.pc.ibm.com/support and enter machine Type-Model in Quick Path.
Select Downloadable files and then BIOS.
rear
Part
Number
Memory Description
33L3281
33L3283
33L3285
1. To support two-way interleaving, optional RDIMMs must be installed in pairs up to a maximum of six
RDIMMs including the standard RDIMMs. To support four-way interleaving, the first two optional RDIMMs are
installed to complete one four-way set, then the next two sets are installed, each of which includes four
matching RDIMMs. All RDIMMs in a set must be the same density and technology, but the sets are not
required to match other sets. Four-way interleaving provides improved performance benefits over two-way
interleaving. Chipkill support is provided on the memory card. See RDIMM Order of Installation table below.
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
Quantity of
RDIMMs
2-way1
2-way
RDIMM Set
Bank
D2, D8
D4, D10
Bank 3
Bank 3
2-way
D6, D12
4-way2
4-way
Bank 3
4-way
12
Bank 3
1. Two RDIMMs installed in D2 and D8 are standard in base models with two-way interleaving enabled. If two-way interleaving is maintained, then a pair of RDIMMs can be installed in D4 and
D8 and two more in D6 and D12. If four-way interleaving is enabled, RDIMMs must be added in D1 and D7 to complete Bank 3, then four RDIMMs are added in Bank 2 and four more
RDIMMs can be added in Bank 1
2. If Hot Spare Memory is enabled by the system BIOS, memory bank 3 is used as a spare bank in the event of RDIMM failure. Bank 3 serves as a hot spare for both banks 1 and 2. Hot Spare
Memory does not apply when only two RDIMMs are installed or when only four RDIMMs are installed with four-way interleaving. Hot Spare Memory is not addressable by the CPU until
activated. Memory density and technology must be the same in both the active and spare banks.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
67
Total Memory1
512MB
(2 x 256MB models)
1GB
(2 x 512MB models)
256MB
512MB
1GB
(P/N 33L3281) (P/N 33L3283) (P/N 33L3285)
1GB
2GB
2GB
3GB
10
3GB
4GB
4GB
5GB
5GB
6GB
7GB
7GB
8GB
9GB
10GB3
10GB
12GB3
12GB3
12
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Four-way interleaving is assumed for the
purposes of this table. Memory modules may vary in price per MB. Selection of smaller RDIMMs may provide
a more cost-effective alternative to using larger RDIMMs.
1. Network operating systems may limit the maximum amount of addressable memory. See operating system
specifications for further information.
2. To obtain the Quantity of memory identified in the Total Memory column, select the appropriate row and
order the quantity of RDIMMs identified in all columns for that row.
3. Requires removal of standard RDIMMs.
68
10,000rpm HDDs
15,000rpm HDDs
18.2GB
(06P5754)2
36.4GB
(06P5755,
32P0726) 2
18.2GB
36.4GB
0GB
73.4GB
146.8GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
(06P5756, (32P0728) 2 (06P5767)2 (06P5768)2
32P0727)2
Standard on base models
54.6GB
72.8GB
91GB
109.2GB
127.4GB
145.6GB
163.8GB
182GB
10
10
11
12
200.2GB
11
218.4GB
12
254.8GB
291.2GB
327.6GB
364GB
10
10
367GB
400.4GB
11
11
436.8GB
12
12
440.4GB
513.8GB
587.2GB
660.6GB
734GB
10
807.4GB
11
880.8GB
12
1027.8GB
1174.4GB
1321.2GB
1468GB
10
1614.8GB
11
1761.6GB
12
Total Int
Storage1
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations.Total internal storage listed is within +/-0.2GB unless otherwise noted.
1. Select a total storage row then select the quantity of HDDs from a column corresponding to the HDD of choice.
2. xSeries 255 ships standard with a dual-channel, Ultra160 SCSI storage controller. The standard backplane supports Ultra160 HDDs at
Ultra160 speeds when connected to the standard integrated storage controller or at Ultra320 speeds (320MBps) with the addition of an
optional Ultra320 storage controller (future). If Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs are mixed on the same bus, the entire bus is limited to Ultra160
speeds.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
69
Bay
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
Part
Number
Description
RPM
Height
Bays
Max
Supported2 Qty2
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
Yes
FDD
RM A
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
Yes
CD-ROM
06P5754
10000
SL
1 ... 12
12
RM B
133mm
(5.25in)
HH1
Yes
Open
06P5755
10000
SL
1 ... 12
12
RM C
133mm
(5.25in)
HH
10000
SL
1 ... 12
12
(1 ... 12) 2
HS
SL
Yes
Open
06P5756
Yes
Open
06P5767
15000
SL
1 ... 12
12
06P5768
15000
SL
1 ... 12
12
32P0726
10000
SL
1 ... 12
12
32P0727
10000
SL
1 ... 12
12
32P0728
10000
SL
1 ... 12
12
32P8163
6 ... 12
Associated Options
Optical Devices
22P6976
FDD
RM A:
CD-ROM
RM B
70
9 10
11 12
RM C
Bays
Supported
A, B, C
External Storage
Expansion Units5
Form Factor
35311RU
Rack (3U)
09N7296
EXP300 Rack-to-Tower
Conversion Kit
35601RU
Rack (3U)
8, 9
35421RU
Rack (3U)
35422RU
Rack (3U)
19K1121
1. xSeries 255 contains an Ultra320 hot-swap backplane which supports Ultra160 HDDs at Ultra160 bus
speeds when connected to the standard integrated storage controller or Ultra320 speeds when connected to
an Ultra320 PCI controller (future). Installation of Ultra320 HDDs and an Ultra320 controller are required to
support Ultra320 bus speeds. If one or more Ultra160 HDDs are installed, the entire bus is limited to Ultra160
speeds.
2. Maximum quantity requires installation of 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit (P/N 32P8163), which
supports bays seven through 12.
3. xSeries 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit is used to provide an additional hot-swap backplane
supporting a single SCSI channel with up to six HDDs.
4. Either replace standard CD-ROM or install in one of the media bays. An IDE cable with three connectors is
included with the optional optical drive. If installing as an additional device, connect the cable to each optical
device and the IDE connector on the system board. Configure the optional device as a master using the preset
configuration if replacing the standard device or as a slave if installed as a redundant device.
5. Not supported by the onboard external SCSI port. To configure an external SCSI storage devices, select an
optional SCSI controller then refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to confirm that the
controller supports the desired External Storage Expansion Unit and to select a supported cable. For HDD or
other expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section. For Fibre Channel storage devices, refer
to the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section.
6. EXP300 includes a single 2m Ultra2 SCSI cable and dual hot-swap 500w redundant power supplies, each
with its own power cord. To convert an EXP300 to a tower form factor, EXP300 Rack-to-Tower Conversion Kit
(P/N 09N7296) is required.
7. FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 35601RU) includes dual hot-swap 350w power supplies, each
with its own power cord.
8.The FAStT200 includes two hot-swap, 350w auto-ranging redundant power supplies, each with its own power
cord.
9. Can be upgraded to FAStT200 HA Storage Server through the addition of a FAStT200 Redundant RAID
Controller (P/N 19K1121).
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Slots
HotPCI
MHz
Support1 Supported1 Plug2 Voltage
Key
Storage Controllers 3
37L6889
Full
64-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
33
06P5736
Full
64-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
66
06P5740
Half
64-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
66
19K4646
Half
32-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
66
00N6881
Half
64-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
66
24P0960
Half
64-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
133
17421RU
35521RU
35421RU
35422RU
3534F08
2109F16
2108R3L
Networking10
Ethernet11
06P3601
Half
32-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
33
22P4901
Half
64-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
66
22P6801
Half
64-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
133
22P7801
Half
64-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
133
31P6301
Half
64-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
133
Token Ring
34L5001
Half
32-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
33
34L5201
Half
32-bit
1 ... 7
Universal
33
33L4618
Half
32-bit
33
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
Communications13
System Management
09N7585
Note: xSeries 255 supports the IXA Adapter (P/N 1519100) for connection to iSeries models for Windows 2000 Server and Advanced Server. Installation is restricted to slot two and
Remote Supervisor (P/N 09N7585) must be installed.
1. The 5v slots support universal or 5v adapters. The 3.3v slots support universal or 3.3v adapters. A higher frequency adapter plugged into a lower frequency slot will operate at the slot
frequency. A lower frequency (e.g., 33MHz) adapter plugged into a higher frequency (e.g., 66MHz) slot limits other adapters installed on the same bus to the lower frequency. A 64-bit
adapter installed into a 32-bit slot will transfer data at 32-bit rates. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers.
2. Slots two through seven are hot-pluggable. For Network Operating System support access www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.
3. All models include a dual-port, dual-channel, 64-bit Wide Ultra160 SCSI controller with one internal connector connected to the standard hot-swap backplane with a standard Ultra160
SCSI cable. The second connector supports one external port, which is enabled by installing an External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164) with a 0.8mm Very High Density Connection
Interface (VHDCI).
4. ServeRAID-4H Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 266MHz PowerPC 750 processor and provides 128MB of battery-backed ECC cache with two internal and four external Ultra160
connectors (a combination of four connectors may be utilized). External connectors are 0.8mm VHDCI.
5. ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor that provides 64MB of battery-backed ECC cache and two internal and two external
Ultra160 connections (only two connectors may be used). External connections are 0.8mm VHDCI.
6. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and either one internal or one
external Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI. Both the standard and optional backplanes cannot be attached to this controller in a single configuration.
7. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm
VHDCI connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized.
8. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.
9. The 2108R3L SAN Data Gateway Router Ultra SCSI LVD port provides one integrated short-wave optical port and two SCSI ports for tape storage connections (LVD, HVD and
single-ended).
10. xSeries 255 includes an integrated copper Broadcom 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet controller, which supports Wake on LAN.
11. In a fault-tolerant networking environment, using the fault-tolerant software delivered with the Ethernet adapters of a single manufacturer is recommended. Installing fault-tolerant
solutions provided by multiple manufacturers may cause failures if the intermediate drivers provided with the adapters are not compatible. Two of the optional adapters (P/N 22P7801,
31P6301) are Broadcom-based. Three of the optional PCI Ethernet adapters listed are copper and Intel-based (P/N 06P3601, 22P4901, 22P6801).
12. The Wake on LAN function of this option is not supported by this server.
13. xSeries 255 includes four USB ports, one external serial port and two integrated RS-485 system management interconnect ports located on the back of the system chassis. Connection
of the standard service processor to other servers in an interconnect network requires a customer-supplied Cat5 cable.
14. Due to homologation variances, modem availability may differ by country.
15. When installed in xSeries 255, Remote Supervisor Adapter (RSA) shares functionality with the integrated service processor and serves as interface for both. RSA provides full system
management functionality through a customer-supplied Ethernet cable or modem connection or as part of an interconnected system management bus (option includes all interconnect
hardware). An external Cat5 connection between RSA and the integrated service processor using the pigtail cable and short Cat5 cable supplied with RSA is not required. The 20-pin
ribbon cable connecting RSA to the planar meets all powering and signaling requirements. Connection of the external AC power supply provided with RSA is not required.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
71
slot 6
slot 7
slot 5
slot 4
slot 3
slot 2
slot 1
External VHDCI
SCSI port
Slot 1: Bus
Slot 2: Bus
Slot 3: Bus
Slot 4: Bus
Slot 5: Bus
Slot 6: Bus
Slot 7: Bus
PCI-X
PCI-X
PCI-X
PCI-X
PCI-X
PCI-X
Part Number
Description
Power1
31P6133
32P1020
94G6676
37L6861
Monitors6
633147N
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black7
63324HN
E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black8
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black8
9512AB1
T541 Flat Panel Color Monitor (381mm, 15in viewable image), stealth black3
32P1031
NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)9
32P1032
32P1702
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)9
32P1703
1. xSeries 255 includes two 370w hot-swap power supplies with the ability to accept two additional 370w Reversed Fan
Hot-swap Redundant Power Supplies (P/N 31P6133). Each power supply bus in rack models includes an IEC 9ft rack
power cable (P/N 36L8886) for attachment to NetBAY Rack PDUs and high voltage UPS units. The US country kit for
rack models includes two NEMA 5-15P cords (P/N 6952300) for connection to a low voltage UPS, low voltage PDU or
wall outlet. Tower models ship with two 1.8m NEMA 5-15P cords (P/N 6952301). Each of the two standard power supplies
is installed on a separate bus. Installation of one optional power supply on each bus is required to achieve full power
redundancy. Additional power cords are not used.
2. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
3. Not supported for rack mounting.
4. Height is 3U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
5. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
6. xSeries 255 uses an SVGA controller (S3 Trio 3D chipset) with 4MB of video memory.
7. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
8. Installation within a rack requires optional Netfinity Flat Panel Monitor Rack Mount Kit II (P/N 37L6888) and Netfinity
Rack Keyboard Tray (P/N 28L4707). A space saver keyboard may coexist within the same 28L4707 keyboard tray.
9. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.
72
Part Number
Description
Conversion Kits
32P1474
Console Connectivity2
1735L04
1735R16
32P1636
32P1652
09N4290
09N4291
28L3644
10K3849
106-key Preferred USB Keyboard with 2-port USB Hub (stealth black)5, 7
22P5150
31P7415
33L3244
28L3673
1. xSeries 255 rack models are housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and require one of the racks listed in the
Rack Cabinets and Options section.
2. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these options.
3. xSeries 255 rack models ship without a keyboard or mouse.
4. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707) which stows in ready-to-use position, or
NetBAY 1U or 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (P/N 32P1032, 32P1702). Standard with 1U and 2U NetBAY
console kits (P/N 32P1031, 32P1702).
5. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a keyboard
tray with a flat panel display.
6. Advanced TrackPoint IV features are not available on IBM xSeries systems.
7. USB accessories attach to a single USB-capable server. They are not compatible with the NetBAY console
switches.
Tape Drives
Bays
Supported
SCSI
Interface
(bit)
Form
Factor
89mm
(3.5in) HH
or 133mm
(5.25in) HH
133mm
(5.25in) FH
133mm
(5.25in) FH
133mm
(5.25in) FH
133mm
(5.25in) HH
133mm
(5.25in) HH
133mm
(5.25in) FH
00N7991
A, B
16 Ultra2 LVD
00N7990
A+B
16 Ultra2 LVD
00N8015
A+B
16 Ultra2 LVD
00N8016
A+B
16 Ultra2 LVD
24P2396
A, B
16 Ultra2 LVD
24P2398
A, B
16 Ultra2 LVD
59P6736
A+B
16 Ultra2 LVD
360716X
16 Ultra2 LVD
00N7992
A+B
16 Ultra2 LVD
3503B1X
16 Ultra2 LVD
16 LVD
Desktop or
3U Rack
Rack
16 Ultra2 LVD
Termination
Ext Tape
Included
Enclosures
Y1
Y1
Y1
Y1
35510012
35510012
3503B1X
35510012
3503B1X
35510012
3503B1X
Y1
35510012
Y1
35510012
Y1
3503B1X
2U Rack
133mm
(5.25in) FH
Y1
35510012
3503B1X
Tape Autoloaders
3551001
EL 4
Associated Options
32P8164
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
73
Note: xSeries 255 includes an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector for support of external SCSI devices. External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164) is required to enable
the external port.
1.Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option. When installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit,
termination is also provided by the standard cables shipped with the enclosure.
2. LVD support for LVD tape drives installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is provided by two four-drop internal LVD cables.
3. Black desktop or 3U rack tape enclosure supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high LVD tape device including DLT tape drives. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in
a rack (allow additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a 90w power supply, cooling fan, external terminator, power cord (country-specific), and 2m 68-pin to 0.8mm
external cable. Supports the following full-high tape options: 00N8015, 00N8016, 00N7992, 00N7990.
4. NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is a black 3U, rack-mountable tape enclosure which includes two full-high (FH) or four half-high (HH) extended
length 133mm (5.25in) bays, two external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors and two internal four-drop LVD terminated 16-bit SCSI cables for device attachment. Two power
supplies and two power cords are also included. External storage cables are not included.
5. External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164) is an internal terminated LVD SCSI cable with two screws for fastening to the rear of the chassis providing an external
0.8mm VHDCI connector, connecting to the 68-pin channel A connector located on the planar near PCI slot six.
6. The standard internal media power cable is not long enough to connect to this tape drive in xSeries 255. An optional longer media power cable is available
(P/N 24P1053).
7. This tape drive must be shipped separately as an option and installed at a customer site. Factory or vendor installation prior to shipping is not supported.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes.
Description
xSeries 255 1.6GHz/1MB Xeon MP, 2x512MB ECC, open, 48x (7U rack)
xSeries 1.6GHz/400MHz - 1MB L3 Cache Xeon MP Processor Option
Quantity
Usage
1
3
33L3283
06P5736
06P5754
06P5755
22P6801
09N7585
32P8163
1
2
81
1
1
1
32P8164
00N8015
32P1031
31P6133
32P1020
1
1
2
1
35311RU
06P5755
14
9306250
94G6670
External Storage
Includes 2m Ultra2 cable
RAID 5 data storage with hotspare
Rack
1
1
1. Eight HDDs are used for RAID 5 protection. One HDD is identified as a hot-spare. Effective capacity is six HDDs or 218.4GB.
74
Description
8685-2RX
59P5106
33L3283
06P5736
22P6801
09N7585
06P5754
06P5755
32P8163
00N7990
32P1702
31P6133
32P1020
xSeries 255 1.5GHz/512KB Xeon MP 2x512MB ECC, open, 48x (7U rack)
xSeries 1.5GHz/400MHz - 512KB L3 Cache Xeon MP Processor Option
512MB PC1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM
ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller
PRO/1000XT Server Adapter by Intel (copper) w/CD, manuals
Remote Supervisor Adapter
18.2GB 10Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
36.4GB 10Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit
40/80GB DLT Internal SCSI Tape Drive
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)
370w Reversed Fan Hot-swap Redundant Power Supply
APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMB
9306250
94G6670
Quantity
Usage
1
3
2
1
1
1
2
81
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
Rack
Description
xSeries 255 1.4GHz/512KB Xeon MP, 2x256MB ECC, open, 48X
xSeries 1.4GHz/400MHz - 512KB L3 Cache Xeon MP Processor Option
Quantity
Usage
1
1
2 processors
1GB total memory (4-way
interleaved)
2 Ethernet ports total
RAID adapter
18.2GB HDDs mirrored for NOS
72.8GB RAID 5 with hot-spare
Full power redundancy
-
33L3281
22P6801
06P5736
06P5754
06P5755
32P8163
00N7991
31P6133
66274AN
94G3136
1
1
2
61
1
1
2
1
1
1. Six HDDs per backplane are used for RAID 5 protection. One HDD is identified as a hot-spare. Effective capacity is four HDDs or 145.6GB per backplane.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
75
1. Eight HDDs are used for RAID 5 protection. One HDD is identified as a hot-spare. Effective capacity is six HDDs or 218.4GB.
22
1/1
512
256MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
IDE
8673-13X
22
1/1
512
256MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
U160 5
8673-42X
2.4 3
1/1
512
256MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
IDE
8673-43X
2.4 3
1/1
512
256MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
U160 5
8673-62X
2.673
1/1
512
256MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
IDE
8673-63X
2.673
1/1
512
256MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
U160 5
8673-92X
1.82
1/1
512
256MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
IDE
2/0
40GB/240GB 6
24X-10X
4/1
2/2
4/1
2/1
24X-10X
4/1
2/2
4/1
2/1
24X-10X
4/1
2/2
4/1
2/1
4/1
2/2
2/0
2/0
2/0
40GB/240GB 6
40GB/240GB 6
40GB/240GB 6
24X-10X
1. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
2. Intel Pentium 4 processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) Front-side Bus (FSB).
3. Intel Pentium 4 processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and 533MHz (quad-pumped) FSB.
4. Broadcom 5703 dual integrated gigabit Ethernet controllers.
5. Single channel Adaptec 29160 Ultra160 low-profile PCI SCSI storage controller installed in slot two.
6. Maximum capacity requires removing the standard IDE HDD and installing two 120GB IDE HDDs.
7. Maximum capacity requires removing the standard SCSI HDD and installing two 146.8GB SCSI HDDs.
8. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
9. SCSI models include a single-channel Ultra160 PCI SCSI adapter installed in slot two (low-profile slot).
76
Part Number
Total System
Memory1
1 X 256MB
standard
256MB
512MB
1GB
(33L5037) (33L5038) (33L5039)
Memory Description
512MB
768MB
1024MB
1280MB
1536MB
2048MB
2304MB
2560MB
2816MB
3072MB2
3328MB
3584MB 2
4096MB 2
33L5037
33L5038
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Memory modules
may vary in price per MB. Selection of smaller RDIMMs may provide a more costeffective alternative to using larger RDIMMs.
33L5039
1. Select the desired total memory, then add the selection in that row to the standard
memory.
2. Requires removal of standard RDIMM.
CPU
RDIMM 1
RDIMM 2
RDIMM 3
RDIMM 4
front
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
77
For additional information regarding internal cabling, refer to Appendix F: Internal Cabling Overview.
SCSI Models
Total
Internal
Storage 1
36.4GB
(06P5751,
32P0723)2
73.4GB
146.8GB
(06P5752, (32P0728)2
32P0724)2
18.2GB
(06P5765)
36.4GB
(06P5766)
-
18.2GB
36.4GB
72.8GB 3
73.4GB 3
146.8GB3
293.6GB3
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is within +/- 0.2GB unless otherwise noted.
1. Select a total storage row then select the quantity of HDDs from a column corresponding to the HDD of choice.
2. Ultra320 HDDs are supported either mixed with an Ultra160 HDD or alone, but performance is limited to the Ultra160 speed of the SCSI controller.
3. Requires removing the standard HDD.
IDE Models
7200rpm IDE HDDs 2
Total
Internal
Storage1
40GB
(P/N 22P7157)
60GB
(P/N 09N4207)
80GB
(P/N 09N4226)
120GB
(P/N 09N4231)
40GB
80GB
100GB
120GB
140GB2
160GB2
200GB2
240GB2
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is within +/- 0.2GB unless
otherwise noted.
1. Select a total storage row then add the quantity of HDDs from all columns to the standard HDD.
2. Requires removal of the standard HDD.
78
Part
Number
Description
RPM Height
Bays
Supported3
Maximum
Quantity
2
IDE HDDs 1
22P7157
7200
SL
1, 2
09N4207
7200
SL
1, 2
09N4226
7200
SL
1, 2
09N4231
7200
SL
1, 2
10000
SL
1, 2
06P5751
10000
SL
1, 2
06P5752
10000
SL
1, 2
06P5765
15000
SL
1, 2
06P5766
15000
SL
1, 2
10000
SL
1, 2
32P0724
10000
SL
1, 2
32P0725
10000
SL
1, 2
Rack (3U)
CD-ROM
FDD
xSeries 305
front view
Bay 2
Bay 1
Bay
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
11
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
no
HDD
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
no
open
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
79
Description
Adapter
PCI
Length Support2
Slots
Supported
Storage Controllers1
06P5740
Half
64-bit
19K4646
Half
32-bit
1, 2
Networking5
Ethernet6
06P3601
Half
32-bit
22P4901
Half
64-bit
22P6801
Half
64-bit
22P7801
Half
64-bit
1, 2
31P6301
Half
64-bit
1, 2
Token Ring
34L5001
Half
32-bit
07P2701
Half
32-bit
Half
32-bit
Half
32-bit
Communications8
37L14xx
System Management
09N7585
1. xSeries 305 has dual integrated EIDE (ATA-100) bus master controllers. SCSI models ship standard with a single-channel Ultra160 SCSI controller
installed in slot two. The SCSI controller includes a two-drop cable for connection to two internal HDDs. External connection of a SCSI device requires a
supported SCSI adapter.
2. A 64-bit adapter installed into a 32-bit slot will transfer data at 32-bit rates. Adapters rated at 66MHz will operate at 33MHz when installed in a 33MHz
slot. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers.
3. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache
and either one internal or one external Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.
4. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector and one external 0.8mm VHDCI connector.
Support for external SCSI devices only. A five-drop terminated LVD SCSI cable is included but not supported for use in this server. This option includes
brackets for both low-profile and full-size slots. SCSI models are equipped with the low-profile versiom of this adapter.
5. xSeries 305 includes dual full-duplex copper 10/100/1000Mbps Broadcom Ethernet controllers.
6. In a fault-tolerant networking environment, using the fault-tolerant software delivered with the Ethernet adapters of a single manufacturer is
recommended. Installing fault-tolerant solutions provided by multiple manufacturers may cause failures if the intermediate drivers provided with the
adapters are not compatible. Three optional Ethernet adapters are copper and Intel-based (P/N 06P3601, 22P4901, 22P6801). Two adapters are
Broadcom-based (P/N 22P7801, 31P6301).
7. Wake on LAN function provided with this networking adapter is supported by this server.
8. xSeries 305 includes two USB ports (front of chassis), a serial port, and video, keyboard and mouse ports.
9. See Appendix E for details on Serial I/O options and configuration limitations.
10. The Remote Supervisor Adapter requires installation of the AC power adapter included with the option in order to operate in standby mode.
PCI slot 1
xSeries 305
rear view
PCI slot 2
Note: When two 133MHz adapters are installed, the bus will operate at a maximum frequency of 100MHz. If only one 133MHz adapter is installed, the bus will
support the rated frequency of the adapter. If a lower frequency adapter is installed, the bus will be limited to the rated frequency of that adapter.
80
Part Number
Description
Power1
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) 2
32P1020
94G6676
37L6861
633147N
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black6
63324HN
E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black6
Monitors5
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black6
32P1031
NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard) 7
32P1032
32P1702
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard) 7
32P1703
1. xSeries 305 includes a worldwide, voltage-sensing 200w power supply with two 9ft line cords, one with an IEC 320 C14 connector for
attachment to a PDU or high-voltage UPS and one with a 110v NEMA 5-15P connector for attachment to a low-voltage UPS or wall
outlet.
2. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
3. Height is 3U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
4. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
5. xSeries 305 includes an integrated ATI Rage XL video controller with 8MB of video memory.
6. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
7. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor. .
Part Number
Description
Rack and NetBAY1, 2
IBM xSeries 305
Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for information concerning IBM racks and
rack-supported devices.
Console Connectivity 3
1735L04
1735R16
32P1636
32P1652
09N4290
09N4291
28L3644
5, 6
10K3849
106-key Preferred USB Keyboard with 2-port USB Hub (stealth black)7, 8
22P5150
28L3673
33L3244
1. xSeries 305 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and requires one of the racks listed in the Rack Cabinets and Options
section.
2. Note limitations and restrictions for adequate cooling in the Rack Cabinets and Options section. If non-IBM racks are to be used,
assure that both the front and rear doors offer a minimum of 48% open area uniformly distributed and in line with installed servers. A
clearance of 51 to 64mm (2 to 2.5in) must be maintained between the front door and the system units front bezel. The rear door must
maintain the same or greater clearance.
3. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these options.
4. xSeries 305 supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse.
5. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707) which stows in ready-to-use position, or NetBAY 1U or 2U Flat
Panel Monitor Console Kit (P/N 32P1032, 32P1702). Standard with 1U and 2U NetBAY console kits (P/N 32P1031, 32P1702).
6. Advanced TrackPoint IV features are not available on IBM xSeries systems.
7. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a keyboard tray with a flat panel
display.
8. USB accessories attach to a single USB-capable server. They are not compatible with the NetBAY console switches.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
81
Part
Number
Tape Drives
Bays
SCSI
Supported Interface
(bit)
Form
Factor
Termination
Ext Tape
Included
Enclosures1
00N7991
16 Ultra2 LVD
89mm
(3.5in) HH
or 133mm
(5.25in) HH
Y2
35510013
35100204
00N8016
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm
(5.25in) FH
Y2
35510013
3503B1X
59P6736
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm
(5.25in) FH
Y2
3503B1X
0034B0X
Tape Autoloaders
00N7992
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm
(5.25in) FH
Y2
35510013
3503B1X
360716X
16 Ultra2 LVD
2U Rack
16 Ultra2 LVD
4U Rack
3510020
16 LVD
Desktop
3503B1X
16 Ultra2 LVD
Desktop or
3U Rack
3551001
16 LVD
Rack
16 LVD/SE
Ext
3510020
Associated Options
00N7956
1. xSeries 305 does not support internal tape drives and does not include an external SCSI connector. An external tape library or internal tape drive with a tape
enclosure, supported SCSI adapter and appropriate cable must be selected. All tape drives and enclosures are supported by PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N
19K4646), which has an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. Select tape drive, enclosure and supported adapter then use Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units Controllers to select an appropriate external cable.
2. Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option. When installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit,
termination is also provided by the standard cables shipped with the enclosure.
3. LVD support for LVD tape drives installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is provided by two four-drop internal LVD cables.
4. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956).
5. This 4U rack-mounted enclosure supports four full-high or six half-high tape drives. The backplate includes six 0.8mm VHDCI external connectors for attachment of
up to six servers. Internal connection of tape drives requires the single-drop terminated LVD SCSI cable that ships with the tape drive, which also provides termination
for the SCSI bus. A single 300w power supply with a low-voltage power cord is standard. An external SCSI storage cable is not provided. Refer to Appendix D: Cables
- Storage Units - Controllers to select a supported cable.
6. Black desktop tape enclosure that supports a single 133mm (5.25in) half-high (HH) tape drive. Internal and external connectors are 68-pin high-density supporting
LVD. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956). External cables are not included. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units Controllers to select a supported cable.
7. Black desktop or 3U rack tape enclosure supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high LVD tape device including DLT tape drives. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in
a rack (allow additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a 90w power supply, cooling fan, external terminator, power cord (country-specific), and 2m 68-pin to 0.8mm
external cable. 'Supports the following full-high tape options: 00N8015, 00N8016, 00N7992.
8. NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is a black 3U, rack-mountable tape enclosure which includes two full-high (FH) or four half-high (HH) extended
length 133mm (5.25in) bays, two external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors and two internal four-drop LVD terminated 16-bit SCSI cables for device attachment. Two power
supplies and two power cords are also included. External storage cables are not included.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes
82
Caching Server1
Part Number
Description
Quantity
8673-13X
33L5039
06P5751
32P1702
32P1020
xSeries 305 2GHz-512KB/400MHz Pentium 4, 256MB ECC, 18.2GB, 24x (1U rack)
1GB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM
36.4GB 10Krpm Ultra160 SCSI SL HDD
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)
APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400 RMB
1
22
13
1
1
Part Number
Description
Quantity
8673-12X
33L5037
09N4226
32P1702
32P1020
xSeries 305 2GHz-512KB/400MHz Pentium 4, 256MB ECC, 40GB EIDE, 24x (1U rack)
256MB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM
80GB 7200rpm ATA-100 (EIDE) HDD
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)
APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400 RMB
1
32
23
1
1
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
83
1/2
512
512MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
U320 6
2/0
0/293.6GB 7
24X-10X
4/2
2/2
8676-42X
1/2
512
512MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
IDE
2/0
40GB/240GB8
24X-10X
4/1
2/2
8676-61X
2.4
1/2
512
512MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
U320 6
2/0
0/293.6GB 7
24X-10X
4/2
2/2
8676-62X
2.4
1/2
512
512MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
IDE
2/0
40GB/240GB8
24X-10X
4/1
2/2
8676-71X
2.6
1/2
512
512MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
U320 6
2/0
0/293.6GB 7
24X-10X
4/2
2/2
8676-72X
2.6
1/2
512
512MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
IDE
2/0
40GB/240GB8
24X-10X
4/1
2/2
8676-81X
2.8
1/2
512
512MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
U320 6
2/0
0/293.6GB 7
24X-10X
4/2
2/2
8676-82X
2.8
1/2
512
512MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
IDE
2/0
40GB/240GB8
24X-10X
4/1
2/2
8830-61X10
2.4
1/2
512
512MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
U320 6
2/0
0/293.6GB 7
24X-10X
4/2
2/2
8830-62X10
2.4
1/2
512
512MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
IDE
2/0
40GB/240GB8
24X-10X
4/1
2/2
8830-81X10
2.8
1/2
512
512MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
U320 6
2/0
0/293.6GB 7
24X-10X
4/2
2/2
8830-82X10
2.8
1/2
512
512MB/4GB
Rack (1U)
1/1
2x10/100/
1000
IDE
2/0
40GB/240GB8
24X-10X
4/1
2/2
1. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
2. Intel Xeon processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) Front-side Bus (FSB).
3. Two 256MB RDIMMs are standard, supporting two-way interleaving and Chipkill technology. Maximum memory will increase to 8GB when 2GB memory options become available.
4. A single 331w power supply is standard. Redundancy and hot-swap are not supported.
5. Broadcom 5703 integrated dual gigabit Ethernet controllers.
6. The single-channel, Ultra320 integrated controller supports both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs, but the entire SCSI bus will default to the slower rate (MB/second) if HDDs of different
technologies are mixed on the same bus. The LSI chipset allows for two HDDs to be allocated for mirroring if a RAID adapter is not used to support the internal HDDs. Mirrored HDDs
must match.
7. Maximum capacity requires installing two 146.8GB SCSI HDDs. Mixing of Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs is supported, but the bus will operate at the speed of the lowest rated HDD.
8. Maximum capacity requires removing the standard IDE HDD and installing two 120GB IDE HDDs.
9. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
10. This model includes a one-year parts and labor warranty rather than the standard three-year warranty.
84
Processor Upgrades
SMP
Support1
59P5100
4xX
59P5102
6xX
02R8957
7xX
02R8958
8xX
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
Memory Description1
33L5037
33L5038
33L5039
Total System
Memory1
512MB
(2 X 256MB)
models
256MB
512MB
1GB
(33L5037) (33L5038) (33L5039)
1GB
1.5GB
2GB2
2.5GB
3GB2
4GB2
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Memory modules
may vary in price per MB. Selection of smaller RDIMMs may provide a more costeffective alternative to using larger RDIMMs.
1. Network operating systems may limit the maximum amount of addressable memory.
See operating system specifications for further information
2. Requires removal of standard memory. 2GB RDIMMS will soon be available,
providing total memory of 8GB.
RDIMM 1
RDIMM 2
RDIMM 3
RDIMM 4
CPU2
CPU1
front
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
85
SCSI Configurations
xSeries 335 hot-swap SCSI models support two hot-swap SCSI HDDs on a DASD backplane. The backplane is connected to the integrated Ultra320 single-channel
controller through a 16-bit nonterminated SCSI cable. Attachment of external SCSI devices require a supported optional SCSI PCI controller. The standard CD-ROM
is attached to the IDE connector using a single-drop IDE cable.
RAID configurations are supported by the integrated LSI chipset, which provides onboard mirroring. Optional ServeRAID-4Lx or -4Mx controllers can be installed to
support the internal HDDs, in which case the standard cable would be used to attach the backplane to the RAID controller.
For additional information regarding internal cabling, refer to Appendix F: Internal Cabling Overview.
SCSI Models
Total
Internal
Storage1
73.4GB
146.8GB
36.4GB
(06P5755, (06P5756, (32P0728) 2
32P0726)2 32P0727)2
0GB
18.2GB
(06P5767)
18.2GB
36.4GB
72.8GB
73.4GB
146.8GB
293.6GB (max)
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is within +/- 0.2GB unless otherwise noted.
1. Select a total storage row then select the quantity of HDDs from a column corresponding to the HDD of choice.
2. When Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs are installed in the same SCSI bus, performance is limited to Ultra160 speeds.
EIDE Models
Total
Internal
Storage1
60GB
(P/N 09N4207)
80GB
(P/N 09N4226)
120GB
(P/N 09N4231)
40GB
80GB
100GB
120GB
140GB2
160GB
180GB 2
200GB2
240GB2
1. Select a total storage row then add the HDDs from all columns to the standard HDD.
2. Requires replacing the standard HDD.
86
36.4GB
(06P5768,
06P5776)
Part
Number
Description
RPM Height
Bays
Supported
Maximum
Quantity
IDE HDD1, 2
22P7157
7200
SL
1, 2
09N4207
7200
SL
1, 2
09N4226
7200
SL
1, 2
09N4231
7200
SL
1, 2
10000
SL
1, 2
06P5755
SL
1, 2
06P5756
10000
SL
1, 2
06P5767
SL
1, 2
06P5768
SL
1, 2
32P0726
10000
SL
1, 2
32P0727
10000
SL
1, 2
32P0728
10000
SL
1, 2
06P5776
SL
1, 2
05K9276
33L5151
Rack (3U)
17401RU
Rack (3U)
35601RU
Rack (3U)
35421RU
Rack (3U)
35422RU
Rack (3U)
19K1121
CD-ROM
HDD bay 1
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
11
HS or
89mm
(3.5in)2
SL
yes3
open
HS or
89mm
(3.5in)2
SL
yes3
open
FDD
Bay
HDD bay 2
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
87
Part
Number
Slots
Adapter
PCI
Length Support3 Supported3
Description
Hot-Plug
PCI
Voltage
Key
MHz
33
Storage Controllers 1, 2
37L6889
Full
64-bit
Universal
06P5736
Full
64-bit
Universal
66
06P5740
Half
64-bit
1, 2
Universal
66
19K4646
Half
32-bit
1, 2
Universal
33
Half
64-bit
1, 2
Universal
66
24P0960
Half
64-bit
1, 2
Universal
133
-
17421RU
35521RU
35421RU
35422RU
3534F08
2109F16
2108R3L
Networking10
Ethernet
11
06P3601
Half
32-bit
1, 2
Universal
33
22P4901
Half
64-bit
1, 2
Universal
66
22P6801
Half
64-bit
1, 2
Universal
133
22P7801
Half
64-bit
1, 2
Universal
133
31P6301
Half
64-bit
1, 2
Universal
133
Token Ring
34L5001
Half
32-bit
1, 2
Universal
33
34L5201
Half
32-bit
1, 2
Universal
33
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
Communications
13
System Management14
09N7585
1. xSeries 335 has a single-channel, Ultra320 integrated controller that supports both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs. The entire SCSI bus will default to the slower rate (MB/second) if HDDs
of different technologies are mixed on the same bus. The LSI chipset allows for two HDDs to be allocated for mirroring if a RAID adapter is not installed.
2. If a RAID controller is installed in either slot one or two, the boot media must be attached to it. If two RAID controllers are installed, the boot media must be attached to the controller in slot
one. If two non-RAID storage controllers are installed, the BIOS for the integrated storage controller must be disabled, i.e., it cannot support either external or internal storage media.
3. A 64-bit adapter installed into a 32-bit slot will transfer data at 32-bit rates. Adapters rated at 66MHz will operate at 33MHz when installed in a 33MHz slot. 33MHz adapters will reduce
66MHz buses to 33MHz. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers.
4. ServeRAID-4H Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 266MHz PowerPC 750 processor and provides 128MB of battery-backed ECC cache The internal connectors are not accessible
due to a cabling interference. Four external Ultra160 0.8mm VHDCI connectors are available.
5. ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor that provides 64MB of battery-backed ECC cache and two internal and two external
Ultra160 connections (only two connectors may be used). External connections are 0.8mm VHDCI.
6. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and either one internal or one
external Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.
7. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector and one external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. Support for external SCSI devices only.
A five-drop terminated LVD SCSI cable is included but not supported for use in this server.
8. See the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.
9. The 2108R3L SAN Data Gateway Router UltraSCSI LVD Port provides one integrated short-wave optical port and two SCSI ports for tape storage connections (LVD, HVD and singleended).
10. xSeries 335 includes dual full-duplex copper 10/100/1000Mbps Broadcom 5703 Ethernet controllers.
11. In a fault-tolerant networking environment, using the fault-tolerant software delivered with the Ethernet adapters of a single manufacturer is recommended. Installing fault-tolerant
solutions provided by multiple manufacturers may cause failures if the intermediate drivers provided with the adapters are not compatible. Three optional Ethernet adapters are copper and
Intel-based (P/N 06P3601, 22P4901, 22P6801). Two adapters are Broadcom-based (22P7801, 31P6301).
12. The Wake on LAN function of this option is supported.
13. xSeries 335 includes four USB ports (two each on both front and rear), a high-speed serial/asynchronous port (NS16550A compatible), one RS-485 port, and in/out C2T Interconnect
connectors.
14. xSeries 335 has one integrated RS-485 system management interconnect port located on the back of the system chassis. Connection of the standard service processor to servers other
than xSeries 335 in an interconnect network requires a customer-supplied Cat5 Ethernet cable. Connection to other xSeries 335 servers can also be achieved through the C2T
Interconnect chaining cables, which transmits both console connectivity and system management functionality.
15. When installed in an xSeries 335, Remote Supervisor Adapter (RSA) shares functionality with the integrated service processor and serves as interface for both. An external Cat5
connection between RSA and the integrated service processor using the dongle (pigtail cable) and short Cat5 cable supplied with RSA is required in addition to connection of the 20-pin
ribbon cable to the planar if the server is acting as focal point in a system management interconnect network, which indicates it is the first server in a chain of x335 systems. Connection of
the external AC power supply provided with RSA is not required.
88
PCI slot 2
xSeries 335 rear view
PCI slot 1
Part Number
Description
Power1
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS) 2
32P1020
94G6676
37L6861
633147N
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black6
63324HN
E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black6
Monitors5
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black6
32P1031
NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard) 7
32P1032
32P1702
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard) 7
32P1703
1. xSeries 335 models include a worldwide, voltage-sensing 332w power supply with auto-restart and two 9ft line cords, one with an
IEC 320 C14 connector for attachment to a PDU or high-voltage UPS and one with a 110v NEMA 5-15P connector for attachment to a
low-voltage UPS or wall outlet.
2. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
3. Height is 3U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
4. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
5. xSeries 335 includes an integrated ATI Rage XL SVGA controller with 8MB of video memory.
6. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
7. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.
Part Number
Description
Rack and NetBAY1, 2
Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for information concerning IBM racks and
rack-supported devices.
Console Connectivity 3
06P4792
1735L04
1735R16
32P1637
09N4290
09N4291
28L3644
10K3849
106-key Preferred USB Keyboard with 2-port USB Hub (stealth black)8, 9
Updated 01/21/03
22P5150
28L3673
33L3244
33L3250
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
89
1. xSeries 335 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and requires one of the racks listed in the Rack Cabinets and Options
section.
2. Note limitations and restrictions required for adequate cooling in the Rack Cabinets and Options section. If non-IBM racks are to be
used, assure that both front and rear doors offer a minimum of 48% open area uniformly distributed and in line with installed servers. A
clearance of 51 to 64mm (2 to 2.5in) must be maintained between the front door and the system unit's front bezel. The rear door must
maintain the same or greater clearance.
3. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these options.
4. A C2T Interconnect Cable Chain Technology Cable Kit (P/N 06P4792) may be used for the attachment of console devices to one or
multiple chained xSeries 335s. The kit contains a 2m (6.5ft) breakout cable for attachment to a keyboard, mouse and monitor as well as
a 2m (6.5ft) chaining cable for connecting two xSeries 335s together when the standard 260mm (10in) chaining cable is not long
enough. A maximum of 42 xSeries 335s are supported in a single chain. No more than one Cable Chain Technology Cable Kit may be
used. If the last server in the chain is connected to a console switch rather than directly to a monitor, a console cable (P/N 09N4293 or
94G7447) is required in addition to the cable kit. System management interconnect network functionality is transmitted between x335
systems through the C2T Interconnect cable.
5. xSeries 335 supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse.
6. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707) which stows in ready-to-use position, or NetBAY 1U or 2U Flat
Panel Monitor Console Kit (P/N 32P1032, 32P1702). Standard with 1U and 2U NetBAY console kits (P/N 32P1031, 32P1702).
7. Advanced TrackPoint IV features are not available on IBM xSeries systems.
8. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a keyboard tray with a flat panel
display.
9. USB accessories attach to a single USB-capable server. They are not compatible with the NetBAY console switches.
Part
Number
Tape Drives
Bays
Supported1
SCSI
Interface
(bit)
Form
Factor
Termination
Ext Tape
Included
Enclosures1
00N7991
16 Ultra2 LVD
89mm
(3.5in) HH
or 133mm
(5.25in) HH
Y2
35510013
00N7990
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm
(5.25in) FH
Y2
35510013
3503B1X
00N8015
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm
(5.25in) FH
Y2
35510013
3503B1X
00N8016
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm
(5.25in) FH
Y2
35510013
3503B1X
24P2396
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm
(5.25in) HH
Y2
35510013
24P2398
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm
(5.25in) HH
Y2
35510013
59P6736
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm
(5.25in) FH
Y2
3503B1X
0034B0X
00N7992
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm
(5.25in) FH
Y2
35510013
3503B1X
Tape Autoloaders
16 Ultra2 LVD
4U Rack
3551001
16 LVD
Rack
3503B1X
16 Ultra2 LVD
Desktop or
3U Rack
1. xSeries 335 does not support internal tape drives and does not include an external SCSI connector. An external tape library or internal tape drive with a tape enclosure,
supported SCSI adapter and appropriate cable must be selected. All tape drives and enclosures are supported by PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) which
has an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. Select tape drive, enclosure and supported adapter then use Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to select an
appropriate external cable.
2. Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option. When installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit,
termination is also provided by the standard cables shipped with the enclosure.
3. LVD support for LVD tape drives installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is provided by two four-drop internal LVD cables.
4. This 4U rack-mounted enclosure supports four full-high or six half-high tape drives. The backplate includes six 0.8mm VHDCI external connectors for attachment of up to
six servers. Internal connection of tape drives requires the single-drop terminated LVD SCSI cable that ships with the tape drive, which also provides termination for the SCSI
bus. A single 300w power supply with a low-voltage power cord is standard. An external SCSI storage cable is not provided. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units Controllers to select a supported cable.
5. NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is a black 3U, rack-mountable tape enclosure which includes two full-high (FH) or four half-high (HH) extended
length 133mm (5.25in) bays, two external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors and two internal four-drop LVD terminated 16-bit SCSI cables for device attachment. Two power
supplies and two power cords are also included. External storage cables are not included.
6. Black desktop or 3U rack tape enclosure supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high LVD tape device including DLT tape drives. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a rack
(allow additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a 90w power supply, cooling fan, external terminator, power cord (country-specific), and 2m 68-pin to 0.8mm external cable.
Supports the following full-high tape options: 00N8015, 00N8016, 00N7992, 00N7990.
7. This tape drive must be shipped separately as an option and installed at a customer site. Factory or vendor installation prior to shipping is not supported.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes
90
Description
xSeries 335 2GHz/512KB Xeon, 512MB ECC, open, 24x (1U rack)
xSeries 2GHz 400MHz 512KB L2 Cache Xeon Processor
256MB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM
36.4GB 15Krpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
Remote Supervisor Adapter
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black
Space Saver II Keyboard
APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMB
Quantity
1
1
22
23
1
1
1
1
Description
xSeries 335 2.4GHz/512KB Xeon, 512MB ECC, open, 24x (1U rack)
xSeries 2.4GHz 400MHz 512KB L2 Cache Xeon Processor
1GB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM
73.4GB 10Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
Remote Supervisor Adapter
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black
Space Saver II Keyboard
APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMB
Quantity
1
1
42
1
1
1
1
1
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
91
1.26 3
2/2
512
SPower
2 x 10/
D,
100
U1605
36.4GB/
72.8GB6
24X-10X
4/1
6/6
1. This system is Network Equipment Building System (NEBS) Level 3 compliant and includes two 350w, -48v direct current (DC) power supplies requiring a direct
current power source (-48v to -60v) for utilization in a telecommunications network infrastructure.
2. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. Requires two-post rack; not supported for installation in standard IBM
racks.
3. Intel Pentium III processor with 133MHz FSB and 512KB advanced transfer cache.
4. Includes two standard 350w, -48v direct current (DC) hot-swap, redundant power supplies.
5. Includes an integrated dual-channel Ultra160 SCSI controller supporting both internal and external SCSI attachment.
6. One 10,000rpm 36.4GB Ultra160 HDD ships standard with this specific NEBS configuration. Please contact your IBM representative, Business Partner or the IBM
Help Center with questions regarding different NEBS configurations. This system does not support hot-swap HDDs.
7. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
8. Optional third-party PCI networking adapters are supported on this system. Refer to ServerProven test results for supported third-party options
at www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat. Select x343 from the Fast Access pulldown menu, click Go, then select the appropriate categories on the following screen. IBM makes
no representations or warranties with respect to non-IBM products. These products are offered and warranted by third parties, not IBM.
Total
System
Memory 1
6
back
Quantity of RDIMMs
Added2
2GB
(2 x 1GB)
Standard
512MB
(33L3324)
1GB
(33L3326)
3GB
4GB
5GB
6GB
Part
Number
Memory Description1
33L3324
33L3326
92
The xSeries 343 contains four drive bays. The top bay on the left contains the standard CD-ROM drive and the bay beneath contains the standard 1.44MB, 3.5in
slim-line diskette drive. Two 3.5in slim-line bays are located side-by-side, one beneath the CD-ROM and FDD at the bottom of the chassis and the other directly
beside it on the right side of the server.
One bay contains the standard 10,000rpm, Ultra160 SCSI nonhot-swap HDD and the other is unpopulated. The 24x-10x IDE CD-ROM is connected to the IDE port.
HDDs installed in the drive bays are connected to the internal connector of the integrated Ultra160 SCSI controller through a two-drop, 16-bit LVD SCSI cable. The
xSeries 343 contains an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector to attach supported external SCSI devices to the second channel of the integrated SCSI controller.
For additional information regarding internal cabling, refer to Appendix F: Internal Cabling Overview.
Bay
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
133mm (5.25in)
yes
IDE CDROM
89mm (3.5in)
yes
Diskette
89mm (3.5in)
SL
No
std HDD
89mm (3.5in)
SL
No
open
Part
Number
Description
RPM
Height
Bays
Supported
Max
Qty
10000
SL
1, 21
1. xSeries 343 ships with a 36.4GB 10,000rpm nonhot-swap HDD installed in bay one.
front of chassis
CD-ROM
FDD
bay 1
bay 2
rear of chassis
slot 3
slot 6
slot 2
slot 5
slot 1
slot 4
slot 1: bus
slot 2: bus
slot 3: bus
slot 4: bus
slot 5: bus
slot 6: bus
Note: Optional third-party PCI networking adapters are supported on this system. Refer to
ServerProven test results for supported third-party options
at www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat. Select x343 from the Fast Access pulldown menu, click Go,
then select the appropriate categories on the following screen. IBM makes no representations
or warranties with respect to non-IBM products. These products are offered and warranted by
third parties, not IBM.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
93
Description
Power1
Monitors2
633147N
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black3
1. xSeries 343 systems include two 350w, -48v direct current (DC) power supplies requiring a direct current power source
(-48v to -60v). Power cord is customer-supplied.
2. xSeries 343 uses an ATA Rage XL SVGA controller with 8MB of video memory.
3. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
Part Number
Description
Rack and NetBAY 1
Keyboard and Mouse2
28L3644
28L3673
1. xSeries 343 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and requires a two-post rack. Not supported for installation in standard IBM
racks.
2. xSeries 343 supports rack configurations only and ships without a mouse or keyboard.
3. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707), which stows in ready-to-use position.
94
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
95
r
so
8
6
il)
)
)
va
P
D)
a
ax
d)
ax
l/A
nt
AI
/M
,F
ar
a
M
e
R
/
t
d
D
d
/
,
t
o
d
n
td
em s)
(S
HD
St
ta
tra s (T
(S
e
ag
)
p
s,
Ul
y(
,S
rs
ay
r iv
ot
an (M b
l,
Hz
t it
al
l
o
B
D
a
4
10
)
G
n
M
n
s
S
(
a
ia
io
r,
Du
et
l)
sk
m
d
es KB
l)
x)
pt
Qu
ed
t e er n
9
r(
Di
ai vai
ee
oc he ( /Ma
we
1
O
s
e
v
r
y
M
(
p
d
o
l
l
)
A
y
l
h
r
S
l/
E
y
S
l/ A
(P
or p
ar
f P ac S td
ro able
Et
be s or
d
p
nc
ct u p
(
( ID ota Tota
nt
ro C
lH
m
rd
te
v
M
Faer S
da
wa
(T s (
na
b e EC C o r y
C o mo
es
r a b oa
n
S
O
Nu
r
s
c
I
g
m
u
t
m
t
R
t
e
r w
y
o
m
S
d
o
t
r
te On
Re
Nu L2 M e
Ho
Pr
Fo Po
In
Ba S l
In
Re
SC
Pa
CD
)
ns
x)
Ma
c
ro
512MB/8GB
Rack
(2U)
1/2
P, H, F
O - Power,
O - Fans
2x
10/100/
1000
D,U320
2/0
0/880.8GB
24X-10X
8/6
5/5
1/2 512
512MB/8GB
Rack
(2U)
1/2
P, H, F
O - Power,
O - Fans
2x
10/100/
1000
D,U320
2/0
0/880.8GB
24X-10X
8/6
5/5
512MB/8GB
Rack
(2U)
1/2
P, H, F
O - Power,
O - Fans
2x
10/100/
1000
D,U320
2/0
0/880.8GB
24X-10X
8/6
5/5
8670-61X 2.8 3
512MB/8GB
Rack
(2U)
1/2
P, H, F
O - Power,
O - Fans
2x
10/100/
1000
D,U320
2/0
0/880.8GB
24X-10X
8/6
5/5
8670-11X
22
8670-31X 2.42
1/2 512
1. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
2. Intel Xeon processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) access to memory and I/O buses. Not supported in models 51X and 61X.
3. Intel Xeon processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and 533MHz (quad-pumped) access to memory and I/O buses. Not supported in models 11X and 31X.
4. High-speed, two-way interleaved 133MHz DDR PC2100 RDIMM. Maximum amount includes four 2GB RDIMMs, which requires replacing the standard RDIMMs.
When either two or four 2GB RDIMMs are installed, thermal limitations require redundant cooling provided by installing 350w Hot-swap Redundant Power Supply
(P/N 59P4057).
5. Power supply redundancy requires installation of optional 350w Hot-swap Redundant Power Supply (P/N 59P4057), which includes a power supply, line cord and
three hot-swap fans that provide redundant cooling.
6. The dual-channel, Ultra320 integrated controller supports both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs, but the entire SCSI bus will default to the slower rate (MB/second) if
HDDs of different technologies are mixed on the same bus. The LSI chipset allows for two HDDs to be allocated for mirroring if a RAID adapter is not installed. One
additional HDD may be designated as a hot-spare for HDDs configured in the onboard mirror. Mirrored and hot-spare HDDs must be matched.
7. xSeries 345 includes two slim-line media bays populated by a standard slim-line CD-ROM and a floppy disk drive.
8. Total capacity includes installation of six 146.8GB slim-line (SL) hot-swap HDDs.
9. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
10. Three slots are horizontal full-size slots (two full-length and one half-length) and two are vertical low-profile slots that are both full-length (see I/O Options section).
Processor Upgrades
SMP Support1
Processor
Speed Upgrade2
33P2931
11X
37L3533
31X
11X
71P8966
51X
71P8967
61X
51X
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed, and cache size.
2. Requires removal of the standard processor. A maximum of two processors may be installed. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size. Upgrades
may require a BIOS update. To obtain the latest Flash BIOS, access www.pc.ibm.com/support and enter machine Type-Model in Quick Path. Select Downloadable files
then BIOS.
96
Part
Number
Memory Description1
33L5037
33L5038
33L5039
33L5040
CPU 1
512MB
(2 x 256MB)
256MB
512MB
1GB
2GB
(33L5037) (33L5038) (33L5039) (33L5040)
RDIMM 1
RDIMM 2
RDIMM 3
RDIMM 4
(rear)
Total System
Memory1
1GB
1.5GB
2.5GB
3GB 2
4GB 2
5GB 2
6GB 2
8GB 2
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Memory
modules may vary in price per MB. Selection of smaller RDIMMs may provide a
more cost-effective alternative to using larger RDIMMs.
CPU 2
fan 1
fan 2
fan 3
fan 4
fan 5
fan 6
fan 7
fan 8
For additional information regarding internal cabling, refer to Appendix F: Internal Cabling Overview.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
97
10,000rpm HDDs
15,000rpm HDDs
73.4GB
146.8GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
(06P5754) (06P5755, (06P5756, (32P0728)2 (06P5767) (06P5768,
06P5776)2
32P0726) 2 32P0727)2
0GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
54.6GB
72.8GB
91GB
109.2GB
145.6GB
182GB
218.4GB
220.2GB
293.6GB
367GB
440.4GB
587.2GB
734GB
880.8GB
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is within +/-0.2GB unless otherwise
noted.
1. Select a total storage row then select the quantity of HDDs from a column corresponding to the HDD of choice.
2. When an Ultra320 HDD is installed in the same SCSI bus as an Ultra160 HDD, performance of the entire bus is reduced to
Ultra160 speeds.
Bay
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
133mm
(5.25in)
SL
Yes
CD-ROM
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
Yes
FDD
1 ... 6
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
CD-ROM
Yes
Open
Part
Number
Description
Height
Bays
Supported
Max
Qty
10000
SL
1 ... 6
06P5755
10000
SL
1 ... 6
06P5756
10000
SL
1 ... 6
06P5767
15000
SL
1 ... 6
06P5768
15000
SL
1 ... 6
FDD
Bay 1
Bay 3
Bay 5
32P0726
10000
SL
1 ... 6
Bay 2
Bay 4
Bay 6
32P0727
10000
SL
1 ... 6
32P0728
10000
SL
1 ... 6
06P5776
15000
SL
1 ... 6
98
RPM
Form Factor
35311RU
Rack (3U)
17401RU
Rack (3U)
35601RU
Rack (3U)
35421RU
Rack (3U)
35422RU
Rack (3U)
19K1121
1. Mixing of Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs is supported, but the entire bus will operate at the speed of the slowest HDD.
2. To configure a SCSI storage device, select an optional SCSI controller then refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage
Units - Controllers to confirm the controller supports the desired External Storage Expansion Unit and to select a
supported cable. For HDD or other expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section. For Fibre Channel
storage devices, refer to the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section.
3. EXP300 includes a single 2m Ultra2 SCSI cable and dual hot-swap 500w redundant power supplies, each with its
own power cord.
4. FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 17401RU) includes dual hot-swap 400w power supplies, each with its own
power cord.
5. FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 35601RU) includes dual hot-swap 350w power supplies, each with its
own power cord.
6. The FAStT200 includes two hot-swap, 350w auto-ranging redundant power supplies, each with its own power cord.
7. Can be upgraded to FAStT200 HA Storage Server through the addition of a FAStT200 Redundant RAID Controller (P/N
19K1121).
Adapter
PCI
Slots
Hot-Plug2
PCI
Length Support1 Supported1
Voltage
Key
Description
MHz
Storage Controllers3
06P5736
Full
64-bit
3, 4
Universal
06P5740
Half
64-bit
3 ... 5
Universal
66
19K4646
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Universal
33
25P3492
ServeRAID-5i Controller7
Full
64-bit
Universal
66
66
Half
64-bit
3 ... 5
Universal
66
24P0960
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
Universal
133
17421RU
35521RU
35421RU
35422RU
3534F08
2109F16
2108R3L
33
Networking11
Ethernet12
06P3601
Half
32-bit
3 ... 5
Universal
22P4901
Half
64-bit
3 ... 5
Universal
66
22P6801
Half
64-bit
3 ... 5
Universal
133
22P7801
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
Universal
133
31P6301
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
Universal
133
Token Ring
34L5201
Half
32-bit
3 ... 5
Universal
33
34L5001
Half
32-bit
3 ... 5
Universal
33
07P2701
Half
32-bit
1, 2
Universal
33
Communications 14
19K4162
Half
32-bit
1 ... 5
Universal
33
33L4618
Half
32-bit
33
09N7585
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
System Management
1. A 64-bit adapter installed into a 32-bit slot will transfer data at 32-bit rates. Adapters rated at 66MHz will operate at 33MHz when installed in a 33MHz slot. 33MHz adapters will reduce
66MHz buses to 33MHz. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers.
2. This system does not support hot-plug PCI.
3. xSeries 345 includes a dual-channel Ultra320 SCSI controller. Channel A is connected to the hot-swap backplane and channel B to an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. If ServeRAID-5i
is installed in slot two, both channels of the integrated controller are managed by the RAID controller and support of external SCSI devices using the 0.8mm VHDCI external connector are
subject to RAID rules.
4. ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor that provides 64MB of battery-backed ECC cache and two internal and two external
Ultra160 connectors. External connectors are 0.8mm VHDCI. Internal connection to the HDD backplane requires optional Single-drop Internal LVD Ultra160 SCSI Cable (P/N 71P8995) which
is a 30in single-drop round nonterminated LVD SCSI cable.
5. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and either one internal or one external
Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI. Internal connection to the HDD backplane requires optional Single-drop Internal LVD SCSI Cable (P/N 71P8995) which is a 30in
single-drop round nonterminated LVD SCSI cable.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
99
6. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm VHDCI
connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized. Hardware is included in the option to support either low-profile or full-size installations.
7. ServeRAID-5i (P/N 25P3492) supports both Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs in a dedicated or mixed environment. The adapter installs into PCI slot two and converts both channels of the
onboard SCSI controller to RAID in conjunction with the LSI 1020/30 chipset. The standard SCSI HDD backplane cables directly to the onboard controller connectors. Half-high tape drives
can be supported either internally or externally on the second channel of an integrated controller managed by ServeRAID-5i if the bus is designated as SCSI during RAID setup. Supports up
to 528MB/s data transfers across the PCI bus with 128MB ECC SDRAM write-back cache with battery backup. Supports RAID levels 0, 1, 10, 5, 50 and 1E.
8. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.
9. The option includes brackets for installation in both low-profile and standard PCI slots.
10. The 2108R3L SAN Data Gateway Router UltraSCSI LVD Port provides one integrated short-wave optical port and two SCSI ports for tape storage connections (LVD, HVD and singleended).
11. xSeries 345 includes dual integrated copper Intel 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet controllers, which support Wake on LAN.
12. In a fault-tolerant networking environment, using the fault-tolerant software delivered with the Ethernet adapters of a single manufacturer is recommended. Installing fault-tolerant solutions
provided by multiple manufacturers may cause failures if the intermediate drivers provided with the adapters are not compatible. Three optional adapters are copper and Intel-based (P/N
06P3601, 22P4901, 22P6801). Two adapters are Broadcom-based (P/N 22P7801, 31P6301).
13. The Wake on LAN (WoL) function provided by this Ethernet PCI adapter is supported in this system.
14. xSeries 345 provides three USB ports (two on the rear of the chassis and one on the front), one serial port and two RS-485 ports for system management.
15. Due to homologation variances, modem availability may differ by country.
16. When installed in xSeries345, Remote Supervisor Adapter (RSA) shares functionality with the integrated service processor and serves as interface for both. RSA provides full system
management functionality through a customer-supplied Ethernet cable or modem connection or as part of an interconnected system management bus (option includes all interconnect
hardware). An external Cat5 connection between RSA and the integrated service processor using the pigtail cable and short Cat5 cable supplied with RSA is not required. The 20-pin ribbon
cable connecting RSA to the planar meets all powering and signaling requirements. Connection of the external AC power supply provided with RSA is not required.
slot 2
slot 1
slot 3
slot 4
slot 5
100
Description
Power1
59P4057
32P1020
94G6676
37L6861
633147N
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black7
63324HN
E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black7
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black7
32P1031
NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)8
32P1032
32P1702
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)8
32P1703
Monitors 6
1. xSeries 345 ships with a single worldwide, voltage-sensing 350w hot-swap power supply and two 9ft power cords,
one auto-sensing cable with IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14 connectors for attachment to a rack PDU or high-voltage
UPS and the other a low-voltage cord with IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P connectors for direct attachment to the local
power source depending on country requirements. N+N power supply redundancy requires installation of optional
350w Hot-swap Redundant Power Supply (P/N 59P4057).
2. 350w Hot-swap Power Supply Upgrade includes a power supply, three hot-swap fans that provide redundant
cooling and one 9ft power cord for connection to a rack PDU. If a low voltage connection is required, use optional lowvoltage 14ft NEMA 5-15P power cord (P/N 94G6667).
3. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
4. Height is 3U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
5. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
6. xSeries 345 uses an integrated ATI Rage XL video controller with 8MB of memory.
7. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
8. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.
Part Number
Description
Rack and NetBAY1
Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for information concerning IBM
racks and rack-supported devices.
Console Connectivity2
1735L04
1735R16
32P1636
32P1652
09N4290
09N4291
10K3849
106-key Preferred USB Keyboard with 2-port USB Hub (stealth black)5, 7
22P5150
31P7415
28L3673
33L3244
1. xSeries 345 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and requires one of the racks listed in the Rack
Cabinets and Options section.2.
2. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these
options.
3. xSeries 345 supports rack configurations only and ships without a mouse or keyboard.
4. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707) which stows in ready-to-use
position, or NetBAY 1U or 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (P/N 32P1032, 32P1702). Standard with 1U and
2U NetBAY console kits (P/N 32P1031, 32P1702).
5. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a
keyboard tray with a flat panel display.
6. Advanced TrackPoint IV features are not available on IBM xSeries systems.
7. USB accessories attach to a single USB-capable server. They are not compatible with the NetBAY
console switches.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
101
Tape Drives
Bays
Supported
SCSI
Interface
(bit)
Form Factor
00N7991
16 Ultra2 LVD
89mm (3.5in) HH or
133mm (5.25in) HH
Y2
00N8015
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm (5.25in) FH
Y2
00N8016
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm (5.25in) FH
Y2
24P2396
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm (5.25in) HH
Y2
24P2398
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm (5.25in) HH
Y2
59P6736
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm (5.25in) FH
Y2
00N7992
16 Ultra2 LVD
133mm (5.25in) FH
Y2
35510013
3503B1X
360716X
16 Ultra2 LVD
2U Rack
0034B0X
3510020
3503B1X
3551001
16 Ultra2 LVD
16 LVD
16 Ultra2 LVD
16 LVD
4U Rack
Desktop
Desktop or 3U Rack
Rack
N
N
Y
Y
4560SLX
16 Ultra2 LVD
5U Rack
16 LVD/SE
Ext
3510020
Tape Autoloaders
Note: ServeRAID-5i supports the HH tape drives in an external tape enclosure connected to the second channel of the integrated controller through the external 0.8mm VHDCI
SCSI connector if the bus is designated to operate as SCSI during RAID set-up and Windows 2000 is installed. Optional PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter
(P/N 19K4646) also supports external tape enclosures.
1. Supported by ServeRAID-5i when installed in an external tape enclosure when connected to the second channel of the integrated controller through the external 0.8mm
VHDCI SCSI port. The bus must be designated as SCSI during set-up and Microsoft Windows 2000 must be installed.
2. Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option. When installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit, termination
is also provided by the standard cables shipped with the enclosure.
3. LVD support for LVD tape drives installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is provided by two four-drop internal LVD cables.
4. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI terminator (P/N 00N7956).
5. This 4U rack-mounted enclosure supports four full-high or six half-high tape drives. The backplate includes six 0.8mm VHDCI external connectors for attachment of up to six
servers. Internal connection of tape drives requires the single-drop terminated LVD SCSI cable that ships with the tape drive, which also provides termination for the SCSI bus.
A single 300w power supply with a low-voltage power cord is standard. An external SCSI storage cable is not provided. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units Controllers to select a supported cable.
6. Black desktop tape enclosure that supports a single 133mm (5.25in) half-high (HH) tape drive. Internal and external connectors are 68-pin high-density supporting LVD.
Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956). External cables are not included. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to
select a supported cable.
7. Black desktop or 3U rack tape enclosure supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high LVD tape device including DLT tape drives. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a rack
(allow additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a 90w power supply, cooling fan, external terminator, power cord (country-specific), and 2m 68-pin to 0.8mm external cable.
Supports the following full-high tape options: 00N8015, 00N8016, 00N7992.
8. NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is a black 3U, rack-mountable tape enclosure which includes two full-high (FH) or four half-high (HH) extended length
133mm (5.25in) bays, two external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors and two internal four-drop LVD terminated 16-bit SCSI cables for device attachment. Two power supplies and two
power cords are also included. External storage cables are not included.
9. Tape library attributes and prerequisites are located in Appendix B: Tape Library Attributes.
10. This tape drive must be shipped separately as an option and installed at a customer site. Factory or vendor installation prior to shipping is not supported.
11. Supported only in new builds of External Half-High SCSI Storage Enclosure (P/N 3510020), indicated by AI Header J1PJK on the outside box label of the tape enclosure.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes.
102
eCommerce Server
Part Number
8670-11X
33P2931
33L5039
25P3492
06P5776
59P4057
32P1031
9306250
94G6670
32P1020
Description
xSeries 345 2GHz/400MHz-512KB Xeon, 512MB DDR ECC, Ultra320, open, 24X (2U rack)
2GHz/400MHz-512KB L2 Cache Upgrade Option with Xeon Processor
1GB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM
ServeRAID-5i Controller
36.4GB 15Krpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
350w Hot-swap Power Supply Upgrade
NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)
NetBAY25 Standard Rack Cabinet
Blank Filler Panel Kit
APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMB
Quantity
1
1
21
1
62
1
1
1
1
1
Collaboration/Messaging Server
Part Number
8670-31X
37L3533
33L5037
25P3492
06P5776
59P4057
32P1031
9306250
94G6670
32P1020
Description
xSeries 345 2.4GHz/400MHz-512KB Xeon, 512MB DDR ECC, Ultra320, open, 24X (2U rack)
2.4GHz/400MHz-512KB L2 Cache Upgrade Option with Xeon Processor
256MB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM
ServeRAID-5i Controller
36.4GB 15Krpm Ultra320 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
350w Hot-swap Power Supply Upgrade
NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)
NetBAY25 Standard Rack Cabinet
Blank Filler Panel Kit
APC 2U Smart-UPS 1400RMB
Quantity
1
1
21
1
42
1
1
1
1
1
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
103
x)
1.4 4
1/4
512KB
1GB/8GB
Rack
(3U)
1/3 P, S, H, F
O - Power
S - Fans
Y 10/100 U160
6/6
8686-5RX
1.54
2/4
512KB
2GB/8GB
Rack
(3U)
2/3 P, S, H, F
S - Power
S - Fans
Y 10/100 U160
6/6
8686-6RX
1.6 4
2/4
1MB
2GB/8GB
Rack
(3U)
2/3 P, S, H, F
S - Power
S - Fans
Y 10/100 U160
6/6
8686-7RX
1.55
1/4
1MB
1GB/8GB
Rack
(3U)
1/3 P, S, H, F
S - Power
S - Fans
Y 10/100 U160
6/6
8686-8RX
1.9 5
2/4
1MB
2GB/8GB
Rack
(3U)
2/3 P, S, H, F
S - Power
S - Fans
Y 10/100 U160
6/6
8686-9RX
25
2/4
2MB
2GB/8GB
Rack
(3U)
2/3 P, S, H, F
S - Power
S - Fans
Y 10/100 U160
6/6
1. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
2. This xSeries 360 model supports the IXA Adapter (P/N 1519100) for connection to iSeries models for Microsoft Windows 2000 Server and Advanced Server. The
adapter must be installed in PCI slot three only.
3. Intel Xeon MP processor with integrated full-speed ECC L3 cache and 4x100MHz (quad-pumped) access to memory and I/O buses.
4. Compatible only with models 4RX, 5RX and 6RX.
5. Compatible only with models 7RX, 8RX and 9RX.
6. Advanced Chipkill ECC memory corrects two-, three-, and four-bit memory errors.
7. N+1 power supply redundancy is provided standard in models with two power supplies and is optional in models with one power supply. One optional 370w Hot-swap
Redundant Power Supply (P/N 31P6108) is available for maximum configurations in models shipping with two power supplies or up to two optional power supplies can
be added to models shipping with a single power supply. See Power under xSeries 360 Power Monitor & Accessories for additional information.
8. Advanced system management is provided by a standard Remote Supervisor Adapter installed in a dedicated PCI slot, which allows six optional PCI adapters to be
installed.
9. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
10. Support for an additional 12 64-bit slots available through installation of the optional RXE-100 Remote Expansion Unit (one unit only supported by xSeries 360).
Processor Upgrades
SMP
Support1
Processor Speed
Upgrade2
19K4638
4RX
19K4639
5RX
4RX
19K4647
6RX
5RX
59P6815
7RX
59P6816
8RX
7RX
59P6817
9RX
7RX, 8RX
1. A maximum of four processors can be installed. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size. Install processors in the order indicated in the diagram
below.
2. Requires removal of the standard processor. A maximum of four processors can be installed. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size. Upgrades may
require a BIOS update. To obtain the latest Flash BIOS, access www.pc.ibm.com/support and enter machine Type-Model in Quick Path. Select Downloadable files then
BIOS.
104
Processor 4
Processor 1
Processor 2
Processor 3
DIMM socket 1
DIMM socket 3
DIMM socket 5
DIMM socket 2
DIMM socket 4
DIMM socket 6
DIMM socket 8
DIMM socket 7
2GB
(4x512MB
models)
512MB
(33L3283)
1GB
(33L3285)
2GB
3GB
2.5GB
3.5GB
3GB
4GB
3.5GB
4.5GB
4GB
5GB
5GB
6GB
6GB
7GB
8GB (max)3
8GB3
Part
Number
Memory Description1
33L3281
33L3283
33L3285
1. Due to two-way interleaving, all RDIMMs must be installed in pairs in the order
indicated by the diagram. Chipkill support is provided on the memory card. Only
installation in pairs is supported. The order of installation in pairs is sockets one and
two, three and four, five and six, and seven and eight.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
105
Total Memory1
1GB
(2x512MB
model)
Total Int
Storage1
10,000rpm HDDs
15,000rpm HDDs
18.2GB
(06P5754)
36.4GB
(06P5755
18.2GB
36.4GB
54.6GB
72.8GB2
22
0GB
73.4GB
06P5756
18.2GB
(06P5767)
36.4GB
(06P5768)
109.2GB
146.8GB
220.2GB
Bay
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
Part
Number
Description
Height
Bays
Max
Supported1 Qty
89mm
(3.5in)
SL
Yes
Diskette
133mm (5.25in)
SL
Yes
IDE CDROM
06P5756
10000
SL
3 ... 5
3 ... 5
HS
SL
Yes
Open1
06P5754
10000
SL
3 ... 5
06P5755
10000
SL
3 ... 5
06P5767
15000
SL
3 ... 5
06P5768
15000
SL
3 ... 5
1. Two 36.4GB 10,000rpm hot-swap HDDs are standard in models 2RX and
3RX. Model 1RX ships open bay. HDDs are installed in open bay models
beginning with the bottom bay (5-4-3).
External Storage
Expansion Units 1
Diskette bay 1
CD-ROM bay 2
Hot-swap bay 3
Hot-swap bay 4
Hot-swap bay 5
106
RPM
Form Factor
35311RU
Rack (3U)
17401RU
Rack (3U)
35601RU
Rack (3U)
Server 5, 6
35421RU
FAStT200 Storage
35422RU
19K1121
Rack (3U)
Rack (3U)
-
1. To configure an external SCSI storage device, select an optional SCSI controller then refer to Appendix D:
Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to confirm the controller supports the desired External Storage Expansion
Unit and to select a supported cable. For HDD or other expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit
section. For Fibre Channel storage devices, refer to the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section.
2. EXP300 includes a single 2M Ultra2 SCSI cable and dual hot-swap 500W redundant power supplies, each
with its own power cord.
3. FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 17401RU) includes dual hot-swap 400w power supplies, each
with its own power cord.
4. FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 35601RU) includes dual hot-swap 350W power supplies, each
with its own power cord.
5. The FAStT200 includes two hot-swap, 350W auto-ranging redundant power supplies, each with its own power
cord.
6. Can be upgraded to FAStT200 HA Storage Server through the addition of a FAStT200 Redundant RAID
Controller (P/N 19K1121).
Description
Adapter
PCI
Slots
Length Support1 Supported1
HotPlug2
Storage Controllers4
37L6889
Full
64-bit
1 ... 617
Universal
06P5736
Full
64-bit
1 ... 617
Universal
66
06P5740
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
19K4646
33
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
24P0960
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
133
17421RU
35521RU
35421RU
35422RU
3534F08
2109F16
2108R3L
33
Networking11
Ethernet12
06P3601
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
22P4901
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
22P7801
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
133
31P6301
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
133
Token Ring
34L5001
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
34L5201
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
03K9309
System Management14
8684-1RX
Note: xSeries 360 supports the IXA Adapter (P/N 1519100) for connection to iSeries models. This adapter is supported in slot three only.
1. Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which they are installed will reduce the bus to the frequency of the slowest adapter. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible
with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers.
2. All six slots are full-length hot-plug capable. For Network Operating System support, access www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.
3. Bus two (slots one and two) supports 133MHz operation of a single 133MHz adapter installed in slot one with slot two remaining empty. If 133MHz adapters are installed in both slots one
and two, the bus speed for both slots becomes 100MHz.
4. xSeries 360 includes an integrated single-channel Ultra160 SCSI controller. See Internal SCSI Cabling for cabling alternatives. When a RAID controller is installed as a boot disk, it must be
installed in a slot that is scanned before other RAID controllers in a configuration. Refer to the scan sequence provided in this section.
5. ServeRAID-4H Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 266MHz PowerPC 750 processor and provides 128MB of battery-backed ECC cache. The two internal connectors are not
accessible due to a cabling interference. Four external Ultra160 0.8mm VHDCI connectors are available.
6. ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor that provides 64MB of battery-backed ECC cache and two internal and two external
Ultra160 connections (only two connectors may be used). External connectors are 0.8mm VHDCI.
7. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and either one internal or one external
Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.
8. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm VHDCI
connector. This system supports external connection only.
9. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.
10. The 2108R3L SAN Data Gateway Router Ultra SCSI LVD port provides one integrated short-wave optical port and two SCSI ports for tape storage connections (LVD, HVD and singleended).
11. xSeries 360 has an integrated copper Intel-based 10/100 PCI Ethernet controller. Wake on LAN is supported only for the integrated controller.
12. In a fault-tolerant networking environment, using the fault-tolerant software delivered with the Ethernet adapters of a single manufacturer is recommended. Installing fault-tolerant solutions
provided by multiple manufacturers may cause failures if the intermediate drivers provided with the adapters are not compatible. Two of the optional PCI Ethernet adapters listed are copper
and Intel-based (P/N 06P3601, 22P4901). Two adapters are Broadcom-based (P/N 22P7801, 31P6301).
13. The Wake on LAN function of this option is not supported by this server.
14. xSeries 360 includes a Remote Supervisor Adapter installed in a dedicated PCI slot with an external connector, leaving six PCI slots available for optional adapters. Support for connection
to other servers requires an optional Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit (P/N 03K9309). Direct connection to the RXE drawer management controller in an RXE-100 Remote
Expansion Enclosure is supported through a standard Interconnect Management Cable Kit with 3.5m cable connecting to an integrated RS-485 port on the rear of the system chassis. An 8m
optional cable is available.
15. Required to connect the standard Remote Supervisor Adapter to an interconnect network with other servers for system management support through a single LAN or modem connection.
Up to 24 Integrated System Management Processors or Remote Supervisor Adapters may be interconnected with an aggregate connection length of no more than 91.4m (300ft). This
interconnect network of 24 devices may include a maximum of 12 Advanced System Management Processors or Advanced System Management PCI Adapters. A customer-supplied Cat5
cable is required for each interconnection.
16. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure supports up to 12 additional PCI-X slots. Cable required for connection included with expansion unit, which attaches to a standard external
connector located on the back of the x360 chassis. An optional longer cable is available. See section on RXE-100.
17. Not supported in slot one if the RAID adapter is attached to the connector on the planar that controls the hot-swap backplane as a result of a cabling interference with the standard RAID
cable, which must be routed under the adapter. External RAID attachment only is supported for full-length RAID adapters installed in slot one.
18. The hot-plug feature of this adapter is not supported on this system.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
107
slot 6
slot 5
slot 4
slot 3
slot 2
slot 1
RSA
Description
Power1
31P6108
32P1020
94G6676
37L6861
Monitors7
633147N
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black8
63324HN
E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black8
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black8
32P1031
NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver Keyboard)9
32P1032
32P1702
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)9
32P1703
1. xSeries 360 models 2RX and 3RX include two 370W, hot-swap power supplies, each with two 9ft power cords--one high
voltage IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14 and one low voltage IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P. N+1 power supply redundancy is
standard for these models. The addition of an optional 370W Hot-Swap Redundant Power Supply (P/N 31P6108) is
supported for configurations of greater than 370W with power redundancy, i.e., a total of three 370W power supplies.
Model 1RX includes one standard power supply and may be upgraded to two or three power supplies according to the
same rules for redundancy as models 2RX and 3RX.
The following table is provided as a reference. The table shows an example of a maximum configuration that can be
supported by two 370W power supplies with power redundancy.
108
Number of
power supplies
2. 370W Hot-Swap Redundant Power Supply (P/N 31P6108) includes two 9ft power cords, one high voltage IEC 320-C13 to
IEC 320-C14 and one low voltage IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P.
3. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
4. Because the x360 is not equipped with a serial port, UPS remote management requires a USB to serial adapter such as
the Belkin USB to Serial Adapter (P/N 10K3661), which is available at www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries. Select
Accessories, Upgrades & Monitors and the country, then click Go. Scroll to the bottom of the page, select Cables and
Adapters, then open the Adapters pulldown menu.
5. Height is 3U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
6. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
7. xSeries 360 uses an SVGA controller (S3 Savage4 LT chipset) with 8MB of video memory. Optional video adapters are
not supported.
8. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
9. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.
Part Number
Description
Rack and NetBAY1
Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for information
concerning IBM racks and rack-supported devices.
Console Connectivity2
NetBAY Local Console Manager
NetBAY Remote Console Manager
32P1636
32P1652
09N4290
09N4291
1735L04
1735R16
22P5150
10K3849
28L3673
33L3244
1. xSeries 360 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and requires one of the racks listed
in the Rack Cabinets and Options section.
2. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity
using these options.
3. xSeries 360 supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse. The
system includes three USB ports, SVGA video port, mouse port and keyboard port.
4. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707) which stows in readyto-use position, or NetBAY 1U or 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (P/N 32P1032, 32P1702).
Standard with 1U and 2U NetBAY console kits (P/N 32P1031, 32P1702).
5. Advanced TrackPoint IV features are not available on IBM xSeries systems.
6. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard
cannot share a keyboard tray with a flat panel display.
7. USB accessories attach to a single USB-capable server. They are not compatible with the
NetBAY console switches.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
109
Tape Drives
Bays
Supported1
SCSI
Interface
(bit)
00N8016
16 Ultra2 LVD
00N8015
16 Ultra2 LVD
24P2396
16 Ultra2 LVD
59P6736
16 Ultra2 LVD
Form
Factor
133mm
(5.25in) FH
133mm
(5.25in) FH
133mm
(5.25in) HH
133mm
(5.25in) FH
Termination
Ext Tape
Included
Enclosures
Y2
Y2
35510013
3503B1X
35510013
3503B1X
Y2
35510013
Y1
3503B1X
16 LVD
3503B1X
16 Ultra2 LVD
16 Ultra2 LVD
Rack
Desktop or
3U Rack
5U Rack
1. IBM xSeries 360 does not support internal tape drives. An external tape library or tape enclosure must be used. All tape drives and enclosures are supported by PCI
Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) which has an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. Select tape drive, enclosure and controller then use Appendix D: Cables Storage Units - Controllers to select an appropriate external cable.
2. Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option. When installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit,
termination is also provided by the standard cables shipped with the enclosure.
3. LVD support for LVD tape drives installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is provided by two four-drop internal LVD cables.
4. NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is a black 3U, rack-mountable tape enclosure which includes two full-high (FH) or four half-high (HH) extended
length 133mm (5.25in) bays, two external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors and two internal four-drop LVD terminated 16-bit SCSI cables for device attachment. Two power
supplies and two power cords are also included. External storage cables are not included.
5. Black desktop or 3U rack tape enclosure supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high LVD tape device including DLT tape drives. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a
rack (allow additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a 90w power supply, cooling fan, external terminator, power cord (country-specific), and 2m 68-pin to 0.8mm external
cable. Supports the following full-high tape options: 00N8015, 00N8016.
6. Tape library attributes and prerequisites are located in Appendix B: Tape Library Attributes.
7. This tape drive must be shipped separately as an option and installed at a customer site. Factory or vendor installation prior to shipping is not supported.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes.
Description
xSeries 360 2x1.6GHz/4x100MHz, 1MB L3 Cache Xeon MP, 2GB ECC, open, 24x
xSeries 1.6GHz/1MB L3 Cache Upgrade with Xeon Processor MP
xSeries 370W Hot-swap Redundant Power Supply
512MB PC 1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM
ServeRAID-4H Ultra160 SCSI Controller
36.4GB 10Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-Swap SL HDD
10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter
PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black
APC Smart-UPS 5000RMB
Quantity
1
22
13
24
15
36
1
1
1
1
External Storage
35311RU
06P5755
3551001
00N8016
2
147
1
1
Rack Options
9306250
28L3644
94G6670
1
1
1
110
Description
8686-6RX
19K4647
31P6108
33L3283
06P5736
06P5755
06P3601
24P0960
8684-1RX
37L6861
94G6676
xSeries 360 2x1.6GHz/4x100MHz, 1MB L3 Cache Xeon MP, 2GB ECC, open, 24x
xSeries 1.6GHz/1MB L3 Cache Upgrade with Xeon Processor MP
xSeries 370W Hot-swap Redundant Power Supply
512MB PC 1600 ECC DDR SDRAM RDIMM
ServeRAID-4MX Ultra160 SCSI Controller
36.4GB 10Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-Swap SL HDD
10/100 Ethernet Server Adapter
FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter
RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure
APC Smart-UPS 5000RMB
APC Smart-UPS 3000RMB
17421RU
35601RU
19K0653
Quantity
1
22
13
24
1
35
1
2
1
1
1
External Storage
16
3
187
Rack Options
9306420
32P1031
94G6670
1
1
1
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
111
1
)
)
il)
)
)
ns
er
ID
va
ax
rd
Fa
pt
a
/M
,
RA al/A
a
d
d
/
,
d
D
t
/
t
n
d
a
A
(S
td
ta
HD
St
ltr
( To
nt
s)
(S
)
,S
s,
y(
ive
, U ays
me Mbp
al
Hz or s
tit
al
lot
Dr
e
n
G
14
n
B
(
u
S
s
g
o
(
)
i
a
t
s
,
D
sk
15
ia
na
il)
il)
pt
ax
er
ed ce
13
r(
ne
Qu
Di
1,
ed
(O
va /Ava
le
)
M a her
d
p e Pr o c h e
l
ow
ly
r
M
d/M
A
r
E
y
r
/
S
o
p
t
e
P
l
l
o up
b
S
le
tr
nc
e m d Et
Ha
of
(ID ota ota
p(
or
Ca
ct
y(
ab
st
on
um
r
da
al
s s er
Fa er S
wa
or
OM s (T s (T
Sy b o a
CC
rn
I C mov
un
tN
-S
ce m b
R
m
E
m
e
t
S
v
y
t
w
d
r
r
o
t
e
Ad
In
Re
P r Nu
L3
Po
M
Pa
Ho
B a S lo
Fo
Re
On
SC
CD
11
x)
Ma
x)
Ma
1.4 4
2/8 512KB
2GB/32GB9
Rack
(4U)
8687-2RX2
1.5 4
2/8 512KB
2GB/32GB9
Rack
(4U)
2/2 P, S, H, F
S-Fans,
S-Power
10/100/
D, U160
1000
2/0
0/146.8GB
24X10X
4/2
6/6
8687-3RX2
1.64
2/8
1MB
2GB/32GB9
Rack
(4U)
2/2 P, S, H, F
S-Fans,
S-Power
10/100/
D, U160
1000
2/0
0/146.8GB
24X10X
4/2
6/6
8687-4RX2
1.5 5
2/8
1MB
2GB/32GB9
Rack
(4U)
2/2 P, S, H, F
S-Fans,
S-Power
10/100/
D, U160
1000
2/0
0/146.8GB
24X10X
4/2
6/6
8687-5RX2
1.9 5
2/8
1MB
2GB/32GB9
Rack
(4U)
2/2 P, S, H, F
S-Fans,
S-Power
10/100/
D, U160
1000
2/0
0/146.8GB
24X10X
4/2
6/6
8687-6RX2
1.9 5
4/8
1MB
4GB/32GB9
Rack
(4U)
2/2 P, S, H, F
S-Fans,
S-Power
10/100/
D, U160
1000
2/0
0/146.8GB
24X10X
4/2
6/6
8687-7RX 2
25
4/8
2MB
2GB/32GB9
Rack
(4U)
2/2 P, S, H, F
S-Fans,
S-Power
10/100/
D, U160
1000
2/0
0/146.8GB
24X10X
4/2
6/6
8687-3RY2
2.4 6
2/4 512KB
2GB/32GB9
Rack
(4U)
2/2 P, S, H, F
S-Fans,
S-Power
10/100/
D, U160
1000
2/0
0/146.8GB
24X10X
4/2
6/6
8687-4RY2
2.4 6
Rack
(4U)
2/2 P, S, H, F
S-Fans,
S-Power
10/100/
D, U160
1000
2/0
0/146.8GB
24X10X
4/2
6/6
8687-1VX3
1.47
Rack
(4U)
2/2 P, S, H, F
S-Fans,
S-Power
10/100/
1000
D,U160
2/0
0/146.8GB
24x10x
4/2
6/6
8687-2VX3
1.57
Rack
(4U)
2/2 P, S, H, F
S-Fans,
S-Power
10/100/
1000
D,U160
2/0
0/146.8GB
24x10x
4/2
6/6
8687-3VX3
1.67
8/8
4GB/32GB10
Rack
(4U)
2/2 P, S, H, F
S-Fans,
S-Power
10/100/
1000
D,U160
2/0
0/146.8GB
24x10x
4/2
6/6
1MB
2/2 P, S, H, F
S-Fans,
S-Power
10/100/
D, U160
1000
2/0
0/146.8GB
24X10X
4/2
6/6
1. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard without a keyboard or mouse. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
2. This xSeries 440 model supports the IXA Adapter (P/N 1519100) for connection to iSeries models for Microsoft Windows 2000 Server and Advanced Server. The adapter
must be installed in PCI slot two only.
3. This model supports VMware ESX Server 1.5 for 16 processors (P/N 481716X) only. No other operating system is supported on these models. Standard features in each
chassis include eight Xeon processors, eight RDIMMs, two SMP Expansion Modules, two 2.5m and one 250mm scalability cables, and an Ethernet crossover cable for use
if both systems are not connected to an Enterprise network. This model must be purchased with a matching model as a set of two chassis' that operate as a single system
through scalability cables and BIOS settings.
4. Intel Xeon MP processor with integrated full-speed ECC L3 cache and 4x100MHz (quad-pumped) access to memory and I/O buses. Not compatible with models 4-7RX.
5. Intel Xeon MP processor with integrated full-speed ECC L3 cache and 4x100MHz (quad-pumped) access to memory and I/O buses. Not compatible with models 1-3RX.
6. Intel Xeon DP processor with integrated full-speed ECC L2 cache and 4x100MHz (quad-pumped) access to memory and I/O buses. A maximum of two processors can
be installed in each SMP Expansion Module (four total per system).
7. Intel Xeon MP processor with integrated full-speed ECC L3 cache and 4x100MHz (quad-pumped) access to memory and I/O buses. Models 1VX, 2VX and 3VX include
eight processors installed standard in two SMP Expansion Modules. These models must be purchased with a matching eight-way model totalling 16 processors in two
chassis connected with six standard copper-colored SMP expansion cables (two 2.5m and one 250mm cables with each model). Sixteen-way capable xVX models are
sold only in pairs, not separately.
8. Either two or six additional optional processors are supported in models 1 ... 3RX. In these models, xSeries SMP Expansion Module (P/N 59P5188) is required to
increase maximum support of processors from four to eight and memory options from 16 to 32. The optional SMP Expansion Module requires four processors
prepopulated and a minimum of four RDIMMs (eight if memory mirroring is enabled). In models 3RY and 4RY, a maximum of two processors can be installed in each SMP
Expansion Module (memory options can be added as with models 1 ... 3RX). Model 3RY ships with two processors installed in a single SMP Expansion Module. Model
4RY contains two SMP Expansion with two processors installed in each. Both models 3RY and 4RY can be upgraded by replacing the standard Xeon DP processors with
Xeon MP processors, which then allows all functionality and compatibility of models 1 ... 3RX. Models 1VX, 2VX and 3VX are sold only in matching pairs of eight-way
models with two standard SMP Expansion Modules populated with four RDIMMs each totalling 16 processors and eight RDIMMs.
9. Advanced Chipkill ECC memory controller corrects single, two-, three-, and four-bit memory errors. Memory options are four-way interleaved. Sixteen sockets are
provided in standard models, four of which are populated with 512MB RDIMMs in models 4RX, 5RX and 7RX and with 1GB RDIMMs in model 6RX. An additional 16 sockets
are supported with the installation of xSeries SMP Expansion Module (P/N 59P5188).
10. Advanced Chipkill ECC memory controller corrects single, two-, three-, and four-bit memory errors. Memory options are four-way interleaved. Thirty-two sockets are
provided in standard models,eight of which are populated with 512MB RDIMMs (four in each SMP Expansion Module).
11. Two 1050w, voltage-sensing, hot-swap power supplies that support N+1 redundancy on full configurations are standard.
12. Advanced system management is provided by a standard Remote Supervisor Adapter installed in a dedicated PCI slot, which allows six optional PCI adapters to be
installed.
13. Variable read rate. Actual playback speed will vary and is often less than the maximum possible.
14. Support for an additional 12 64-bit slots available through installation of the optional RXE-100 Remote Expansion Unit. Refer to x440 I/O Options or the RXE-100 section
for more information.
15. Availability in the U.S. is limited to the Large Enterprise Direct (LED) program or through EXAct Business Partner program members.
112
Part
Number
SMP
Support2
Processor Speed/Cache
Upgrade3
32P8705
1RX
32P8706
2RX
1RX
1RX, 2RX
32P8707
3RX
59P5171
4RX
59P5172
5RX, 6RX
4RX
59P5173
59P5188
71P7919
7RX
5RX, 6RX
1 ... 7RX
3RY, 4RY
3RY
1. IBM xSeries 440 architecture optimizes memory and bus performance using an XA-32 core chipset with up to two CPU/memory cards and two PCI-X host-bridge controllers. Up to
eight Pentium Xeon MP processors are supported. The recommended order of processor installation is shown in the accompanying diagrams (not applicable for models 3RY and
4RY, which support two processors only in each SMP Expansion Module installed in the two sockets located adjacent to the memory ports). In models 1 ... 5RX, two processors are
standard with additional support for either two optional processors (total of four) or six optional processors (total of eight). In models 6RX and 7RX, four processors are standard and
four additional processors and an SMP module are required when upgrading. Eight processors require an xSeries SMP Expansion Module. Models 2RY and 3RY are limited to two
Xeon DP processors in each SMP Expansion Module, but can be upgraded by replacing the standard processors with Xeon MP processors.
2. A maximum of eight processors may be installed. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size. The fifth through eighth processors require an xSeries SMP
Expansion Module prepopulated with four processors (second SMP Expansion Module supported only when fully populated).
3. Requires removal of standard processors. A maximum of eight processors may be installed. Installation of greater than four processors requires the addition of an xSeries SMP
Expansion Module. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size. Upgrades may require a BIOS update. To obtain the latest Flash BIOS, access www.pc.ibm.com/
support and enter machine "Type-Model" in Quick Path. Select "Downloadable files" then "BIOS."
4. The fifth through eighth processors for models 1 ... 7RX require this option, which installs directly above the standard CPU/memory board. Two 250mm/10in scalability cables (P/N
24P1243) are included with the option. See SMP Expansion Module cabling diagrams below for scalability cabling configuration. Four CPUs are required with the optional SMP
Expansion Module for models 1 ... 7RX. A minimum of four RDIMMs installed in each SMP Expansion Module are required (not included). Memory mirroring requires a minimum of
eight RDIMMs in each SMP Expansion Module. This option is not compatible with models 3RY and 4RY. Models 1VX, 2VX and 3VX include two standard SMP Expansion Modules in
each chassis fully populated with a total of 16 processors (four in each of two SMP Expansion Modules for a total of eight in each chassis), one 250mm scalability cable (P/N
24P1243), two 2.5m scalability cables (P/N 73P6290), and an Ethernet crossover cable (used only in the absence of network connections for both chassis).
5. Required to upgrade 3RY from two to the maximum of four Xeon DP processors. Memory options are not included. Both models 3RY and 4RY can be upgraded by replacing the
standard processors with Xeon MP processors. The same SMP Expansion Module is used, which supports up to four Xeon MP processors.
front
fan
power
supplies
fan
CPU 2
CPU 4
CPU 3
CPU 6
CPU 7
CPU 8
CPU 5
fan
CPU 1
RDIMMs 9-16
Updated 01/21/03
RDIMMs 1-8
RDIMMs 9-16
RDIMMs 1-8
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
113
CEC #1
Remote
I/O
I/O
Bridge
I/O
Bridge
PCI-X
CEC #1
1
CPU
Sys Mgt
Proc
CPU
2
CPU
CPU
Sys Man
Proc
Remote
I/O
1
CPU
CPU
2
CPU
CPU
CPU
CPU
CPU
CPU
bottom SMP
Expansion
Module
I/O Bridge
3
2
I/O Bridge
top SMP
Expansion
Module
CEC #2
PCI-X
Logical Diagram of SMP Expansion Module cabling for 16-way x440 (two eight-way models)
running one operating system. The top SMP Expansion Modules in each chassis are labeled
CEC #2. Scalability ports are shown top to bottom one to three.
Key:
Forwarding Scalability
Port
Non-forwarding
Scalability Port
Scalability Cable
114
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
115
Part
Number
Total
Memory1
Quantity of RDIMMs
Added 2, 4
2GB
(4 x 512MB)3
512MB
(33L3324)
1GB
(31P8300)
4GB3
6GB
Notes:
8GB
12
10GB
33L3324
31P8300
1 2
3 4
7 8
1:
2:
3:
4:
sockets
sockets
sockets
sockets
1, 3, 5, 7
9, 11, 13, 15
2, 4, 6, 8
10, 12, 14, 16
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
port 2: RDIMM 9-16
12GB
14GB
12
16GB 4
28
18GB 4
24
20GB4
20
22GB4
16
12
24GB 4
12
16
26GB4
20
24
28GB4
30GB4
28
32GB5
32
116
Total
10,000rpm HDDs
Internal
18.2GB
36.4GB
73.4GB
Storage1 (06P5754) (06P5755) (06P5756)
0GB
15,000rpm HDDs
18.2GB
(06P5767)
36.4GB
(06P5768)
18.2GB
36.4GB
72.8GB
73.4GB
146.8GB
(max)
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total internal storage listed is within +/-0.2GB unless otherwise
noted.
1. Select a total storage row then select the quantity of HDDs from a column corresponding to the HDD of choice.
Bay
Form
Factor
Height
Front
Access
Usage
1, 21
HS
SL
Yes
open
133mm (5.25in)
SL2
Yes
FDD
06P5754
133mm (5.25in)
SL3
Yes
CD-ROM
Description
RPM
Height
10000
SL
1, 2
06P5755
10000
SL
1, 2
06P5756
10000
SL
1, 2
06P5767
15000
SL
1, 2
06P5768
15000
SL
1, 2
Removable Media
Bay 1
Bay 3
Updated 01/21/03
08K9603
05K9233
22P9102
External Storage
Expansion Units6
Bay 2
Bay 4
Bays
Max
Supported1 Qty
Bays
Supported
3
3, 4
3, 4
Form Factor
35311RU
Rack (3U)
17401RU
Rack (3U)
35601RU
Rack (3U)
35421RU
Rack (3U)
35422RU
Rack (3U)
19K1121
Part
Number
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
117
1. HDD bays in the secondary server in 16-way configurations do not support boot disks.
2. Removable media bays in the secondary server in 16-way configurations are disabled.
3. Installed standard in bay 3. Not compatible with bay four.
4. Installed standard in bay four.
5. Install in either bay three or four, requring removal of standard devices. If only one optical drive is installed, it
must be installed in bay four. If a second optical drive is installed, use bay three configured as slave.
6. Not supported by the onboard external SCSI port, which supports external tape enclosures only. External
SCSI HDD storage requires a RAID controller. Fibre Channel HDD storage requires a Fibre Channel controller.
For HDD expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section. For Fibre Channel storage devices,
refer to the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section.
7. EXP300 includes a single 2M Ultra2 SCSI cable and dual hot-swap 500W redundant power supplies, each
with its own power cord.
8. FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 17401RU) includes dual hot-swap 400w power supplies, each
with its own power cord.
9. FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 35601RU) includes dual hot-swap 350W power supplies, each
with its own power cord.
10. The FAStT200 includes two hot-swap, 350W auto-ranging redundant power supplies, each with its own
power cord.
11. Can be upgraded to FAStT200 HA Storage Server through the addition of a FAStT200 Redundant RAID
Controller (P/N 19K1121).
Description
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support1
Slots
Supported1
HotPlug2
PCI Voltage
Key
MHz
Storage Controllers 3
37L6889
Full
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
06P5736
Full
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
06P5740
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
19K4646
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
24P0960
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
133
17421RU
35521RU
35421RU
35422RU
3534F08
2109F16
2108R3L
Networking10
Ethernet11
06P3601
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
22P4901
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
22P7801
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
133
31P6301
Half
64-bit
1 ... 5
Universal
133
Token Ring
34L5001
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
34L5201
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
System Management13
03K9309
Note: xSeries 440 supports the IXA Adapter (P/N 1519100) for connection of two-, four- and eight-way systems to iSeries models for Microsoft Windows 2000 Server and Advanced Server.
The adapter must be installed in PCI slot two only.
1. Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which they are installed will reduce the bus to the frequency of the slowest adapter. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward compatible
with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers.
2. All six slots are full-length hot-plug capable. For network operating system support, access www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.
3. xSeries 440 includes an integrated dual channel Ultra160 SCSI controller with one external and one internal connector. See Internal SCSI Cabling or Internal Cabling Overview for cabling
alternatives. When a RAID controller is installed as a boot disk, it must be installed in a slot that is scanned before other RAID controllers in the configuration. Refer to the scan sequence
provided in this section.
4. ServeRAID-4H Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 266MHz PowerPC 750 processor and provides 128MB of battery-backed ECC cache. The two internal connectors are not
accessible due to a cabling interference. Four external Ultra160 0.8mm VHDCI connectors are available.
5. ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor that provides 64MB of battery-backed ECC cache and two internal and two external
Ultra160 connections (only two connectors may be used). External connectors are 0.8mm VHDCI.
118
6. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and either one internal or one external
Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.
7. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm VHDCI
connector. This system supports external connection only.
8. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.
9. The 2108R3L SAN Data Gateway Router Ultra SCSI LVD port provides one integrated short-wave optical port and two SCSI ports for tape storage connections (LVD, HVD and singleended).
10. xSeries 440 has an integrated Broadcom-based 10/100/1000 PCI Ethernet controller (copper). Wake on LAN is not supported for the integrated controller.
11. In a fault-tolerant networking environment, using the fault-tolerant software delivered with the Ethernet adapters of a single manufacturer is recommended. Installing fault-tolerant solutions
provided by multiple manufacturers may cause failures if the intermediate drivers provided with the adapters are not compatible. Two of the optional PCI Ethernet adapters listed are copper
and Intel-based (P/N 06P3601, 22P4901) and two are Broadcom-based (22P7801, 31P6301).
12. The Wake on LAN function of this option is not supported by this server.
13. xSeries 440 includes a Remote Supervisor Adapter (RSA) installed in a dedicated PCI slot with an external connector, leaving six PCI slots available for optional adapters. Support for
connection to other servers requires an optional Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit (P/N 03K9309). Direct connection to the RXE drawer management controller in an
RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure is supported through a standard Interconnect Management Cable Kit with 3.5m cable. An 8m optional cable is available. Sixteen-way configurations
provide an Ethernet crossover cable to connect the Ethernet ports in the RSAs in each chassis if they are not connected to an Ethernet LAN. All system management functionality supported
by the RSA is provided for both the primary and secondary servers through the Ethernet connection on the RSA. The RS485 port is only required when the 16-way x440 configuration is
interconnected to support additional systems with the x440 standard RSA serving as a focal point for those systems.
14. Required to connect the standard Remote Supervisor Adapter to an interconnect network with other servers for system management support through a single LAN or modem connection.
Up to 24 Integrated System Management Processors or Remote Supervisors Adapters may be interconnected with an aggregate connection length of no more than 91.4m (300ft). This
interconnect network of 24 devices may also include a maximum of 12 Advanced System Management Processors or Advanced System Management PCI Adapters. A customer-supplied
Cat5 cable is required for each interconnection. System management RS485 interconnect network connections for sixteen-way configurations are not required unless the RSA in the 16-way
x440 configuration is a focal point for additional systems.
15. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure supports up to 12 additional PCI-X slots. Cable required for connection included with expansion unit, which attaches to a standard integrated RIO
port located on the back of the x440 chassis. An optional longer cable is available. Refer to RXE-100 section for diagrams and supported options.
16. xSeries 440 supports only one RXE-100 for all server configurations. Two- and four-way systems use only RIO port A because port B is inactive unless a second SMP Expansion Module is
installed. Only one RIO connection to the RXE-100 is supported for both four- and eight-way systems. Sixteen-way systems require a connection from each server and an interconnection
between the servers.
B
1 2 3 4 5 6
RIO ports
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
A
16-way SMP Expansion, RXE Expansion and Interconnect Management cabling configuration
Note: RXE-100 support for 16-way x440 was not available on the
announcement date, but is planned for 1Q03
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
119
Part Number
Description
Power1
Uninterruptible Power Supply (UPS)2, 3
32P1020
94G6676
2130R30
UPS3000XLV5
2130R31
UPS3000XHV5
32P1692
37L6861
Monitors7
633147N
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black8
63324HN
E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black8
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black8
32P1031
NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver Keyboard)9
32P1032
32P1702
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver keyboard)9
32P1703
1. xSeries 440 systems include two 1050W, hot-swap power supplies with two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14
power cables for intrarack power distribution. Models shipped in the US also include two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C13 to
NEMA 6-15P power cords for attachment to high voltage power sources. Power supply redundancy is standard for all
configurations with a high voltage power source. If a low voltage source is used, power supplies operate at 550w and
redundancy is supported only for configurations with two processors (low voltage is not supported for 16-way
installations).
2. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
3. Because the x440 is not equipped with an external serial port, UPS remote management (except for
UPS3000XLV, HV) requires a USB to serial adapter such as the Belkin USB to Serial Adapter (P/N 10K3661), which is
available at www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries. Select Accessories, Upgrades & Monitors and the country, then
click Go. Scroll to the bottom of the page, select Cables and Adapters, then open the Adapters pulldown menu.
UPS3000XLV, HV (P/N 2130R30, 1) supports USB connections between the server and UPS. USB connections are
not supported in 16-way configurations.
4. Height is 3U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
5. Height is 2U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
6. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
7. xSeries 440 uses an SVGA controller (S3 Savage4 LT chipset) with 8MB of video memory. Optional video adapters
are not supported. Sixteen-way configurations support console connections only through the primary chassis.
8. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
9. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.
120
Part Number
Description
Rack and NetBAY1, 2
Refer to the Rack Cabinets and Options section for information
concerning IBM racks and rack-supported devices.
Console Connectivity2, 3
1735L04
1735R16
32P1636
32P1652
09N4290
09N4291
28L3644
22P5150
10K3849
28L3673
33L3244
1. xSeries 440 is housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and requires one of the racks listed in the Rack Cabinets and Options section.
2. Sixteen-way configurations support console connections only through the primary chassis.
3. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console connectivity using these options.
4. xSeries 440 supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse. The system includes three USB ports (one on front of chassis), SVGA video port, mouse port and
keyboard port. USB ports are not active on the secondary server in 16-way configurations. Only PS/2 devices are supported in 16-way configurations, attached to the primary server only.
5. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707) which stows in ready-to-use position, or NetBAY 1U or 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (P/N 32P1032, 32P1702).
Standard with 1U and 2U NetBAY console kits (P/N 32P1031, 32P1702).
6. Advanced TrackPoint IV features are not available on IBM xSeries systems.
7. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a keyboard tray with a flat panel display.
8. USB accessories attach to a single USB-capable server. They are not compatible with the NetBAY console switches. Sixteen-way configurations require a PS/2 connector for keyboard,
video and mouse.
Part
Number
Tape Drives
Bays
Supported1
SCSI
Interface
(bit)
Form
Factor
Termination
Ext Tape
Included
Enclosures
133mm
(5.25in) FH
133mm
(5.25in) FH
133mm
(5.25in) HH
133mm
(5.25in) FH
Y2
16 Ultra2 LVD
5U Rack
Rack
Desktop or
3U Rack
00N8016
16 Ultra2 LVD
00N8015
16 Ultra2 LVD
24P2396
16 Ultra2 LVD
59P6736
16 Ultra2 LVD
Y2
35510013
3503B1X
35510013
3503B1X
Y2
35510013
Y2
3503B1X
16 LVD
3503B1X
16 Ultra2 LVD
1. IBM xSeries 440 does not support internal tape drives. An external tape library or tape enclosure must be used. All tape drives and enclosures are supported by PCI
Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) which has an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. Select tape drive, enclosure and controller then use Appendix D: Cables Storage Units - Controllers to select an appropriate external cable.
2. Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option. When installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit,
termination is also provided by the standard cables shipped with the enclosure.
3. LVD support for LVD tape drives installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is provided by two four-drop internal LVD cables.
4. Tape library attributes and prerequisites are located in Appendix B: Tape Library Attributes.
5. NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is a black 3U, rack-mountable tape enclosure which includes two full-high (FH) or four half-high (HH) extended
length 133mm (5.25in) bays, two external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors and two internal four-drop LVD terminated 16-bit SCSI cables for device attachment. Two power
supplies and two power cords are also included. External storage cables are not included.
6. Black desktop or 3U rack tape enclosure supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high LVD tape device including DLT tape drives. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a
rack (allow additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a 90w power supply, cooling fan, external terminator, power cord (country-specific), and 2m 68-pin to 0.8mm external
cable. Supports the following full-high tape options: 00N8015, 00N8016
7. This tape drive must be shipped separately as an option and installed at a customer site. Factory or vendor installation prior to shipping is not supported.
Note: Additional tape attributes can be found in Appendix A: Tape Drive Attributes.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
121
Description
xSeries 440 2x1.4GHz/512KB Xeon, 2GB ECC, open, 24X (4U rack)
18.2GB 10Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black
APC Smart-UPS 5000RMB
Quantity
1
2
11
1
1
External Storage
35311RU
06P5754
2
62
Rack Options
9306110
28L3644
1
1
Description
xSeries 440 2x1.5GHz/512KB Xeon, 2GB ECC, open, 24X (4U rack)
xSeries 1.5GHz/512KB L3 Cache with Xeon Processor MP
512MB PC133 ECC SDRAM RDIMM
18.2GB 15Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller
NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet Adapter (copper)
APC Smart-UPS 5000RMB
Quantity
1
21
122
2
2
1
1
External Storage
35311RU
06P5767
3551001
00N8016
4
524
1
2
Rack Options
9306420
32P1031
94G6670
1
1
1
122
Description
xSeries 440 2x1.6GHz/1MB Xeon, 2GB ECC, open, 24X (4U rack)
xSeries 1.6GHz/1MB L3 Cache Upgrade with Xeon Processor MP
xSeries SMP Expansion Module
512MB PC133 ECC SDRAM RDIMM
ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller
18.2GB 15Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet Adapter (copper)
FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter
APC Smart-UPS 5000RMB
UPS3000XHV
Quantity
1
61
1
282
1
23
1
2
1
1
External Storage
17421RU
35601RU
06P5707
14
4
40
Rack Options
9306420
32P1031
94G6670
1
1
1
Description
xSeries 440 8x1.6GHz/1MB Xeon MP, 4GB ECC, open, 24X (two - 4U rack)
512MB PC133 ECC SDRAM RDIMM
ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller
18.2GB 15Krpm Ultra160 SCSI Hot-swap SL HDD
NetXtreme 1000 T Ethernet Adapter (copper)
FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter
APC Smart-UPS 5000RMB
UPS3000XHV
Quantity
2
481
1
22
4
2
1
2
External Storage
17421RU
17401RU
06P5761
13
16
224
Rack Options
9306420
32P1031
94G6670
2
1
2
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
1. Total memory of 32GB (16GB per chassis with 16 512MB RDIMMs per SMP Expansion Module).
2. Two 18.2GB internal HDDs installed in the primary chassis for NOS mirroring attached to a ServeRAID adapter.
3. Fibre Channel cable, SFP Modules and FAStT700 Mini Hubs not included.
123
d/M
St
ax
an
,F
DD
s)
an
St
da
rd
)
tro
lle
il)
il)
va Ava
/A
/
l
l
a
n
ot Tota
io
a
,S
me s (T
pt
(
er
Qu
(O
t
ge
ts
r
ow
ly
o
a
o
y
r
l
l
P
p
e
n
(
c
o
S
b
S
p
t
a
n
l
p
u
d
c
m
a
M
ar
na
Fa
rS
wa
nd
Nu
em
n d p t io
t-S
du
rt
we
rm
st
ta
y
O
S
Ho
Re
Po
Fo
Pa
S
it
nt
y(
lo
,H
ts
a l,
nt
Rack (3U)
2/2
P, S, F
S - Fans
S - Power2
Y3
6/6 4
6/6 5
1. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported
IBM racks. Ships with one 3.5m Remote I/O Cable Kit (P/N 31P6102) and one 3.5m Interconnect
Management Cable Kit (P/N 31P6087). Eight-meter cables are available as options (P/N 31P6103,
31P6088).
2. N+1 power supply redundancy is provided standard.Two 370W Hot-Swap Redundant Power
Supplies (P/N 31P6108) ship installed in the RXE-100.
3. RXE-100 management controller interfaces with Remote Supervisor Adapter standard in xSeries
360 using the standard 3.5m Interconnect Management Cable Kit (P/N 31P6087) or the 8m option
(P/N 31P6088).
4. RXE-100 ships with six full-length, 64-bit PCI-X slots supporting three 133MHz adapters or six
100MHz adapters. Adapters rated at 33 or 66MHz restrict PCI buses in which they are installed to
the frequency of the slowest adapter.
5. Support for additional six 64-bit slots available through installation of the optional Remote I/O
PCI-X 6-slot Expansion Kit (P/N 31P5998). Remote I/O connection is cabled internally within the
RXE-100 enclosure using the secondary connector on each PCI-X 6-slot Expansion Kit, i.e., only
one connection between the server and RXE-100 is required. Although the six slots are
hot-swap, the expansion kit itself is not hot-swap.
124
n
Co
top view
(rear)
primary RIO
connections (external)
and DMC ports
(RS-485 bus)
Remote I/O PCI-X 6-slot
Expansion Kit
Six-pack B
Fans
Fans
power
supply
power
supply
(front)
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
125
Form Factor
35311RU
Rack (3U)
35601RU
Rack (3U)
35421RU
Rack (3U)
35422RU
Rack (3U)
19K1121
1. To configure an external SCSI storage device, select an optional SCSI controller then refer to
Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to confirm the controller supports the desired
External Storage Expansion Unit and to select a supported cable. For HDD or other
expansion unit options, see the specific expansion unit section. For Fibre Channel storage
devices, refer to the Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section.
2. EXP300 includes a single 2M Ultra2 SCSI cable and dual hot-swap 500W redundant power
supplies, each with its own power cord.
3. FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 35601RU) includes dual hot-swap 350W power
supplies, each with its own power cord.
4. The FAStT200 includes two hot-swap, 350W auto-ranging redundant power supplies, each
with its own power cord.
5. Can be upgraded to FAStT200 HA Storage Server through the addition of a FAStT200
Redundant RAID Controller (P/N 19K1121).
126
Adapter
Length
PCI
Support
Slots
Supported1
HotPlug2
Storage Controllers
37L6889
Full
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
06P5736
Full
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
06P5740
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
19K4646
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
33
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
17421RU
35521RU
35421RU
35422RU
2109F16
2108R3L
Networking
Ethernet
06P3601
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
22P4901
Half
64-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
66
22P6801
Half
64-bit
2, 4, 6
Universal
133
Token Ring
34L5001
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
34L5201
Half
32-bit
1 ... 6
Universal
33
Associated Options
31P5998
31P6088
31P6103
31P6087
31P6102
1. Slots one through six are 64 bits wide configured on three buses with two slots each, supporting either one 133MHz or two 100MHz adapters in each bus. The slots are backward
compatible for adapters that operate at 33 or 66MHz, which reduce the buses in which they are installed to the frequency of the slowest adapter.
2. All six slots are full-length Active PCI-X (hot-plug capable). For Network Operating System support, access www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.
3. All slots support either 100MHz or 133MHz adapters (as well as 33MHz and 66MHz adapters). If an adapter rated at 133MHz is installed in either slot of any of the three buses, the other
slot must remain vacant.
4. ServeRAID-4H Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 266MHz PowerPC 750 processor and provides 128MB of battery-backed ECC cache with two internal and four external Ultra160
connectors. External connections only can be used. External connectors are 0.8mm VHDCI.
5. ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor that provides 64MB of battery-backed ECC cache and two internal and two external
Ultra160 connectors. External connections only can be used. External connectors are 0.8mm VHDCI.
6. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and one internal and one external
Ultra160 connector. External connection only can be used. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.
7. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm VHDCI
connector. External connection only can be utilized.
8. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.
9. The 2108R3L SAN Data Gateway Router Ultra SCSI LVD port provides one integrated short-wave optical port and two SCSI ports for tape storage connections (LVD, HVD and singleended).
10. Installs into the RXE-100 to expand slot availability from six to 12. The expansion enclosure must be powered down to install this option. Cables internally through the secondary RIO
connectors. The additional six slots are numbered one to six with the same attributes as the standard unit.
11. Allows the x360 remote management functionality to support the RXE-100. A 3.5m cable is standard for installations in the same rack. The 8m length is required when installing in a different
rack.
12. Primary expansion cable connecting the expansion enclosure PCI slot capability to the system processor and memory components. A 3.5m cable is standard for installations in the same
rack. The 8m length is required when installing in a different rack. Connects the RIO port on the back of the system to the primary RIO port on the back of the enclosure.
13. Ships standard with the RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure.
14. Install only in even-numbered slots.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
127
IBM RXE-100
Part
Number
All slots are 64-bit, full-length, 133MHz Active PCI-X. Each bus supports only one 133MHz
adapter. If two 133MHz adapters are installed, both will operate at 100MHz. If a lower
frequency adapter is installed, the bus will operate at that frequency.
Scan sequence: slots 11, 12, 9, 10, 7, 8, 17, 18, 15, 16, 13, 14.
Part Number
Description
Power1
31P6108
32P1020
94G6676
37L6861
1. RXE-100 includes two 370W hot-swap power supplies, each with two 9ft power cords--one high voltage IEC 320-C13 to
IEC 320-C14 and one low voltage IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P. N+1 power supply redundancy is standard for full
configurations. A third power supply is not supported.
2. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
3. Height is 3U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
4. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
128
Tape Drives
Bays
Supported1
SCSI
Interface
(bit)
35510013
3503B1X
35510013
3503B1X
Y2
Y2
35510013
HVD
6U Rack
Rack
Desktop or
3U Rack
16 Ultra2 LVD
00N8015
16 Ultra2 LVD
24P2396
16 Ultra2 LVD
Termination
Ext Tape
Included
Enclosures
133mm
(5.25in) FH
133mm
(5.25in) FH
133mm
(5.25in) HH
00N8016
3570C2x
Form
Factor
Y2
IBM RXE-100
Part
Number
16 LVD
3503B1X
16 Ultra2 LVD
1. RXE-100 does not support internal tape drives. An external tape library or tape enclosure must be used. All tape drives and enclosures are supported by PCI Wide
Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) which has an external 0.8mm VHDCI connector. Select tape drive, enclosure and controller then use Appendix D: Cables - Storage
Units - Controllers to select an appropriate external cable.
2. Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option. When installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit,
termination is also provided by the standard cables shipped with the enclosure.
3. LVD support for LVD tape drives installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is provided by two four-drop internal LVD cables.
4. Tape library attributes and prerequisites are located in Appendix B: Tape Library Attributes.
5. NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is a black 3U, rack-mountable tape enclosure which includes two full-high (FH) or four half-high (HH) extended
length 133mm (5.25in) bays, two external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors and two internal four-drop LVD terminated 16-bit SCSI cables for device attachment. Two power
supplies and two power cords are also included. External storage cables are not included.
6. Black desktop or 3U rack tape enclosure supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high LVD tape device including DLT tape drives. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a
rack (allow additional 1U for fixed shelf). Includes a 90w power supply, cooling fan, external terminator, power cord (country-specific), and 2m 68-pin to 0.8mm external
cable. Supports the following full-high tape options: 00N8015, 00N8016.
7. This tape drive must be shipped separately as an option and installed at a customer site. Factory or vendor installation prior to shipping is not supported.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
129
Description
Server Compatibility
Server
481712X
481714X
481718X
481716X
xSeries 255
xSeries 330
xSeries 360
xSeries 440
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
yes
yes
no
no
no
yes
no
no
no
yes
Warning: Options that are compatible with a supported system may not be supported by VMware. To confirm support
of an option, review the current device list for VMware on the ServerProven Web site at www.pc.ibm.com/us/support.
IBM provides support for Windows, Linux and leading applications in a VMware environment.
Differences in system configurations are invisible to operating systems and applications.
Clustering environments can be supported within a single server.
Provides a cost-effective failover solution for mixed OS environments.
Supports up to 64 1GB virtual machines in an 8U rack space (using 16-way xSeries 440).
For additional information on the Web, go to www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries/vmware.html.
130
Datacenter Solutions
Standard Services
Solutions Assurance Review3
Factory installation and software preload
Limited Warranty4 service with 24x7 same day response
IBM Support Services
On-site installation
Microsoft Authorized Premier Support (MAPS--base software support for Datacenter, where available)
IBM Software Update Subscription for Microsoft Windows Datacenter (US)7
Advanced Support for Mission Critical Systems (US)
Support Line (base software support outside the US and where MAPS is not available)
High Availability Services5 (including up to 99.99% availability guarantee in the US)
xSeries 99.9% High Availability Guarantee6 outside the US
Warranty upgrade (24x7x2 hour response)
Operational Support Services, e.g., electronic system management for xSeries, account advocate
Testing Services--proof of concept, assessment, design and planning
Business Continuity and Recovery Services
Custom services for unique requirements
1. Maximum memory may require replacement of standard memory with optional maximum memory module.
2. IBM makes no representations or warranties regarding non-IBM products or services. These products are offered and warranted by third parties.
3. IBM provides this service standard for all Datacenter sales direct through IBM. Business Partners will also perform this service but may choose to charge a fee.
4. For information on IBM's Statement of Limited Warranty, call 1-800-772-2227 or contact your IBM representative or reseller. Copies are available upon request. International Warranty Service
available in those countries where the particular product is sold by IBM or IBM Business Partners (registration required). With respect to on-site service, IBM sends a technician after attempting
to resolve the problem remotely.
5. The High Availability Services for Business Critical Systems offering for an availability guarantee is an optional service and is only offered for eligible IBM e(logo)server xSeries environments
at this time. IBM reserves the right to change the terms and conditions of the program at any time, without notice. For more details, refer to www-1.ibm.com/services/its/us/highavail2.html.
6. The xSeries 99.9% High Availability Guarantee program is an optional offering on eligible xSeries configurations. IBM reserves the right to change the terms and conditions of the program at
any time, without notice. For more details, refer to www.pc.ibm.com/ww/eserver/xseries/999guarantee.html.
7. This annual subscription service ensures that customers receive all updates to the Microsoft Datacenter operating system (and roll up of IBM driver updates). Staying current on Datacenter
patches is a requirement for Microsoft support; therefore, this service is highly recommended to all Datacenter customers.
Updated 01/21/03
131
Datacenter Solutions
The product content described here is consistent worldwide; however, there may be some variance
in IBM part numbers outside of the US and Canada. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM
Marketing Representative for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.
10/100 Ethernet
2
(P/N 06P3601)
Mirrored
1
2 x Hot-swap HDDs
ServeRAID-4Mx
(P/N 06P5736)
Short-wave 5m LC-LC
cable (P/N 19K1248)
Quantity = 2x # nodes
Enterprise Rack
Console Switch
High-voltage PDUs
132
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2 or 6
N/A
N/A
2 or 6
N/A
N/A
2 or 6
N/A
N/A
2 or 6
N/A
N/A
2 or 6
N/A
N/A
2 or 6
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
59P5188
06P5736
24P0960
06P3601
Datacenter Solutions
Controllers
Software
4816-1BU
N/A
N/A
1
1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Services
06P7505
06P7496
1. This Service offering is not available in all countries and is limited to selected areas (see Fax #8146 on 1-800-IBM-4FAX).
2. MHz/GHz only measure microprocessor internal clock speed; many factors affect application performance.
3. Refer to xSeries 440 Processors and I/O Options sections for details on SMP expansion cabling.
Updated 01/21/03
133
Part Number
Description
Qty/ Total
Node Qty
Usage
Limited
Limited
Warranty
Warranty
Service
Service
24x7x4 hrs 24x7x2 hrs1
Part
Part
Number
Number
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2 or 6
4 or 12
N/A
N/A
2 or 6
4 or 12
N/A
N/A
2 or 6
4 or 12
N/A
N/A
2 or 6
4 or 12
N/A
N/A
2 or 6
4 or 12
N/A
N/A
2 or 6
4 or 12
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Controllers
06P5736
24P0960
06P3601
1
-
2
1
Software
4816-1BU
06P7505
06P5756
06P7515
06P7496
Services
Quantity equals the number of racks.
Quantity equals the number of major rack
components installed.
-
1. This Service offering is not available in all countries and is limited to selected areas (see Fax #8146 on 1-800-IBM-4FAX).
2. Refer to xSeries 440 Processors and I/O Options sections for details on SMP expansion cabling.
134
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Part Number
Description
Qty/
Total
chassis Qty
Usage
Limited
Limited
Warranty
Warranty
Service
Service
24x7x4 hrs 24x7x2 hrs1
Part
Part
Number
Number
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Controllers
Supports NOS mirroring on internal
HDDs.
Redundant paths to external storage
subsystems.
06P5736
24P0960
N/A
N/A
1
1
2
2
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Software
4816-1DU
Services
06P7505
06P7496
Part Number
Description
Qty/ Node
33L3324
4+4N
31P8300
4+4N
Interconnect cable
19K5788
Storage Subsystems
17421RU
17401RU
Updated 01/21/03
Usage
Four RDIMMs must be installed in each SMP
Expansion Module in each node. A
maximum of 16 RDIMMs can be installed in
each SMP Expansion Module (32 total per
node)
RDIMMs must be added in matched groups
of four.
RDIMMs must be added in matched groups
of four.
Two HDDs must be installed in each node.
Limited
Limited
Warranty Warranty
Service Service
24x7x4
24x7x2
hrs
hrs1
Part
Part
Number Number
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
41L2768
41L2766
41L2769
41L2767
Qty
1
Qty
1
2
135
Datacenter Solutions
1. This Service offering is not available in all countries and is limited to selected areas (see Fax #8146 on 1-800-IBM-4FAX).
2Gbps
2Gbps
2Gbps
2Gbps
FC
FC
FC
FC
36.4GB/10K drive
73.4GB/10K drive
18.2GB/15K drive
36.4GB/15K drive
2-28
2-28
2-28
2-28
Storage Cables
19K1248
19K1271
Qty
Qty
6
12
Qty
930842S
94G6670
09N4290
94G7447
94G7448
32P1702
Services
25P4142
30L9183
N/A
41L2762
41L2763
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Qty
as required
1. This Service offering is not available in all countries and is limited to selected areas (see Fax #8146 on 1-800-IBM-4FAX).
All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.
2. GB equals one billion bytes. When referring to internal storage capacity, total user-accessible capacity may be less.
Part
Number
Description
Usage
Limited
Warranty
Service
24x7x4
hrs
Part
Number
Limited Enterprise
Warranty
Rack
Service Assembly
24x7x2
Fee
hrs1
Part
Part
Number Number
Additional node:
Datacenter additional node (see single node offering)
4816-1BU
4816-1BU
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Processor upgrades :
32P8705
32P8706
32P8707
59P5171
59P5172
59P5173
136
24P0960
17421RU
35601RU
17401RU
Required when upgrading from 4-way to 8way node. Requires installation of four
processors (fully populated).3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
41L2768
41L2766
41L2766
N/A
41L2769
41L2767
41L2767
N/A
21P3342
21P3342
21P3342
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Standard
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
21P3342
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
41L2762
41L2762
41L2763
41L2763
21P3341
21P3341
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
21P3342
21P3342
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
03K9308
19K1250
19K1247
19K1248
19K1249
03K9308
19K1271
2109F16
18P3576
3534F08
06P5736
06P3601
31P6301
31L3820
8684-1RX
I/O-related:
930842S
930842E
09N4290
94G7447
37L6866
94G6666
37L6861
06P38824
19K57884
4560SLX5
32P1703
59P6657
59P6658
59P6659
59P6662
59P6663
08L9120
Fees:
25P4142
4816-ABX6
4816-ADX6
1. This Service offering is not available in all countries and is limited to selected areas (see Fax #8146 on 1-800-IBM-4FAX).
All final customer configurations and solutions require IBM Solution Assurance Approval.
2. Processor upgrade speed and cache must match the standard processor installed in each node.
3. Refer to xSeries 440 Processors and I/O Options sections for details on SMP expansion cabling.
4. There may be some variance in IBM part numbers outside of the US and Canada.
5. LTO tape libraries are not certified but will be supported in Datacenter configurations, subject to Solutions Assurance approval. SDLT components are not supported for Datacenter solutions.
6. This annual subscription service ensures that customers receive all updates to the Microsoft Datacenter operating system (and roll up of IBM driver updates). Staying current on Datacenter
patches is a requirement for Microsoft support; therefore, this service is highly recommended to all Datacenter customers.
Updated 01/21/03
137
Datacenter Solutions
Rack-related:
BladeCenter
)
ax
/M
td
(S
)
ax
7
il)
il)
ly)
va
va
e
d
we
ul
on
l/ A
l/ A
an
lo
d
a
t
s
a
t
B
o
t
S
s
il)
To
l,
s,
To
ce
tM
er
va
t
s(
ay
na
s(
Ac
en
an
io
l/A
ne
ay
mb
ay
,B
y
t
r
m
e
u
a
r
u
B
s
B
p
v
e
e
t
e
i
N
g
h
D
e
(O
eQ
To
Ea
Dr
ow
rt
Et
ul
na
ul
r(
HD
s(
cy
or
d
(P
Pa
od
isk
Ma
od
be
ay
p
ct
te
s/
an
n
M
D
t
a
M
B
a
a
m
M
d
o
m
F
y
r
w
lo
n
e
e
ti
gr itch -RO
Nu
pp
st
te
du
t-s
IS
ad
we
rm
Op
B
In
Sy
Bl
CD
F lo
Sw
Re
Ho
Po
Fo
PC
SB
S
y(
t it
/M
td
)
rs
d
ar
BladeCenter At-A-Glance
8677-1XX
Rack
(7U)1
2/42
P, B 3, B
S-Blowers
S-Power
1/14
10/100/
10005
4/4
24x-10x
USB
1.44MB
USB
14/14
0/06
49P2654
Notes:
A fully configured eServer BladeCenter chassis doubles the density of 14 equally configured 1U xSeries 335 servers by accommodating up to 14
BladeCenter HS20 units installed in a 7U rack space.
BladeCenter increases usability and reduces complexity because it provides common sourcing for up to 14 BladeCenter HS20 units for cabling and cabling
connections, I/O options, power modules, system management requirements (optional adapters and external cabling), external Fibre Channel storage
switching and connectivity, and network management and expansion.
1. Housed in a 7U, 19in rack-mountable chassis (28in deep). See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
2. N+N power supply redundancy is provided standard for HS20 bays one through six and all module bays. Two 220v BladeCenter 1200w Power Modules ship
installed in BladeCenter power module bays one and two. Redundant power for bays seven through 14 requires two additional power modules installed in
power module bays three and four, which are both provided in optional BladeCenter 1200w Power Supply Modules (P/N 48P7052). Nonredundant power can be
supplied to all 14 bays by moving power module two from the second bay to the third, which is not recommended.
3. The blade bays in the front of the chassis support hot-swapping of blade servers. A spring-action cover closes the bay opening when the blade server is
removed, allowing the blade to be removed for up to two hours before thermal restrictions require replacement..
4. Comprehensive system management functionality is provided through the standard management module installed in management module bay one, which
communicates with the integrated service processor on each HS20 planar. The management module also acts as a multiplexor for installed HS20 units for
console connectivity (keyboard, video and mouse).
5. One of the dual integrated gigabit Ethernet controllers on each HS20 planar connects to an optional BladeCenter 4-port Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module (P/N
48P7054) installed in switch module bay one. An additional Ethernet switch module may be installed in switch module bay two, to which the second Ethernet
controller integrated into each HS20 planar is connected. Ethernet capability is not provided standard in BladeCenter.
6. BladeCenter contains no PCI expansion slots or HDD bays. Internal HDD expansion is provided in the individual HS20 units. Standard I/O support includes
system management, KVM (console) and Ethernet connectivity. Expanded I/O functionality is provided through optional Fibre Channel switch modules that
install into the BladeCenter chassis. System management functionality is controlled by a system management module, which also installs into the rear system
chassis. Expansion switch modules may not be mixed in a BladeCenter configuration because all HS20 units installed in a single BladeCenter must contain
either the same kind of expansion card or no expansion card. (If an expansion card is installed, only one IDE HDD is allowed.)
7. IBM offers configure-to-order (CTO) capability for selected products through Easy Access. Although similar to machine type models (MTM), CTO systems
utilize different part numbers called Sales Building Blocks (SBB). The contents of an option may not entirely correspond to an SBB because only a certain
component within an option package may be required to configure a specific system. Additional or different configuration rules or limitations may apply to the
SBB. When a difference occurs, the rules will be documented in the tables, diagrams or footnotes.
FRONT VIEW
REAR VIEW
CD-ROM
FDD
Media tray
(removable)
Blade control
panel
Filler blades
Acoustic Attenuation Module
Blades (HS20)
138
Option Part
Number
SBB Description
Rules
Selectable Hardware
Select one power cord. An identical power cord will be derived in Easy Access for each power supply installed (total quantities of
two or four).
24P2605
Two cables ship with MTM. Two additional are provided with the
MTM power supply option, which includes two power supplies.
32P9071
Rack Power Cable - 4.3m, 100-240v, C13 to IEC 320-C14 (WW) Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
32P9072
Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
32P9073
Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
21P9459
21P9452
Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
21P9454
Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
21P9456
Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
21P9461
Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
21P9455
Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
21P9462
Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
21P9457
Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
21P9460
Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
21P9458
Optional for CTO. Power cords for all power supplies must match.
48P7082
48P7054
59P6627
48P7062
59P6648
48P7052
49P2654
Base System
48P7077
48P7081
48P7055
Standard with MTM. Derived for CTO from base system. Provides
system management connectivity for HS20s and console
connectivity for keyboard, video and mouse. Includes PS/2
keyboard, PS/2 mouse and video connectors.
Derived Hardware
32P0902
48P7078
48P7079
Publications
-
BladeCenter
01R1100
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
139
Description
SBB
Number1
Form Factor
Rack (4U)
35521RU
Rack (4U)
35421RU
Rack (3U)
35422RU
Rack (3U)
2108R3L
Rack (2U)
Rack (3U)
35601RU
Rack (3U)
35421RU
Rack (3U)
35422RU
Rack (3U)
Rack (2U)
59P6627
48P7054
48P7082
59P6613
1. IBM offers configure-to-order (CTO) capability for selected products through Easy Access. Although similar to machine type models (MTM), CTO systems
utilize different part numbers called Sales Building Blocks (SBB). The contents of an option may not entirely correspond to an SBB because only a certain
component within an option package may be required to configure a specific system. Additional or different configuration rules or limitations may apply to the
SBB. When a difference occurs, the rules will be documented in the tables, diagrams or footnotes.
2. The 2108R3L SAN Data Gateway Router UltraSCSI LVD Port provides one integrated short-wave optical port (1Gb) and two SCSI ports for tape storage
connections (LVD, HVD). Required for attachment of external tape storage options to the BladeCenter Fibre Channel switch module directly, through a
supported switch or hub, or through a storage server.
3. Requires a SAN Data Gateway Router to attach to the external BladeCenter Fibre Channel storage configuration. Refer to Appendix A: Tape Drive
Attributes or Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers for additional information.
4. Install in HS20 over IDE HDD bay two (allowing only one IDE HDD). Includes two Fibre Channel channels with two ports. One channel connects to an
optional BladeCenter 2-port Fibre Channel Switch Module (48P7062) installed in switch module bay three and the second channel connects to a second
optional switch module installed in switch module bay four, which provides redundancy. Compatibility with the switch module selected for installation in
BladeCenter switch modules three and four is required. Expansion cards cannot be mixed within a BladeCenter chassis.
Switch module
bay 3
Switch module 1
Power module
bay 3
Blower module 1
Power module 1
AC
DC
Management
module
Keyboard
Video
Mouse
Ethernet ports
AC
DC
Reserved
Blower module 2
Power module bay 4
Switch module 2
Switch module bay 4
140
Power module 2
Rear system LED panel
SBB
Number8
Description
Power1
48P7052
59P66489
633147N
E54 Color Monitor 15in (350mm, 13.8in viewable image), stealth black6
63324HN
E74 Color Monitor 17in (406mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black6
Monitors 5
66274AN
G78 Color Monitor 17in (406.4mm, 16in viewable image), stealth black6
32P1031
NetBAY 1U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver Keyboard)7
32P1032
32P1702
NetBAY 2U Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (with US Space Saver Keyboard)7
32P1703
1. BladeCenter includes two 1200w hot-swap power supplies with two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C13 to IEC 320-C14 power cables for intrarack
power distribution. Power supply redundancy is standard for blade bays one through six and all module bays. Redundancy for bays seven
through 14 requires two additional power supply modules. Only high-voltage power connections are supported.
2. BladeCenter 1200w Power Supply Modules (PN 48P7052) are shipped with two power supplies and two 2.8m/9ft IEC 320-C13 to IEC
320-C14 power cables.
3. For runtimes and UPS attributes see Appendix C: UPS Runtime Estimate.
4. Height is 5U. See Rack Cabinets and Options section for supported IBM racks.
5. HS20 units are equipped with an integrated ATI Rage XL video controller with 8MB of video memory. Optional video adapters are not
supported.
6. Installation within a rack requires optional Monitor Compartment (P/N 94G7444).
7. Includes a 15in Flat Panel Monitor.
8. IBM offers configure-to-order (CTO) capability for selected products through Easy Access. Although similar to machine type models
(MTM), CTO systems utilize different part numbers called Sales Building Blocks (SBB). The contents of an option may not entirely
correspond to an SBB because only a certain component within an option package may be required to configure a specific system.
Additional or different configuration rules or limitations may apply to the SBB. When a difference occurs, the rules will be documented in the
tables, diagrams or footnotes.
9. CTO requires selection of power supply modules one and two, which are included standard with MTMs. SBB 48P7080 provides two
1200w hot-swap power supplies for installation in power supply bays one and two. SBB 59P6648 provides two 1200w hot-swap power
supplies for installation in power supply bays three and four. Power cords are selected separately in CTO systems.
Part Number
Description
SBB Number
Console Connectivity2
1735L04
1735R16
32P1636
32P1652
Acoustic Option
49P2694
31P7415
28L3673
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
BladeCenter
1. BladeCenter is housed in a 7U, 19in rack-mountable chassis and requires one of the racks listed in the Rack Cabinets and Options
section.
2. BladeCenter includes a standard management module that provides system management connectivity for all installed HS20s as
well as console connectivity for keyboard, video and mouse (KVM). The management module includes one PS/2 keyboard connector,
one PS/2 mouse connector, one 15-pin D-shell video connector and one RJ45 connector for a 100Mb Ethernet remote console
connection to support system management functionality. Refer to the Rack Console Options section for information regarding console
connectivity using these options.
3. Installs over the fan modules in the rear of the chassis to reduce decibels in sound-sensitive environments. BladeCenter generates
80 decibels (8 bels) at maximum performance levels. The Acoustic Attenuation Module reduces the decibel level
by 11 (approximately 12%).
4. BladeCenter supports rack configurations only and ships without a keyboard or mouse.
5. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707), which stows in ready-to-use position, or NetBAY 1U or 2U
Flat Panel Monitor Console Kit (P/N 32P1032, 32P1702). Standard with 1U and 2U NetBAY console kits (P/N 32P1031, 32P1702).
6. Advanced TrackPoint IV features are not available.
7. Installation within a rack requires optional keyboard tray (P/N 28L4707). This keyboard cannot share a keyboard tray with a flat panel
display.
141
142
BladeCenter HS20
5
e
oc
Pr
)
ax
ss
or
d/M
ax
1
t
)
t
/M
y)
8
(S
ax
en
td
nl
7
)
9
it
S
M
o
x
m
/
n
(
)
)
4
a
e
s
il
U
td
y
ty
il)
ax
/M
n
ag
es
va
s)
(S
or
ci
)
va
td
io
/M
an
cc
l/ A
bp
rs
/A
pa
le r
Hz
(S
em ans
td
a
A
l
M
l
o
r
M
a
t
)
S
a
G
(
o
s
y
M
y
(
C
)
r
p
it
To
be
ot
s(
d
et
es
em
KB
r/
as
D
nt
ax
(T
Ex
ac
s(
rd
st
rn
e
um
(E
ee
oc
e(
lle
/M
Co
HD
ay
ap
ys
ge
Sy
Ca
Pr
ac
he
ro
er
td
Sp
e
tN
E
a
ch
B
f
C
t
a
t
f
r
b
d
g
S
r
r
r
n
a
B
n
(
ID
D
e
D
a
C
m
io
to
te
dE
ro
Pa
D
so
at
Co
or
ry
al
C
In
HD
HD
n
ns
ar
Nu
IS
be
es
o
gr
HD er n
St
mo
EC
B
SI
m
SI
SI
pa
tio
bo
oc
te
E
E
de
CS
t
e
u
B
x
p
n
i
C
2
C
r
C
n
D
n
D
S
I
E
S
S
I
I
M
L
N
S
P
V
S
I
O
O
21
1/2
512
512MB /
4GB2
Dual ATA100
2/2
0/
80GB
2x 10/100/
1000
ATI Rage
XL/ 8MB
0/1
U320
2/2
0/146.8GB
0/1
48P7066
8678-41X
2.41
1/2
512
512MB /
4GB2
Dual ATA100
2/2
0/
80GB
2x 10/100/
1000
ATI Rage
XL/ 8MB
0/1
U320
2/2
0/146.8GB
0/1
48P7066
1. Intel Xeon processor with advanced transfer L2 cache and 400MHz (quad-pumped) Front-side Bus (FSB).
2. Two 256MB RDIMMs are standard, supporting two-way interleaving and Chipkill technology. The system architecture supports up to 8GB total memory using 2GB RDIMMS when available.
3. Maximum IDE HDD storage capacity based on two 40GB 5400rpm IDE HDDs. Space for only one IDE HDD is available if an expansion card is installed.
4. Broadcom 5703 dual integrated copper gigabit Ethernet controller.
5. System management functionality, interconnect network connectivity and console connectivity are managed through the standard management module. The standard integrated service processor monitors
HS20 system management activity, communicating with the management module in the BladeCenter.
6. Optional HS20 SCSI Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 48P7058) provides an integrated single-channel Ultra320 storage controller and two hot-swap SCSI HDD bays. The expansion unit installs onto the HS20 by
connecting the SCSI connector, then installing both units together into the BladeCenter. The storage expansion module is the same size as the HS20. The integrated controller supports both Ultra160 and
Ultra320 HDDs, but the entire SCSI bus will default to the slower rate (MB/second) if HDDs of different technologies are mixed on the same bus. The LSI chipset allows for two HDDs to be allocated for mirroring.
7. Two hot-swap SCSI HDD bays and an integrated Ultra320 single-channel storage controller are provided in the HS20 SCSI Storage Expansion Unit.
8. Maximum capacity requires installing two 73.4GB SCSI HDDs. Mixing of Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs is supported, but the bus will operate at the speed of the lowest rated HDD.
9. HS20 Fibre Channel Expansion Card (P/N 48P7061) installs over IDE connector two attaching into the expansion card connector, preventing installation of a second IDE HDD. The expansion card includes
two Fibre Channel channels and two ports. One channel connects the HS20 to one optional BladeCenter 2-port Fibre Channel Switch Module (P/N 48P7062) installed in switch module bay three. The second
channel connects to a second optional Fibre Channel switch module in bay four, which provides a redundant environment. Ethernet and serial I/O expansion cards are planned for future release. Expansion
card selections cannot be mixed within a single BladeCenter chassis because they must connect to switch modules installed in switch module bays three and four.
10. IBM offers configure-to-order (CTO) capability for selected products through Easy Access. Although similar to machine type models (MTM), CTO systems utilize different part numbers called Sales Building
Blocks (SBB). The contents of an option may not entirely correspond to an SBB because only a certain component within an option package may be required to configure a specific system. Additional or
different configuration rules or limitations may apply to the SBB. When a difference occurs, the rules will be documented in the tables, diagrams or footnotes.
Option Part
Number
SBB Description
Rules
Selectable Hardware
48P7067
48P7060
One standard with MTM. Selectable for CTO. A maximum of two allowed.
Selected processors must be identical.
48P7069
48P7096
One standard with MTM. Selectable for CTO. A maximum of two allowed.
Selected processors must be identical.
32P0915
33L5037
Two standard installed in MTMs. Select in pairs for both CTM and MTM.
Maximum of four supported.
37L3538
33L5038
Select in pairs for both CTM and MTM. Maximum of four supported.
33P3126
33L5039
Select in pairs for both CTM and MTM. Maximum of four supported.
48P7099
48P7063
Maximum of two supported in CTO and MTM. Only one supported with
expansion card installed.
48P7097
48P7058
32P9017
06P5754
32P9018
06P5755
32P9011
06P5756
32P9024
06P5767
32P9025
06P5768
37L3539
06P5776
59P6613
48P7061
Selectable for CTO and MTM. Limits IDE HDD selection to one. Includes two
Fibre Channel controller ports that connect to a Fibre Channel switch
module in switch module bay 3 or 4.
22P0113
Required for each open SCSI bay in SCSI Storage Expansion Unit.
48P7066
Derived from processor selection for CTO. Includes planar and left cover.
48P7076
Heatsink Filler
59P6647
Required for HS20 when a SCSI Storage Expansion unit is not attached.
22P0159
Windows 2000 Advanced Server (preloaded) OS installed and configured with all hardware selections.
Derived Hardware
Software
22P0160
25P2853
24P3442
24P3445
48P7914
25P2854
59P3597
59P3598
59P5805
Updated 01/21/03
BladeCenter
Manufacturing Instructions
Required for onboard mirroring of two identical SCSI HDDs installed in a
SCSI Storage Expansion Unit.
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
143
HS20 Processors
Option Part
Number
Processor Upgrades
SMP Support1
SBB
Number 2
48P7060
21X
48P7067
48P7096
41X
48P7069
1. One additional processor may be installed, providing a maximum of two. All processors must be identical in type, speed and cache size.
2. IBM offers configure-to-order (CTO) capability for selected products through Easy Access. Although similar to machine type models (MTM), CTO systems
utilize different part numbers called Sales Building Blocks (SBB). The contents of an option may not entirely correspond to an SBB because only a certain
component within an option package may be required to configure a specific system. Additional or different configuration rules or limitations may apply to the
SBB. When a difference occurs, the rules will be documented in the tables, diagrams or footnotes.
HS20 Planar
Battery
IDE connector 1
(J13)
Control panel
connector (J64)
Microprocessor
socket 2
and heat sink filler
(U70)
144
SCSI expansion
connector (J8)
Network-interface
option connector (J34)
IDE connector 2
(J62)
Network-interface
option connector (J9)
Microprocessor 1
and heat sink (U66)
HS20 Memory
Memory Description1
Option Part
Number
SBB
Number2
33L5037
32P0915
33L5038
37L3538
33L5309
33P3126
1. Due to two-way interleaving, installation of memory options in pairs is required. Standard RDIMMs are installed in sockets three and four.
One RDIMM pair is not required to match the other. Provides Error Checking and Correcting (ECC) via 16-bit Checksum Chipkill (corrects
1, 2, 3, or 4-bit errors on same chip and detects 2- through 8-bit errors contained in two chips).
2. IBM offers configure-to-order (CTO) capability for selected products through Easy Access. Although similar to machine type models
(MTM), CTO systems utilize different part numbers called Sales Building Blocks (SBB). The contents of an option may not entirely
correspond to an SBB because only a certain component within an option package may be required to configure a specific system.
Additional or different configuration rules or limitations may apply to the SBB. When a difference occurs, the rules will be documented in
the tables, diagrams or footnotes.
Total
System
Memory1
Models
256MB (33L5037)
512MB (33L5038)
1GB
1GB (33L5039)
-
1.5GB
2GB2
2.5GB
3GB2
4GB2
This table does not represent all possible memory configurations. Memory modules may vary in price per MB. Selection
of smaller RDIMMs may provide a more cost-effective alternative to using larger RDIMMs.
1. Network operating systems may limit the maximum amount of addressable memory. See operating system
specifications for further information.
2. Requires removal of standard memory. The system architecture supports up to 8GB total memory when 2GB RDIMMs
are available.
15,000rpm HDDs
36.4GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
73.4GB
18.2GB
(06P5768,
(06P5754) (06P5755) (06P5756) (06P5767) 06P5776)
0GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
72.8GB
73.4GB
146.8GB
BladeCenter
Total Int
Storage1
This table does not represent all possible HDD configurations. Total Internal Storage listed is within +/-0.2GB
unless otherwise noted.
1. Select a total storage row then select the quantity of HDDs from a column corresponding to the HDD of
choice.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
145
HDD Options
Option
Part
Number
Description
RPM
Height
Bays
Supported
Max
Qty1
SBB
Number4
5400
SL
1, 2
48P7099
IDE HDD 1
48P7063
10000
SL
1, 2
32P9017
06P5755
10000
SL
1, 2
32P9108
06P5756
10000
SL
1, 2
32P9011
06P5767
15000
SL
1, 2
32P9024
06P5768
15000
SL
1, 2
32P9025
15000
SL
1, 2
37L3539
48P7097
1. Up to two IDE HDDs may be installed in each HS20. The second IDE HDD cannot be added if a Fibre Channel expansion card is installed. IDE HDDs
may remain installed when a SCSI Storage Expansion Unit and up to two SCSI HDDs are added to the configuration. Either the IDE or SCSI bus can
support the boot disk. Onboard mirroring is not supported on the IDE bus.
2. Two SCSI HDDs may be installed in a SCSI Storage Expansion Unit. The integrated Ultra320 SCSI controller supports both Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs,
though bus speed is reduced to the rated performance of the slowest HDD. The LSI chipset supports onboard HDD mirroring when two identical SCSI
HDDs are installed.
3. Optional HS20 SCSI Storage Expansion Unit (P/N 48P7058) provides an integrated single-channel Ultra320 storage controller and two hot-swap SCSI
HDD bays. The expansion unit installs onto the HS20 by connecting the SCSI connector, then installing both units together into the BladeCenter. The
storage expansion unit mechanical is the same size as the HS20. The integrated controller supports both Ultra160 and Ultra320 HDDs, but the entire SCSI
bus will default to the slower rate (MB/second) if HDDs of different technologies are mixed on the same bus. The LSI chipset allows for two matched SCSI
HDDs to be allocated for mirroring.
4. IBM offers configure-to-order (CTO) capability for selected products through Easy Access. Although similar to machine type models (MTM), CTO
systems utilize different part numbers called Sales Building Blocks (SBB). The contents of an option may not entirely correspond to an SBB because only
a certain component within an option package may be required to configure a specific system. Additional or different configuration rules or limitations
may apply to the SBB. When a difference occurs, the rules will be documented in the tables, diagrams or footnotes.
Description
8677-1XX
48P7052
48P7054
48P7062
8678-41X
33L5037
48P7061
eServer BladeCenter
BladeCenter 1200w Power Supply Modules
BladeCenter 4-port Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module
BladeCenter 2-port Fibre Channel Switch Module
BladeCenter HS20 2.4Ghz/512KB Xeon, 512MB ECC, open
256MB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM
HS20 Fibre Channel Expansion Card
17421RU
17401RU
06P5771
Quantity
1
12
2
2
14
28 3
14
External Storage4
146
1
16
224 5
Citrix Solution1
Part Number
8677-1XX
48P7052
48P7054
8678-41X
48P7063
33L5039
Description
eServer BladeCenter
BladeCenter 1200w Power Supply Modules
BladeCenter 4-port Gigabit Ethernet Switch Module
BladeCenter HS20 2.4Ghz/512KB Xeon, 512MB ECC, open
BladeCenter 40GB 5400rpm ATA-100 HDD
1GB DDR PC2100 ECC RDIMM
Quantity
1
12
2
14
28
56 3
BladeCenter
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
147
il)
Pa
Nu
rt
be
B
(G
ity
c
a
pa
H)
/av
x
Ca
al
t
D
e
g
x
to
(
y
a
T
or
(W
ys
m
St
ns
Ba
te
io
ys
p
ys
um
s
a
a
s
m
b
w
en
lB
xi
m
t-S
Su
ta
Di
Ma
To
Ho
pe
r
Fo
c
Fa
r
to
x
Ma
g
Cf
t
P
S
er
ow
up
Ultra160 LVDS
14
14/142
1027.6
Rack Drawer
(3U) 3
34.5kg
(76.1 lbs)
Redundant
500w
Fibre Channel
10
10/10
1,468
42.3kg
(94lbs)
Redundant
350w
35422RU4
FAStT200 HA
Fibre Channel
10
10/10
1,468
42.3kg
(94lbs)
Redundant
350w
35601RU5 FAStT
EXP500
Fibre Channel
10
10/10
1,468
36.1kg
(79.6lbs)
Redundant
350w
17401RU6 FAStT
EXP700
Fibre Channel
14
14/142
2,055.2
41.47kg
(91.42lbs)
Redundant
400w
1. To attach a SCSI storage enclosure to an xSeries server, an appropriate RAID controller and external cable is required.
See Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers.
2. Supports slim-line drives only (FAStT EXP500 supports either half-high or slim-line HDDs).
3. A rack-to-tower conversion kit option (P/N 09N7296) is available.
4. Identical to FAStT200 (P/N 35421RU) with the addition of a FAStT200 Redundant RAID Controller (P/N 19K1121).
5. Attachment to a FAStT500 Storage Server (P/N 35521RU) or FAStT700 Storage Server (P/N 17421RU) is required. This expansion unit does not attach directly to an xSeries server.
See FAStT EXP500 section for more information.
6. Attachment to a FAStT700 Storage Server (P/N 17401RU) is required. This expansion unit does not attach directly to an xSeries server. See FAStT EXP700 section for more
information.
148
pl
10,000rpm HDDs
15,000rpm HDDs
18.2GB
36.4GB
73.4GB
18.2GB
36.4GB
(06P5754) (06P5755) (06P5756) (06P5767) (06P5768)
Standard in base model
1
36.4GB
54.6GB
72.8GB
91GB
109.2GB
127.4GB
145.6GB
182GB
10
10
218.4GB
12
12
254.8GB
14
14
291.2GB
364.0GB
10
10
436.8GB
12
12
509.6GB
14
14
587.2GB
734GB
10
880.8GB
12
1027.6GB
(max)
14
IBM EXP300
0GB
18.2GB
SCSI ID
0 ... 6
8 ... 14
HS
HS
SL
SL
Yes
Yes
Part
Number
Description
Height
Bays
Max
Supported1 Qty
open
open
RPM
06P5754
10000
SL
1 ... 14
142
06P5755
10000
SL
1 ... 14
142
06P5756
10000
SL
1 ... 14
142
06P5767
15000
SL
1 ... 14
142
06P5768
15000
SL
1 ... 14
142
External Storage
Expansion Units
Form
Factor
35311RU
Rack
(3U)
09N7296
EXP300 Rack-to-Tower
Conversion Kit
1. EXP300 Storage Expansion Unit ships with 14 slim-line hot-swap bays which can be configured as a single
bus, two independent buses or a twintailed single bus.
2. Twintailing reduces the maximum number of HDDs on a single bus to 13.
3. EXP300 includes a single 2M Ultra2 SCSI cable and dual hot-swap 500W redundant power supplies, each
with its own power cord.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
149
EXP3001
35311RU
2 x 0.8mm VHDCI
150
ServeRAID
4x
SERVER
Cable Group A 1
SERVER
ServeRAID
4x
ServeRAID
4x
OR
OR
ServeRAID
4x
Cable Group A 1
Order:
1 x 35311RU
1 x External Cable from Group A1
Up to 14 Ultra2 and/or Ultra160 HDDs
1. One 2M Ultra2 cable is included with each EXP300.
If a longer cable is desired, select one from cable
group A.
IBM EXP300
SCSI IDs 0 . .. 14
Order:
1 x 35311RU
2 x External Cables from Group A 1
Up to 14 Ultra2 and/or Ultra160 HDDs
1. One 2M Ultra2 cable is included with each EXP300.
If a longer cable is desired, select one from cable
group A.
SERVER
ServeRAID
4x
ServeRAID
4x
OR
ServeRAID
4x
Cable Group A1
Order:
1 x 35311RU
2 x External Cables from Group A1
Up to 13 Ultra2 and/or Ultra160 HDDs
1. One 2M Ultra2 cable is included with each EXP300. If a
longer cable is desired, select one from cable group A.
2. Twintailing reduces the maximum number of HDDs on a
single bus to 13.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
151
ti t
io n
s
Ho
(s s t F
td
/m a br
a x ic
Po
)
rt
s
Ma
Co x R
nn ed
ec un
ti o d a
n s nt
Ho
Dr
st
ive
Si
(s
td
/m de M
ax
in
iH
)
ub
s
Re
d
Lo u n d
op
a
s ( nt
D
st
d /m rive
ax
Fo
)
rm
Fa
ct
or
Pa
r
st
Ho
ti o
n
ip
sc
r
De
Pa
r
tN
um
be
M
a
St x S
or up
ag po
e
rt
ed
35601RU
17401RU
00N6881
00N6882
00N6883
19K1121
2108R3L
03K9307
03K9308
03K9305
03K9306
36L9973
24P0960
19K1269
3534F08
2109F16
19K1271
19K1272
19K1247
19K1248
19K1249
19K1250
19K0653
19K0654
06P5707
06P5761
06P5762
32P0765
06P5771
06P5772
1.468TB1
8.8TB2
32.296TB3
32.883TB 4
16
16
16
64
1/1
2/2
4/8
4/8
1
4
4
2/4
2/4
1/1
1/2
1/2
3U
3U
4U
4U
3U
3U
1. Attaching expansion units to a FAStT200 Storage Server is not recommended because a single point-of-failure occurs when external storage is
connected through only one RAID controller. The maximum storage value is based on 10 internal 146.8GB internal FC HDDs.
2. Based on a maximum of 60 146.8GB FC HDDs installed in the redundant storage loop that includes the FAStT200 internal HDD bays and five FAStT
EXP500 expansion units.
3. Based on a maximum of 220 146.8GB FC HDDs installed in a maximum of 22 FAStT EXP500 expansion units. A maximum of 11 expansion units are
supported in a redundant drive loop (cable pair). Four drive-side mini hubs are required to support two loops running in redundant mode.
4. Based on a maximum of 224 146.8GB Fibre Channel HDDs installed in a maximum of 16 FAStT EXP700 expansion units. A maximum of eight expansion
units are supported in a redundant drive loop (cable pair). Four drive-side mini hubs are required to support two loops running in redundant mode.
5. Additional related options include F08 Full Fabric Activation (P/N 18P5060) and Performance Bundle Activation (P/N 18P4405).
6. Additional related options include Remote Switch Activation (P/N 18P3536), Extended Fabric Activation (P/N 18P3580) and F16 Performance Bundle
Activation (P/N 18P3590). Power cords for nonrack installation are available by country.
7. The LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter Cable (P/N 19K1250) is designed to connect any 1Gb device or cable to any 2Gb device or cable. When 2Gb and
1Gb technology are combined in a configuration, the signal transfer automatically converts to the slower speed.
152
10,000rpm HDDs
146.8GB
(P/N 32P0765)
73.4GB
(P/N 19K0654,
06P5762)
36.4GB
(P/N 19K0653,
06P5761)
0GB
15,000rpm HDDs
18.2GB
(P/N 06P5707,
06P5771)
36.4GB
(P/N 06P5772)
18.2GB
36.4GB
54.6GB
72.8GB
73.4GB
91GB
109.2GB
3
4
145.6GB
146.8GB
182GB
10
5
6
218.4GB
220.2GB
254.8GB
7
8
291.2GB
293.6GB
327.6GB
364GB
10
10
367GB
440.4GB
513.8GB
587.2GB
660.6GB
734GB
10
880.8GB
1027.6GB
1174.4GB
1321.2GB
1468GB
10
Part
Number
Description
RPM
Height
Bays
Supported
19K0653
10,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
19K0654
10,000
HH
1 ... 10
10
06P5707
15,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
06P5761
10,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
06P5762
10,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
32P0765
10,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
06P5771
15,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
06P5772
15,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
Form Factor
35421RU
Rack (3U)
35422RU
Rack (3U)
19K1121
1. The FAStT200 includes two hot-swap, 350W auto-ranging redundant power supplies, each with its own power cord.
2. Can be upgraded to FAStT200 HA Storage Server through the addition of a FAStT200 Redundant RAID Controller (P/N 19K1121).
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
153
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
Bay 1
Bay 2
Bay 3
Bay 4
Bay 5
Bay 6
Bay 7
Bay 8
Bay 9
Bay 10
Loop A
Loop B
IN = connection to host
OUT = connection to expansion units
1. Housed in a 19in rack-mountable drawer and ships standard with redundant power supplies
and two power cables requiring separate power sources. Requires an IBM industry standard
19in rack, EIA-310D with a minimum depth of 24in (711.2mm). Select optional storage
controllers and external cables, which are not included with the FAStT storage server or
external enclosure, using the Fibre Channel Device Ports Reference.
2. 35421RU includes a single loop only. The second loop is created with the addition of
FAStT200 Redundant RAID Controller (P/N 19K1121).
3. GBICs are not included. Either Fibre Channel long-wave GBICs (P/N 03K9307)
or short-wave (P/N 03K9308) GBICs may be used.
154
1.
FAStT Host
Adapter 1
D1
D1
FAStT Host
Adapter 1
2.
FAStT EXP500
P
FAStT Host
Adapter 1
D1
S
D1
FAStT Host
Adapter1
D1
3.
FAStT EXP500
D1
E
Switch/Hub
P
Switch/Hub 2
FAStT Host
Adapter1
FAStT EXP500
D1
D1
D1 or E
FAStT Host
D1
S
D1
D1 or E
D1
Adapter 1
Switch/Hub
FAStT Host
Adapter 1
D1 or E
D1
FAStT Host
Adapter1
P
FAStT EXP500
Switch/Hub
4.
FAStT Host
Adapter1
FAStT EXP500
D1
D1 or E
D1
D1
D1
Refer to the following Supported Cable Groups chart for cable type definitions.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
155
19K1271
19K1272
156
10,000rpm HDDs
36.4GB
(P/N 19K0653,
06P5761)
0GB
15,000rpm HDDs
146.8GB
(P/N 32P0765)
73.4GB
(P/N 19K0654,
06P5762)
18.2GB
(P/N 06P5707,
06P5771)
36.4GB
(P/N 06P5772)
18.2GB
36.4GB
54.6GB
72.8GB
73.4GB
91GB
109.2GB
145.6GB
146.8GB
182GB
10
5
6
218.4GB
220.2GB
254.8GB
7
8
291.2GB
293.6GB
327.6GB
364GB
10
10
367GB
440.4GB
513.8GB
587.2GB
660.6GB
734GB
10
880.8GB
1027.6GB
1174.4GB
1321.2GB
1468GB
10
Part
Number
19K0653
Description
Netfinity 36.4GB 10K-4 FC Hot-Swap
HDD
RPM
Height
Bays
Supported
10,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
19K0654
10,000
HH
1 ... 10
10
06P5707
15,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
06P5761
10,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
06P5762
10,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
32P0765
10,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
06P5771
15,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
06P5772
15,000
SL
1 ... 10
10
Form Factor
Rack (3U)
1. The FAStT EXP500 includes two hot-swap, 350W auto-ranging redundant power supplies, each with its own power cord.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
157
FAStT EXP5001
Fibre Channel
Connectors2
35601RU
OUT
IN
OUT
IN
Bay 1
Bay 2
Bay 3
Bay 4
Bay 5
Bay 6
Bay 7
Bay 8
Bay 9
Bay 10
Loop A
Loop B
158
D1
FAStT Host
Adapter1
1.
FAStT EXP500
D1
P
FAStT Host
Adapter1
Note: The following sample configurations are for illustration only and may not be suitable
for any specific customer installation. Contact your IBM Business Partner or IBM Marketing
Representative for assistance with your specific configuration requirements.
D1
D1
2.
D1
FAStT Host
Adapter1
FAStT EXP500
D1
P
Switch/Hub
D1 or E
D1
D1
3.
FAStT Host
Adapter1
Switch/Hub
FAStT EXP500
D1
P
P
FAStT EXP500
Switch/Hub 2
D1
D1 or E
S
D1
FAStT Host
Adapter1
D1
Switch/Hub
FAStT EXP500
D1
D1 or E
FAStT Host
Adapter1
P
D1
4.
FAStT EXP500
D1
FAStT EXP500
D1
FAStT Host
Adapter1
Switch/Hub
FAStT Host
Adapter1
D1
D1 or E
S
D1
Refer to the Supported Cable Groups chart following the FAStT 200 configuration examples for cable type definitions.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
159
D2
FAStT700 Storage Server
(P/N 17421RU)
D1 or D22
1.
FAStT EXP500
D2
D1 or D2 2
2.
D2
(2109F16)
D1 or D22
FAStT EXP500
P
S
D2 or E
D1 or
D2
3.
SAN FC Switch
D1 or D22
P
FAStT EXP500
D1
D1 or D2 2
D2
D2
D1 or D22
D2
FAStT EXP500
(2109F16)3
D22
D2 or E
FAStT EXP500
P
S
SAN FC Switch
(2109F16)
4.
FAStT EXP500
D1
FAStT EXP500
D1
P
FAStT FC-2 Host
Bus Adapter1
D2
FAStT FC-2 Host
Bus Adapter1
D2 or E
D1 or D22
1. FAStT FC-2 Host Bus Adapter (P/N 19K1246) includes an integrated short-wave SFF Module, supporting short-wave connections only.
2. Fibre Channel connections to the FAStT EXP500 require GBICs. LC-LC Fibre Channel cable does not connect directly into a GBIC. LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter Cable (P/N
19K1250) is required. Use SC Fibre Channel cable for daisy-chaining FAStT EXP500 units (see the Supported Cable Groups chart for a list of SC cables).
3. Buffering the long-wave optic cable expanse with a second switch or hub at the remote storage location is required to requalify the signal.
P = primary path, S = secondary (redundant) path
Shaded boxes represent separate hosts.
Cable groups are represented by letters in parenthesis.
Maximum of 220 external storage HDDs are supported through a maximum of 11 enclosures in each channel pair (22 enclosures total).
The number of servers that can be used in configurations with managed hubs or Fibre Channel switches are dependent on partitioning restrictions of the management system
or cluster software.
An optional short- or long-wave GBIC is required for all FAStT500 EXP500 storage connections. FAStT700 and 2Gb FC switch connections require SFP Modules. LC-SC FC
Adapter Cables are required to connect LC-LC FC cables to GBICs in FAStT EXP500 connections. GBICs, SFP Modules and adapter cables are not depicted in these diagrams.
See device drawings at the end of this section for details.
For specific requirements concerning connections, refer to the Fibre Device Ports Reference or Fibre Interconnection Guidelines.
Refer to the Supported Cable Groups chart following the FAStT 200 configuration examples for cable type definitions.
160
10,000RPM HDDs
15,000RPM HDDs
36.4GB
(P/N 06P5761)
73.4GB
(P/N 06P5762)
18.2GB
36.4GB
18.2GB
(P/N 06P5771)
36.4GB
(P/N 06P5772)
54.6GB
72.8GB
73.4GB
91GB
109.2GB
127.4GB
145.6GB
4
-
146.8GB
163.8GB
182GB
10
200.2GB
11
218.4GB
12
220.2GB
236.6GB
13
254.8GB
14
291.2GB
293.6GB
327.6GB
364GB
10
10
367GB
400.4GB
11
11
12
436.8GB
12
440.4GB
473.6GB
13
13
510GB
14
14
513.8GB
587.2GB
660.6GB
734GB (max)
10
807.4GB
11
880.8GB
12
954.2GB
13
1027.6GB
14
1174.4GB
1321.2GB
1468GB
10
1614.8GB
11
1761.6GB
12
1908.4GB
13
2055.2GB
14
0GB
146.8GB
(P/N 32P0765)
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
161
Part
Number
Description
RPM
Height
Bays
Supported
Max Qty
14
06P5761
10,000
SL
1 ... 14
06P5762
10,000
SL
1 ... 14
14
32P0765
10,000
SL
1 ... 14
14
06P5771
15,000
SL
1 ... 14
14
06P5772
15,000
SL
1 ... 14
14
Form Factor
Rack (3U)
1. The FAStT EXP700 includes two hot-swap, 400w auto-ranging redundant power supplies, each with its own power cord.
FAStT EXP7001
17401RU
Out
Fibre Channel
Connectors2
Out
In
In
Bay 14
Bay 13
Bay 12
Bay 11
Bay 10
Bay 9
Bay 8
Bay 7
Bay 6
Bay 5
Bay 4
Bay 3
Bay 2
Bay 1
Loop A
Loop B
162
FC2-133 Host
Bus Adapter1
D2
FAStT700 Storage Server
(P/N 17421RU)
FAStT EXP700
D2
1.
FC2-133 Host
Bus Adapter1
D2
D2
2.
D2
FC2-133 Host
Bus Adapter1
(2109F16)
FAStT EXP700
D2
P
S
D2 or E
D2
D2
3.
FC2-133 Host
Bus Adapter1
SAN FC Switch
(2109F16)2
FAStT EXP700
D2
FC2-133 Host
Bus Adapter1
FAStT EXP700
D2
P
D2
D2
FAStT EXP700
D2
D2 or E
FC2-133 Host
Bus Adapter1
D2
P
S
P
SAN FC Switch
(2109F16)
FAStT EXP700
4.
P
FC2-133 Host
Bus Adapter1
FAStT EXP700
D2
FC2-133 Host
Bus Adapter1
D2 or E
S
D2
1. FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter (P/N 24P0960) includes an integrated short-wave SFF Module, supporting short-wave connections only.
2. Buffering the long-wave optic cable expanse with a second switch or hub at the remote storage location is required to requalify the signal.
P = primary path, S = secondary (redundant) path.
Shaded boxes represent separate hosts.
Cable groups are represented by letters in parenthesis.
A maximum of 224 external storage HDDs are supported through a maximum of eight enclosures in a redundant loop (cable pair). The maximum number of enclosures
supported is 16. A maximum of two loops running in redundant mode are supported with four drive-side mini hubs.
The number of servers that can be used in configurations with managed hubs or Fibre Channel switches are dependent on partitioning restrictions of the management system
or cluster software.
An optional short- or long-wave SFP Module is required for all FAStT EXP700 storage connections. FAStT700 and 2Gb Fibre Channel switch connections require SFP Modules.
SFP Modules and adapter cables are not depicted in these diagrams. See device drawings at the end of this section for details.
For specific requirements concerning connections, refer to the Fibre Device Ports Reference or Fibre Interconnection Guidelines.
Refer to the Supported Cable Groups chart following the FAStT 200 configuration examples for cable type definitions.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
163
164
00N6881
24P0960
00
N
Ho 6 8
s t 81
Ad FA
ap StT
te
00
r
N6
Mi
88
ni
2
Hu FA
b 1 S tT
24
P
H o 096
st
0
Bu F C
s A 2 -1
19
da 33
K1
pt
Re
er
1
d u 21
n R Fa
st
a
T
21
id
0
Co 2 0 0
G a 8 R3
nt
ro
te
L
lle
SA
wa
r1
yR N
o u Da t
35
a
te
42
r
St
1R
or
ag U FA
eS
S
35
e r tT 2
4
ve 1 0 0
St 22 R
r
or
U
ag
FA
e
S e S tT
35
2
rv
5
er 1 00 H
St 21 R
A
or
ag U FA
eS
St
T
er
35
ve 1 5 0 0
6
r
EX 01 R
P5
U
0 0 1 FA
St
T
35
SA 34F
0
N
Po
Sw 8 To
rt 2
i tc t a
lS
h
21
F 0 to r
8 - ag
Ch 0 9F
8- e
1
a
16 nne 6 SA
l
-p
N
o r 2 Swi Fi
tc b re
17 t
h,
4
F C 21 R
U
St
F
or
ag ASt
T
e
19
S e 70 0
K
rv
H u 12
er 2
b 2 69
FA
St
T
17
Mi
4
ni
EX 01 R
U
P7
0 0 2 FA
St
T
19
K
Ch 1 2
an 50
L
n
Ca
bl 5 e l A C-S
e
da C F
pt
e r i b re
ip
sc
r
De
Pa
rt
Nu
ti o
n
be
S
S7
S
S7
S
S7
S
S7
S
S7
S6
S
S6
S
S6
S
S6
S
H
H
S6
S6
E7
E7
S7
E7
E7
E7
E7
E7
S7
E7
E7
E7
S
S
S7
S7
H
-
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
H
H
S7
H
E
S7
S7
E
E
H
H
E6
E6
S7
E7
H
H
S7
E7
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
H
S Short-wave connection only. See Fibre Device Ports Reference section for GBIC, SFP module or integrated optical port information.
E Either short-wave or long-wave connections allowed via the appropriate GBIC or SFP module. See Fibre Device Ports Reference section for
GBIC, SFP module or integrated optical port information.
H Hardware connection: One of these devices installs directly into the other, e.g., the FAStT500 Mini Hub (P/N 00N6882) installs directly into the
FAStT500 Storage Server (P/N 35521RU) to provide GBIC availability.
1. This device requires the use of GBICs. Purchase of GBICs may be needed in order to make connections to this device. See the Fibre Device
Ports Reference section for GBIC or integrated optical port information.
2. This device requires a long- or short-wave SFP module. See Fibre Device Ports Reference for additional information.
3. Additional related options include F08 Full Fabric Activation (P/N 18P5060) and Performance Bundle Activation (P/N 18P4405).
4. Additional related options include Remote Switch Activation (P/N 18P3536), Extended Fabric Activation (P/N 18P3580) and F16 Performance
Bundle Activation (P/N 18P3590). Power cords for nonrack installation are available by country.
5. The LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter Cable (P/N 19K1250) is designed to connect any 1Gb device or cable to any 2Gb device or cable. When
2Gb and 1Gb technology are combined in a configuration, the signal transfer automatically converts to the slower speed.
6. When connected to 2Gb devices or cable, LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter Cable (P/N 19K1250) is required.
7. When connected to 1Gb devices or cable, LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter Cable (P/N 19K1250) is required.
8. Compatible only with BladeCenter. Supports two SFP modules (either short- or long-wave).
Description
00N6881
00N6882
03K9307
03K9308
19K1121
2108R3L
3534F08
2109F16
35421RU
35422RU
35521RU
35601RU
24P0960
17421RU
19K1269
17401RU
19K1250
19K1271
19K1272
48P7062
Total
Integrated
Mini
Mini
GBIC or SFP
Connections
Ports5
Hubs
Hubs
Module
Possible
Possible Installed
Ports
-
2
2
GBICs or SFP
Modules
Included5
1
2
1
1
2
1
-
8
16
2
4
12
4
1
12
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
-
8
8
-
4
4
-
8
16
2
4
121
4
12
2
4
-
410
811
-
Part
Number
1. Each FAStT500 Mini Hub provides two GBIC ports. The host-side mini hubs connect to one of two Fibre Channel controllers in the FAStT500 Storage Server. The drive-side mini hubs
each connect to both Fibre Channel controllers. Full redundancy requires connection to two drive-side and two host-side mini hubs. Drive-side mini hubs support connection to one port
only.
2. Provides one integrated short-wave optical port and two SCSI ports for tape storage connections (one LVD or HVD and one single-ended).
3. Additional related options include F08 Full Fabric Activation (P/N 18P5060) and Performance Bundle Activation (P/N 18P4405).
4. Additional related options include Remote Switch Activation (P/N 18P3536), Extended Fabric Activation (P/N 18P3580) and F16 Performance Bundle Activation (P/N 18P3590). Power
cords for nonrack installation are available by country.
5. Standard GBICs, SFP Modules and integrated optical ports are short-wave.
6. FAStT500 Storage Server supports up to eight nonredundant or four redundant host connections and two redundant storage drive loops.
7. FAStT700 Storage Server supports up to eight nonredundant or four redundant host connections and two redundant storage drive loops.
8. Each FAStT700 Mini Hub provides two SFP Module ports. The host-side mini hubs connect to one of two Fibre Channel controllers in the FAStT700 Storage Server. The drive side mini
hubs each connect to both Fibre Channel controllers. Full redundancy requires connection to two drive-side and two host-side mini hubs. Drive-side mini hubs support connection to one
port only.
9. The LC-SC Fibre Channel Adapter Cable (P/N 19K1250) is designed to connect any 1Gb device or cable to any 2Gb device or cable. When 2Gb and 1Gb technology are combined
in a configuration, the signal transfer automatically converts to the slower speed.
10. Four short-wave SFP modules are standard. Either short-wave or long-wave modules can populate the other four ports.
11. Eight short-wave SFP modules are standard. Either short-wave or long-wave modules can populate the other eight ports.
12. Compatible only with BladeCenter. Supports two SFP modules (either short- or long-wave).
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
165
Mini hub
Mini hub
GBIC
ports
GBIC
ports
Mini hub
SFP
Module
ports
SFP
Module
ports
Power supplies
Power supplies
GBIC ports
SFP Module
GBIC
GBIC ports
Hot-swap
fan
Hot-swap
power supplies
Hot-swap
fan
166
Hot-swap
fan
Hot-swap
power supplies
Hot-swap
fan
Hot-swap fan
Hot-swap
power
GBIC port
Hot-swap Fan
RS-232
Hot-swap Power
GBIC Port
Hot-swap Fan
GBIC ports
8-port switch
P/N 2109S08
P/N 2109S08
GBIC ports
with GBICs
GBIC Port
Hot-swap fan
Contains a single hot-plug RAID controller which provides a single host Fibre
Channel arbitrated loop and a single storage Fibre Channel arbitrated loop.
Can be upgraded to a FAStT200 HA Storage Server through the addition of a
FAStT200 Redundant RAID Controller (P/N 19K1121).
Integrated 10/100Mbps Ethernet connector and RS-232 service support
port.
Two hot-swap 350W auto-ranging, redundant power supplies.
Redundant fans: two hot-swap, dual-fan units.
LED indicators on all critical components warn of faults, over-temperature,
and other abnormalities.
Ten drive bays - supports slim-line or half-high Fibre Channel hot-swap
HDDs.
Height is 3U (1U=1.75in or 44.45mm).
Supports long- and short-wave connections. Requires optional GBICs for
each connection. GBICs not included.
GBIC ports
with GBICs
RS-232
GBIC ports
16-port switch
P/N 2109S16
GBIC ports
with GBICs
Serial port
Power
GBIC port
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
167
IBM NetBAY25
Standard Rack
9306-250
IBM NetBAY11
Standard Rack
9306-110
IBM NetBAY42
Enterprise Rack
9308-42S, 42E
U
40
40
B
30
30
U
B
A
20
20
20
U
10
10
10
IBM NetBAY11
Standard Rack
IBM NetBAY25
Standard Rack3
IBM NetBAY42
Standard Rack
IBM NetBAY42
Enterprise Rack
9306110
9306250
9306420
9306421
930842S
930842E
11U
25U
42U
42U
42U
42U
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Side Stabilizers
NR
NR
Std
Std
NR
NR
Casters
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Leveling Feet
NA
Std
Std
Std
Std
Side Covers
Std
Std
Std
NR
Std
NR
NA
NA
NR
Std
NR
Std
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
NA
Std
Std
Std
Std
Std
611 / 24.1
1360 / 53.5
2076 / 81.7
2076 / 81.7
2020 / 79.5
2020 / 79.5
Width (mm/in)
518 / 20.4
600 / 23.6
600 / 23.6
600 / 23.6
648 / 25.5
648 / 25.5
Depth (mm/in)
873 / 34.4
1000 / 39.4
1000 / 39.4
1000 / 39.4
1105 / 43.5
1105 / 43.5
34 / 75
80 / 177
117 / 258
92 / 202
261 / 575
234 / 516
182 / 401
385 / 849
646 / 1424
646 / 1424
667 / 1470
667 / 1470
216 / 476
465 / 1026
763 / 1682
738 / 1626
928 / 2045
901 / 1986
Shippable Loaded5
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
NR - Not Required
NA - Not Available
1U=1.75in (44.5mm)
1. Conforms to EIA 310 - D Standard 19in rack specification for a Type A cabinet with universal hole spacing.
2. Required to attach racks together to make a suite.
3. Display and keyboard may be placed on top of the NetBAY25.
4. Minimum clearance to the ceiling is 305mm / 12in.
5. Shippable loaded means the cabinet is capable of being transported with equipment installed. Required packaging is provided.
The integrator/assembler is responsible for assuring the stability of the shipped configuration. Rack Integration Services are
available from IBM.
168
10
9308-42E
NetBAY42EX
Enterprise
Racks1
9308-42S
NetBAY42ER
37L6860
8Ux24D Rack-to-Tower Kit
59P4211
5Ux24D Tower-to-Rack Kit iII
32P1474
7Ux26D Tower-to-Rack Kit
37L6859
8Ux24D Tower-to-Rack Kit
09N4300
4Ux20D Tower-to-Rack Kit
59P4817
4U Extended Depth
Tower-to-Rack Conversion Kit
9306-110
NetBAY11
9306-250
NetBAY25SR
9306-420
NetBAY42SR
9306-421
NetBAY 42SX
Standard Racks1
Conversion Kits
Servers
xSeries 2052
xSeries 225 2
xSeries 235
xSeries 255
X
X
X
X
X
X
xSeries 305 3
xseries 335
xSeries 345
xSeries 360
xSeries 440
BladeCenter
1. See the first page of Rack Cabinets and Options section for additional information concerning IBM rack-supported devices.
2. Rack installation requires appropriate conversion kit.
3. Blank filler panels (P/N 94G6670) should be placed on the front of any unused rack space to aid proper airflow through the system
units. If non-IBM racks are used, assure that both the front and rear doors offer a minimum of 45% open area uniformly distributed and in
line with the installed servers. A clearance of at least 51mm (2in) must be maintained between the front door and the system units front
bezel. The rear door must maintain the same or greater clearance. Nonrack installations are not supported.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
169
20
43
340/485
1/1
8647
26
57
420/600
1/1
8647
26
57
350/500
2/2
x2353
8671
24
83
560/800
1/2
x255 4
8685
25
120
530/1000
2/211
x305 5
8673
17
28
140/200
1/1
x3355
8676
26
29
245/340
1/1
Size
(U)8
Depth
(in)9
Approx
Weight
(lbs)
8480
Machine
Type /
Model
Number of P/S
and Line Cords
basic/max
x2051
x2252
Description
Power (Watts)
Typical/Max
(All cords to same
source)
x345
8670
29
62
350/500
1/2
x360
8686
28
62
520/740
1/3
x4407
8687
28
120
800/950
2/2
8677
28
134
1050/1500
2/2
8677
28
230
2100/3000
4/4
86841RU
26
56
260/370
2/2
I/O Units:
RXE-100
Storage Units:
EXP300
35311RU
21
90
285/360
2/2
FAStT200
35421RU
22
56
275/390
2/2
FAStT200HA
35422RU
22
56
275/390
2/2
FAStT500
35521RU
24
76
140/200
2/2
FAStT700
17421RU
24
85
140/200
2/2
FAStT EXP500
35601RU
22
61
245/350
2/2
FAStT EXP700
17401RU
23
91
245/350
2/2
FC Switch 8-port
3534F08
17
17
-/50
1/1
FC Switch 16-port
2109F16
25
28
-/200
1/2
2
1
Tape Units:
NetMEDIA
3551001
19
37
130/185
2/2
0034B0X
18
39
300/430
1/1
4560SLX
31
70
300/430
1/1
Other Options:
170
09N4290
-/100
1/1
09N4291
-/100
1/1
1735L04
-/7
1/1
1735R16
11
-/40
1/1
32P1031
24
28
-/100
1/1
32P1032
24
26
-/100
1/1
32P1702
27
33
-/100
1/1
32P1703
27
31
-/100
1/1
1
1
1
1
Part Number
Usable with
126w
18P3576
2109-F16
350w
59P4057
x345
370w
31P6108
x360, RXE-100
370w
31P6133
x25511
560w
33P2753
x23512
1200w
48P7052
BladeCenter
Power Supply
Standard Power
Cords
1
1
1
2
2
1. Requires 4Ux20D Tower-to-Rack Kit (P/N 09N4300) to mount server unit into an EIA rack cabinet.
2. Requires 4U Extended Depth Tower to Rack Conversion Kit (P/N 59P4817) to mount server unit into an EIA rack cabinet.
3. Requires 5Ux24D Tower-to-Rack Kit III (P/N 59P4211) to mount server unit into an EIA rack cabinet. Models are available
with both a single 560w power supply and two hot-swap 560w power supplies.
4. Tower models require 7Ux26D Tower-to-Rack Kit (P/N 32P1474) to mount server unit into an EIA rack cabinet.
5. To provide adequate cooling, blank filler panel kit (P/N 94G6670) should be placed on the front of any unused rack space.
If non-IBM racks are to be used, assure that both front and rear doors offer a minimum of 48% open area uniformly distributed
and in line with installed servers. A clearance of 51 to 64mm (2 to 2.5in) must be maintained between the front of the door and
the system units front bezel. The rear door must maintain the same or greater clearance. Nonrack or NetBAY3 installations
are not supported.
6. x370 requires installation of extension kit (P/N 36L9703 or 36L9702) when installed in a 9306-900, 910 or 9306-200,
respectively, for proper rear door clearance.
7. Internal power supply logic limits low voltage (100-127VAC) to 550w per power supply. Thus, configurations requiring more
power are not redundant for low voltage installations, e.g., configurations with more than two processors.
8. 1U = 1.75in (44.45mm).
9. The Rack Extension Kits (P/N 36L9703 or 36L9702) add eight inches to the rear of a 9306-900, 910 or 9306-200 for cable
management and are recommended for systems greater than 24 inches in depth.
10. Optional rack power cords: P/N 94G6667 - 14ft NEMA 5-15P; P/N 94G7448 - 14ft IEC 320-C14.
11. Additional power cords are not required. This power supply option shares use of line cords provided with the base system.
Should be ordered in pairs to maintain redundancy.
12. Option includes two 560w hot-swap power supplies and a power backplane.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
171
Rack Options
172
Part Number
Description
28L4707
28L3644
94G7444
Monitor Compartment
Information
Supports keyboards in racks, also used with Flat Panel Monitor Rack Mount Kit II
1U, includes TrackPoint IV, requires Rack Keyboard Tray (P/N 28L4707)
633147N
63324HN
32P1702
2U, built-in 15in Flat Panel Monitor (15in viewable image), includes SpaceSaver
Keyboard-US English (P/N 28L3644)
32P1703
2U, built-in 15in Flat Panel Monitor (15in viewable image), space for SpaceSaver
Keyboard
32P1031
1U, built-in 15in Flat Panel Monitor (15in viewable image), includes SpaceSaver
Keyboard - US English (P/N 28L3644)
32P1032
1U, built-in 15in Flat Panel Monitor (15in viewable image), space for SpaceSaver
Keyboard
09N4290
09N4291
09N4293
94G7447
1735L04
1U, mounts in sidewall compartments, EIA space or behind 1U Console Kit; supports
one to 64 servers, one local console
1735R16
1U, mounts in sidewall compartments or EIA space; supports one to 256 servers, one
local console and two remote consoles
32P1636
Converts the console signals of servers without cable management arms (not on slides)
so they can be chained to connect to a Local or Remote Console Manager using Cat5
cable
32P1652
Converts the console signals of servers with cable management arms (on slides) so
they can be chained to connect to a Local or Remote Console Manager using Cat5
cable
32P1637
94G6666
37L6866
1U, 100-240V, 15A, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, seven IEC 320-C13
outlets, requires one NEMA L5-20R or L6-20R wall receptacle
37L6865
1U, 100-240V, 15/10A, mounts in sidewall compartment or EIA space, four IEC 320-C13
outlets, requires two NEMA L5-20R or L6-20R wall receptacles
37L6883
1U, 100-127V, 24A, mounts in sidewall compartment, three IEC 320-C19 outlets, requires
one NEMA L5-30R wall receptacle
37L6884
1U, 200-240V, 24A, mounts in sidewall compartment, three IEC 320-C19 outlets, requires
one NEMA L6-30R wall receptacle
73P5790
NetBAY 200-240v Single-phase 60a Front-end PDU 1U, 200-240v, 48a, mounts in sidewall compartmenr, three IEC 320-C19 outlets, requires
(US)
one IEC 309 2P+G wall receptacle
37L6886
32P1020
94G6676
3U, 120V, 22.5A, eight NEMA 5-15R outlets, requires one NEMA L5-30R wall receptacle
2U, 120V, 9.5A, six NEMA 5-15R outlets, requires one NEMA L5-15R wall receptacle
2130R30
UPS3000XLV (US)
2U, 120v, 24a, six IEC C13 outlets, 1 NEMA L5-20R outlet, requires one NEMA L5-30R
wall receptacle
2130R31
UPS3000XHV (US)
2U, 200-240v, 14.25a, seven IEC C13 outlets, 1 IEC C19 outlet, requires one NEMA L630R wall receptacle
32P1692
37L6861
94G6670
94G7442
Fixed Shelf
2U, up to four may be attached to the UPS3000XLV or XHV to extend run time when
using the batteries
5U, 208V, 18.75A, eight IEC 320-C13 outlets, two IEC 320-C19 outlets, requires one
NEMA L6-30R wall receptacle; ships standard with two IEC 320-C19 to C20 cables to
support PDUs
Consists of one 5U, one 3U, and two 1U blank filler panels
Supports up to 100lbs
94G6667
94G7448
D
K
A
H
G
L
Device
Extension
Front
9306-110
(inches)
9306-xxx
(inches)
9308-xxx
(inches)
Description
Box Footprint
A
20.4
23.6
25.5
Width of rack
34.4
39.4
43.5
21
24
26
Operational Clearance
D
24.4
27.6
29.5
74.4
93.4
110
30
36
36
10
24
26
Service Clearance
I
26
95.6
97.5
78.3
129.4
133.5
2.8
36
36
36
60
60
30
30
30
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
173
174
Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing later in this section.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
175
Refer to the cable labeling key in the Cable Options table appearing later in this section.
176
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
177
178
Switch Options
Ports
Capacity
Standard Parts
Cat5 terminator
EIA mounting
brackets
side-wall mounting
brackets
PS2
PS2
16
09N4291
KVM
PS2
PS2
64
1735L04
Local Console
Manager
ACT
Cat5
PS2
64
64
32
1735R16
Remote Console
Manager
ACT
Cat5
16
PS2
256
256
16
16
128
16
LAN
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
local consoles
remote consoles
KVM
Type of
switch Type
C2T chains
09N4290
Part
Number Description
Two-level
Tiering
KVM switches
OUT
ACT chains
IN
2x8
LCM
RCM
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
yes
no
yes
yes
yes
Updated 01/21/03
Console Cable Set - 12ft
[a]
94G7447
[b]
with server
Description
09N4293
[a]
Part
Number
Label
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
Cable Options
Usage
-
[c]
06P4792
[d]
32P1636
[e]
32P1652
[f]
32P1637
x330, x335
[g]
Cat5 cable
1. PS2 KVM connectors: keyboard 5-pin DIN, mouse 5-pin DIN, video HD-15 VGA.
2. C2T interconnect ports use special connectors.
3. ACT conversion options convert from PS2 KVM or C2T interconnect to Cat5 RJ45 connectors.
4. Short C2T chaining cable included standard with the C2T-capable servers.
5. C2T Cable Kit (P/N 06P4792) includes a long C2T chaining cable for use when interconnect servers are farther than three EIA units apart.
NOTE: KVM switches may be interconnected to form a two-leval tier for attaching up to 16, 32 or 64 servers.
179
Rack Console Options
Rack PDU
7 outlets-C13
100-240Vac
15a
Redundant Power
Distribution
Device/Unit
(1)
P/S
(1)
P
D C13
U
Units with
redundant p/s
P
D
U
P
D
U
up to 7
(2)
P/S
P/S
(2)
PDU used as
UPS back-end
Device/Unit
(1)
(1)
P
D
U
Units with
redundant p/s
P
D
U
C13
C19
Units with
redundant p/s
P
D
U
P
D
U
C13
(2)
(3)
(3)
UPS
UPS
(2)
(6)
(6)
(3)
UPS
(6)
P
D
U
P
D
U
F
E
P
D
U
(4)
Front-end PDU
3 outlets - C19
1 inlet - hardwired
F
E
P
D
U
P
D
U
Rack Rules:
Total PDUs (LV PDUs, HV PDUs, Rack PDUs, Server PDUs, FE PDUs) = 8
Total Server PDUs = 3
Total Front-end PDUs = 2
P
D
U
P
D
U
P
D
U
(5)
Rack
Cabinet
(4)
F
E
P
D
U
Outlets
(5)
NOTES:
1. Each device/unit usually comes with a power cord. The PDU requires the power cord to have an
IEC 320-C14 plug. Order P/N 94G7448 (14ft) if appropriate cord is not provided by the device/unit.
2. Each PDU and UPS comes with a country-specific power cord.
3. Internal rack power cable provided with APC SmartUPS 5000 UPS.
4. Internal rack power cable provided with Front-end PDU.
5. Line cord provided with Front-end PDU.
6. UPS comes with a country-specific power cord or a terminal block.
7. Customer responsible to provide a dedicated circuit for each line cord protected with an
appropriate circuit breaker.
8. P/S = Power Supply.
180
Outlets:
C19
C13
Rack PDU
Server PDU
Front-end PDU
US models
Outlets
EMEA models
C19
C13
NEMA
C19
C13
APC 1400RMB
APC 3000RMB
APC 5000RMB
Part
Number
37L6866
Source Circuit
(single phase 50/
60Hz)
Plug Type
PDU Output
(single phase 50/60Hz)
NEMA L5-20P
100-127Vac, 20a
NEMA L6-20P
200-240Vac, 20a
Part
Number
Plug Type
PDU Output
(single phase 50/60Hz)
three 100-127Vac, 20a each, shared
24a
37L6883
NEMA L5-30P
37L6884
NEMA L6-30P
37L6886
NEMA L21-30P
High Voltage
208V
1 phase
w/neutral
Low Voltage
115-127V
1 phase
20a
NEMA L5-20R
1700W
208V C
L5-30P
920W
208V
line-to-line
w/ground
30a
920W
920W
load
5-15P
15a
1660W
1660W
1640W
1640W
1640W
1 ph
208V
3 phase
w/neutral
120V
L21-30P
W
1600W
1 ph
4990W
Typical Office
115Vac
shared 24a
W
3-wire
1 ph
1660W
3100W max
L6-30P
shared 24a
2760W
Updated 01/21/03
3100W
L5-20P
wall outlet
NEMA 5-15R
20a
115V
115-127V
1 phase
30a
NEMA L5-30R
L6-20P
5-wire
3 ph
4920W
NOTE: Actual power values (watts) may vary based on actual source voltage.
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
181
NetBAY Rack
Power Configurator
Power Cables:
Part
Number
Plug Type
37L6866
NEMA L5-20P
100-127Vac, 20a
NEMA L6-20P
200-240Vac, 20a
PDU Output
(single phase 50/60Hz)
seven 100-127Vac, shared 15a
37L6868
CEE7-VII
220-240Vac, 16a
37L6870
IEC 309-2P+Gnd
220-240Vac, 16a
37L6872
SII 32
220-240Vac, 16a
37L6874
CEI 23-16
220-240Vac, 16a
37L6876
SABS 164
220-240Vac, 16a
06P6028
BS 1363/A
220-240Vac, 13a
37L6864
country-specific line
cord provided by IBM
country specific
Part
Number
Plug Type
PDU Output
(single phase 50/60Hz)
three 100-127Vac, 20a each, shared
30a
37L6883
NEMA L5-30P
37L6884
NEMA L6-30P
37L6886
NEMA L21-30P
37L6885
IEC 309-2P+Gnd
37L6887
IEC 309-3P+N+Gnd
220-240Vac
various @
220V
230V
235V
240V
3300W
3450W
3525W
3600W
@ country specific:
IEC 309-2P+G
CEE7-VII
SII 32
SABS 164
BS 1363 w/fuse
CEI 23-16
etc.
1 phase
16a
230V
235V
240V
2346W 2453W
2506W
2560W
230V
235V
240V
2346W 2453W
2506W
2560W
230V
235V
240V
2346W 2453W
2506W
2560W
230V
235V
240V
220V
C
220-240Vac
220V
shared 32a
309-2P+G
1 phase
1 ph
32a
220V
220V 230V 235V 240V
7040W 7360W 7620W 7680W
220V
C
380-415Vac
3 phase
230V
235V
240V
3300W 3450W
3525W
3600W
230V
235V
240V
3300W 3450W
3525W
3600W
32a
3 ph
w/neutral
182
3600W
220V
309-3P+N+G
220V
220V
9900W
240V
230V
235V
10350W 10575W 10800W
Part
Number
37L6866
Plug Type
PDU Output
(single phase 50/60Hz)
NEMA L5-20P
100Vac, 20a
NEMA L6-20P
200Vac, 20a
Part
Number
Plug Type
PDU Output
(single phase 50/60Hz)
three 100-127Vac, 20a each, shared
30a
37L6883
NEMA L5-30P
37L6884
NEMA L6-30P
37L6886
NEMA L21-30P
37L6885
IEC 309-2P+Gnd
37L6887
IEC 309-3P+N+Gnd
NetBAY Rack
Power Configurator
High Voltage
200V
1 phase
100V
1 phase
20a
L6-20P
20a
Low Voltage
3000W
L5-20P
C
1500W
200V C
200V
1 phase
L6-30P
30a
2000W
shared 30a
2000W
2000W
1570W
1570W
1570W
1 ph
6000W
200V
3 phase
w/neutral
30a
115V
L21-30P
W
3 ph
Updated 01/21/03
4700W
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
183
s
Da
I n ta / C
clu le
de a n
in g
d
Ca
Ex
r tr
tT
idg
ap
es
e
En
cl
os
ur
es 1
nc
l
bl
e
nI
Ca
al
at
io
in
m
Te
r
te
rn
c/s e
MB
In
(G
e
Fo
r
Ma
Co x s t
o
m
p r 2 ra g
or
Fa
ct
m
In
te
SI
SC
Description
Na
ti v
e /c
om
B)
i t)
(b
ce
r fa
rt
Nu
be
r
LEGEND:
Pa
-N
at
pr 2
ive
Tape Drives
48P7042 20/40GB TR7 Internal IDE Tape Drive
89mm (3.5in) SL or
133mm (5.25in) HH
89mm (3.5in) HH
16 Ultra2 LVD or 133mm (5.25in)
HH
-
20/40
2/4
20/40
2.75/5.5
1/1
1/1
35100204,
35510013
40/80
6/10
1/1
100/200
15/30
1/1
100/200
8/16
1/1
110/220
11/22
40/80
10
3503B1X,
35510013
35510013,
3503B1X
35510013
3510020 4
35510013,
3503BIX
35510013
3510020 4
0034BOX
3503B1X
34in LVD
1/1
3/6
1/1
160/320
16/32
1/1
3510020
120/240
3/6
Y10
5/1
3551001,
3503B1X
Associated Options
00N7956
16 LVD/SE
Ext
Tape Autoloaders
00N7992 120/240GB DDS/4 Tape Autoloader
360716X
16 Ultra2 LVD
2U Rack
1760/3.53TB
11/22
1/1
16 Ultra2 LVD
16 Ultra2 LVD
4U Rack
Desktop
N
N
1/1
-
16
Rack
16-bit
2 x 16bit, 4drop
16 Ultra2 LVD
Desktop or 3U
Rack
16-bit
HVD
6U Rack
100/300
2.2/6
or 7/15
1/1
16 Ultra2 LVD
5U Rack
0/014
184
4.16TB/8.32TB
16/32 (all
(all SDLT);
SDLT); 15/30
3TB/6TB (all
(all
LTO) 13
LTO)12
Updated 01/21/03
1. To determine cable requirements, note the tape drives SCSI interface, the appropriate SCSI controller from the system configurator section and the desired enclosure then refer to
Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers. For installation of an internal tape drive into a server, see the appropriate system section.
2. Data compression typically provides a 2X improvement in capacity and transfer rate, but since data compression is affected by many factors, actual improvements may be more or less
than 2X.
3. LVD support for LVD tape drives installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is provided by two four-drop internal LVD cables.
4. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956).
5. This 4U rack-mounted enclosure supports four full-high or six half-high tape drives. The backplate includes six 0.8mm VHDCI external connectors for attachment of up to six servers.
Internal connection of tape drives requires the single-drop terminated LVD SCSI cable that ships with the tape drive, which also provides termination for the SCSI bus. A single 300w power
supply with a low voltage power cord is standard. An external SCSI storage cable is not provided. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage - Controllers to select a supported cable.
6. Black desktop tape enclosure that supports a single 133mm (5.25in) half-high (HH) tape drive. Internal and external connectors are 68-pin high-density supporting LVD. Requires
68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956). External cables are not included. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage Units - Controllers to select a supported cable.
7. NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit EL (P/N 3551001) is a black 3U, rack-mountable tape enclosure which includes two full-high (FH) or four half-high (HH) extended length 133mm (5.25in)
bays, two external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors and two internal four-drop LVD terminated 16-bit SCSI cables for device attachment. Two power supplies and two power cords are also
included. External storage cables are not included. Refer to Appendix D: Cables - Storage - Controllers to select a supported cable.
8. Black desktop or 3U rack tape enclosure supports a single 133mm (5.25in) full-high LVD tape device including DLT tape drives. Requires a fixed shelf if installed in a rack (allow additional
1U for fixed shelf). Includes a 90w power supply, cooling fan, external terminator, power cord (country-specific), and 2m 68-pin to 0.8mm external cable. Supports the following full-high tape
options: 00N8015, 00N8016, 00N7992, 00N7990.
9. Tape library attributes and prerequisites are located in Appendix B: Tape Library Attributes.
10. Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option. When installed in a NetMEDIA Storage Expansion Unit, termination is also
provided by the standard cables shipped with the enclosure.
11. Termination requires installing the 34in single-drop, terminated LVD SCSI cable provided with the option.
12. 4560 Automation Tape Enclosure Library supports either LTO or SDLT (or both if the application software supports mixed media and the drives and magazines are matched). Up to eight
units can be stacked. Two magazines and two drive sleds can be installed in each unit. An external LVD SCSI cable with 0.8mm VHDCI connectors at each end ships standard with the
library unit. A single 300w power supply with an IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P low voltage power cord is standard.
13. Data transfer speed is rated separately for LTO and SDLT media. Compressed speed may be less than the maximum rate provided.
14. LTO and SDLT data cartridges are not provided standard. Cleaning cartridges are shipped standard with LTO and SDLT drive sleds.
15. This tape drive must be shipped separately as an option and installed at a customer site. Factory or vendor installation prior to shipping is not supported.
16. Supported only in new builds of External Half-High SCSI Storage Enclosure (P/N 3510020), indicated by AI Header J1PJK on the outside box label of the tape enclosure.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
185
0/30 (LTO
only); 0/26
(SDLT only)
0/2
0/2
LVD
LVD
LVD
LVD
M0.8-M0.8 (0.5m)
Jumper (0.5m)
Jumper (0.5m)
N
N
0/15
-
1
1
LVD
0/13
LVD
LVD
LVD
LVD
(4.5m)
1/20
2/2
1/2
pr 1
Na
ti v
e /c
om
c/s e
ea
M0.8-M0.8 (4m)
Cl
Description
MB
ax
m
ge
lle
id
ro
r tr
Ca
Co
nt
Da
ta
SC
SI
td
/
In
cl
rs
(l e
es
In
cl
Ex
5U Rack
SC
LVD
Pa
Te
r
tC
ab
l
at
in
m
ss
ng
th
)
d
de
cl
u
or
In
ce
or
r fa
Fa
ct
m
In
te
Fo
r
SI
rt
Nu
be
r
n in
g
Ca
Ca
rt
r tr
r id
id g
ge
Qt
es
y
M
of
ag
st
dr
d
ss
ive
td
/m
sa
st
Ma
d /m x
x
ax
C o s to
m
p r r ag e
es
se -Na
ti v
d
e/
4.16TB/8.32TB
16/32 (all
(all SDLT);
SDLT); 15/30
3TB/6TB (all
(all LTO)9
LTO)9
15/309
3TB/6TB 9
16/32 9
4.16TB/
8.32TB9
100GB/
200GB
160GB/
320GB
Subsystem10
HVD 6U Rack
(4.5m)
1/20
2/2
2/215
HVD
HVD
Y
-
(4.5m)
-
Y
N
100GB/
300GB
100GB/
300GB
-
HVD 6U Rack
7/15
7/15
7/15
Magstar MP Media13
Magstar MP Fast Access Linear Tape
05H2462
Cartridge, B-format14
05H2463 Magstar MP Cleaning Cartridge
Magstar MP Fast Access Linear Tape
08L6187
Cartridge, C-format
1. Transfer rates are for single SCSI channel configurations. Tape libraries utilizing split library or dual host configurations may obtain higher rates. Data compression typically provides a 2X
improvement in capacity and transfer rate, but since data compression is affected by many factors, actual improvements may be more or less than 2X.
2. SDLT/LTO Tape Library supports either LTO or SDLT (or both if the application software supports mixed media and the drives and magazines are matched). Up to eight units can be stacked.
Two magazines and two drive sleds can be installed in each unit. An external LVD SCSI cable with 0.8mm VHDCI connectors at each end ships standard with the library unit. A single 300w
power supply with an IEC 320-C13 to NEMA 5-15P low voltage power cord is standard. Attaches to a single host server using a SCSI connection or to either a Fibre Channel switch or single
server through a Fibre Channel connection if a Modular Fibre Channel Option is installed.
3. Ships with external LVD SCSI cable with 0.8mm VHDCI connector for connection to the tape drive. Requires a short- or long-wave SFP Module (P/N 19K1271, 2) for connection to Fibre
Channel cable. Supports three to four drive sleds (or two layers) only. Fibre Channel attachment includes either a single server using a FC2-133 Host Bus Adapter or a Fibre Channel switch.
4. Ships with external LVD SCSI cable. Supported configurations are none, one or two drives. When a drive sled is not installed, the library unit must be cabled to another unit that contains at
least one drive upgrade option. The Modular LTO Drive Upgrade Option includes one LTO Cleaning Cartridge (P/N 08L9124) and the Modular SDLT Drive Upgrade Option includes one SDLT
Cleaning Cartridge (P/N 19P4357).
5. One or two magazines are supported. Up to 15 tape data cartridges (P/N 08L9120) are supported in each magazine.
6. One or two magazines are supported. Up to 13 tape data cartridges (P/N 35L1119) are supported in each magazine.
7. Required to connect two library units.
8. Required to connect each additional library unit (from three through eight).
9. Data transfer speed and capacity are rated separately for LTO and SDLT media. Compressed speed and data capacity may be less than the maximum indicated.
10. Includes rack mounting hardware and two power cords (120V and 250V). Models B22 and C22 include an additional two power cords.
11. Required for Dual Host or Split Library configurations with 3570B2x or 3570C2x containing two drives.
12. Required for either dual host or split library operation. Should be installed by qualified service personnel.
13. Magstar MP Media can be ordered by calling 888-IBM-MEDIA or 888-426-6334 in the US, Canada, or Puerto Rico.
14. B-format tape cartridges can be used in either Magstar MP 3570 Model B or C tape drives.
15. The two tape drives are daisy-chained on the same SCSI bus with an included 0.5m SCSI cable. Dual Host and Split Library configurations require 3570 Adapter Card Kit
(P/N 08L6517).
186
1/1
1/1
2/2
1/2
2/2
2/2
1/1
1/1
1/2
2/3
2/2
340/485
420/600
350/500
560/800
370/530
530/1000
140/200
245/340
350/500
520/740
800/950
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
1/1
1/2
1/1
1/1
2/2
1/1
1/1
260/370
285/360
275/390
275/390
140/200
275/390
245/350
245/350
50/n/a
200/n/a
90/n/a
140/200
130/185
300/430
300/430
Other Devices
RXE-100 (8684-1RX)2
EXP300 Storage Expansion Unit (35311RU)2
FAStT200 Storage Server (35421RU)
UPS Runtime
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
187
Tower
INTL SU-700iNET
P/N
94G4073
US
P/N
SU1000iNET
94G4074
Rack Mounted
SU1400iNET
94G4075
SU2200iNET
94G4076
2U SU1400RMiB
32P1022 6
SU3000RMiB
94G6677
SU5000RMiB
37L6862
Not
Available
2U SU1400RMB
32P1020
SU-3000RMB
94G6676
SU5000RMB
37L6861
UPS Attributes
Communications Links
to Servers
black
black
black
white
black
black
black
2U
3U
5U
220-240(xxx)
220-240(xxx)
220-240(xxx)
220-240(xxx)
220-240(xxx)
220-240(xxx)
220-240(xxx)
C14
C14
C20
C20
C14
C20
TB 5
120 (120)
120 (120)
120 (120)
120 (120)
120 (120)
200-220 (208)
24
6ft, 5-15P
6ft, 5-15P
6ft, 5-15P
6ft, L5-15P
6ft, L5-30P
8ft, L6-30P
Color
EIA Height
Intl Models
50 or 60Hz, single
phase, VAC:2, 3
US Models
50 or 60Hz, single
phase, VAC:2
188
Rack Mount
Intl Part
Number
SU-2200iNET
94G4076
SU-1400RMiB
94G6675
2U SU-1400RMiB
32P1022
SU-3000RMiB SU-5000RMiB
94G6677
37L6862
United
States
Part
Number
SU-700NET
94G3134
SU-1000NET
94G3135
SU-1400NET
94G3136
Not Available
SU-1400RMB
94G6674
2U SU-1400RMB
32P1020
SU-3000RMB
94G6676
SU-5000RMB
37L6861
Total
Load
(Watts)
Runtime
Minutes
Runtime
Minutes
Runtime
Minutes
Runtime
Minutes
Runtime
Minutes
Runtime
Minutes
Runtime
Minutes
Runtime
Minutes
200
22
38
62
130
45
45
104
240
250
17
28
43
104
34
34
84
200
300
12
22
34
85
25
25
70
166
350
18
29
71
22
22
58
145
400
14
23
65
18
18
52
125
450
12
20
52
15
15
45
110
500
11
18
43
13
13
38
97
550
16
38
11
11
35
87
600
13
34
10
10
31
76
650
12
31
29
68
700
11
28
26
63
750
10
25
24
59
800
23
22
55
850
21
20
51
900
19
18
47
43
950
18
17
1000
17
16
39
1100
15
14
34
1200
13
12
31
1300
11
10
28
1400
25
1500
22
1600
20
1700
18
1800
17
1900
14
2000
12
11
10
2100
2200
2300
2400
2500
2600
2700
2800
11
10
-
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
UPS Runtime
Steps:
1. Identify the devices contained in the configuration.
2. Sum the load (watts) of all devices in the configuration. Use either Maximum Load for minimum runtime or Typical Load for typical runtime.
3. Find the Total Configuration Load in the table above.
4. Select the most appropriate UPS model to achieve the desired runtime.
189
UPS3000XLV
UPS3000XHV
Part Number
32P1681
various
United States
UPS3000XLV
UPS3000XHV
Part Number
2130R30
2130R31
UPS Attributes
Communications Links to Servers Serial/USB/Enet
Serial/USB/Enet
black
black
black
2U
2U
2U
120(120)2
220-240(xxx)2, 3
15
Color
EIA Height
Intl Models
50 or 60Hz, single phase, VAC:
9ft, L5-30P
C20
US Models
120(120)2
200-240(208) 2
64
74
15
9ft, L5-30P
C20 6
190
+1
+2
+3
+4
Total
Load
(Watts)
Runtime
Hours /
Minutes
Runtime
Hours /
Minutes
Runtime
Hours /
Minutes
Runtime
Hours /
Minutes
Runtime
Hours /
Minutes
200
1 / 45
7/5
13 / 32
19 / 50
24 / 16
250
1 / 15
5 / 48
11 / 57
17 / 36
20 / 56
300
1/9
3 / 58
9 / 42
14 / 36
17 / 36
350
60
3 / 24
8 / 43
13 / 15
16 / 42
400
50
2 / 50
6 / 55
10 / 55
15 / 3
450
45.5
2 / 41
5 / 59
9 / 50
14 / 0
500
41.8
2 / 37
5 / 12
8 / 53
12 / 32
550
39
2 / 33
4 / 36
8/0
11 / 7
600
35.5
2 / 24
3 / 37
6 / 29
8 / 55
650
33.8
2 / 19
3 / 14
5 / 51
8 / 19
700
30.6
2 / 12
3/1
5 / 10
7 / 51
750
28
2/7
2 / 52
4 / 47
7 / 30
800
23.7
1 / 54
2 / 42
3 / 57
6/7
850
21.9
1 / 48
2 / 38
3 / 29
5 / 23
900
20
1 / 40
2 / 34
3 / 13
4 / 58
950
18.1
1 / 30
2 / 30
3/0
4 / 36
1000
15.5
1 / 20
2 / 21
2 / 52
3 / 46
1100
14.4
1/8
2 / 15
2 / 50
3 / 35
1200
13
1/1
2/8
2 / 43
3/9
1300
12.3
57.5
2/4
2 / 39
3/0
1400
10.9
53
1 / 54
2 / 32
2 / 49
1500
10
51.4
1 / 48
2 / 28
2 / 45
1600
8.4
48
1 / 35
2 / 19
2 / 39
1700
7.7
46.3
1 / 30
2 / 13
2 / 37
1800
6.85
42
1 / 15
2/0
2 / 30
1900
6.5
39.7
1/6
1 / 54
2 / 24
2000
6.2
37
1/2
1 / 48
2 / 18
2100
5.7
32.4
58
1 / 37
2/9
2200
5.5
30.8
56.3
1 / 33
2 / 7.5
2300
5.1
28.9
53.9
1 / 25
2/3
2400
4.9
28.2
53
1 / 21
1 / 59
1 / 50
2500
4.45
26.9
50.7
1 / 13
2600
4.2
26
49.4
1/9
1 / 46
2700
25.1
48.3
1/6
1 / 42
2800
3.8
24.2
47
1 / 2.5
1 / 39
2850
3.6
23.4
46
1/0
1 / 36
UPS Runtime
Steps:
1. Identify the devices contained in the configuration.
2. Sum the load (watts) of all devices in the configuration. Use either Maximum Load for minimum runtime or Typical
Load for typical runtime.
3. Find the Total Configuration Load in the table above.
4. Select the most appropriate battery pack column to achieve the desired runtime.
NOTE: If the Total Configuration Load is greater than the entries above, split the load across two or more UPS units.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
191
Description
Part
Number
--
F:
Female - External
M: Male - External
I:
Internal
68: 16-bit, 68-pin High Density connector
50: 8-bit, 50-pin Centronix Connector
0.8: 16-bit, 68-pin Very High Density Connection
Interface (VHDCI) 0.8mm connector
16: 16-bit, 68-pin connector
8:
8-bit, 50-pin connector
the cable group letter which supports the connection. Go to the cable group under the corresponding storage unit
for specific support. Read all Notes for row, column, and any cable group footnotes.
3510020
F68
X
F68
F0.8
80
X
F0.8
80
X
F68
80
X
F0.8
2, 3
4, 5
2, 4
2, 4
2, 3
37L6889
160
F0.8/4
06P5736
160
F0.8/2
06P5740
160
F0.8/1
ServeRAID-5i Controller
25P3492
160
F0.8/1
Onboard
320
F0.8/1
11
A12
xSeries 235
Onboard
320
F0.8/1
11
A12
xSeries 345
Onboard
320
F0.8/1
A12
A
A
19K4646
160
F0.8/1
xSeries 255
Onboard
160
F0.8/1
11
xSeries 440
Onboard
160
F0.8/1
Onboard
80
F0.8/1
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
PCI
adapter
Onboard
Onboard
PCI
adapter
PCI
adapter
Onboard
Onboard
Onboard
03K9310
M0.8-M0.8
X9
X 14
X14
X 14
03K9311
M0.8-M0.8
X9
X 14
X14
X 14
X 13
37L7101
M0.8-M0.8
X9
01K8027
M68-M0.8
X 14
X14
X 13
00N7956
M68
1. Maximum supported speeds may be limited by installation of lower speed devices, controllers or cable lengths greater than two meters.
2. Rack installation cable management requires devices to have a minimum cable length of two meters. Cable length requirements will vary based on placement within a single or multiple
rack suite.
3. Maximum speeds may be limited by the installed devices or SCSI controller.
4. Daisy chaining tape enclosures is not supported at this time.
5. Requires 68-pin External Multimode LVD/SE SCSI Terminator (P/N 00N7956).
6. Maximum speeds may be limited by the enclosure or its installed devices.
7. ServeRAID-5i neither cables internally nor has its own external connector. In systems with an external SCSI connector cabled to channel B of the integrated storage
controller, ServeRAID-5i can attach through the integrated controller to external SCSI HDDs (EXP300). ServeRAID-5i supports the following half-high tape drives when installed in an
available internal media bay connected to channel B of a dual-channel integrated controller or installed in a supported external tape enclosure: 00N7991, 24P2396, 24P2398. When the
RAID controller is configured, channel B is designated as a standard SCSI channel in order to support the tape drives.
8. Supports attachment to Ultra2 or single-ended SCSI controllers with operational speeds of up to Ultra2. Controller, storage unit, cable length or storage device limitations may apply (see
Max MB/sec row and column above).
9. EXP300 (P/N 35311RU) includes a single 2M Ultra2 SCSI cable similar to Netfinity 2M Ultra2 SCSI Cable (P/N 03K9310).
10. No external SCSI port is available on these systems. A supported optional controller must be installed. See the systems section to determine which controllers and external storage units
are supported then refer back to this table for cable requirements using the controller row.
11. Requires External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164) to enable the external 0.8mm VHDCI port.
12. Support for EXP300 connected to the external SCSI port requires installation of ServeRAID-5i (P/N 25P3492) and availability of one channel of the integrated Ultra320 controller.
13. External storage cable is included standard with the enclosure.
14. External storage cable is not included standard with the enclosure.
192
Serial I/O
PM16RJ Port
Module
(P/N 37L1417)
37L1414
37L1415
37L1423
37L1417
37L1418
1. Intelligent serial I/O interface card providing eight DB-25 RS232 serial
connections using an octopus cable. Support for all ports at 921.6Kbps
simultaneously.
2. Intelligent serial I/O interface card providing sixteen RJ-45 RS232 serial
connections in a breakout box. Support for all ports at 115.2Kbps simultaneously.
3. Intelligent serial I/O interface card providing sixteen DB-25 RS232 serial
connections in a breakout box. Support for all ports at 115.2Kbps simultaneously.
4. Port Modules and Multiplexer Sets attach to one or more Port Modules or
Multiplexer Sets already attached to one of the cables. A maximum of four Port
Modules or Multiplexer Sets may be attached to a single cable.
5. Serial I/O Adapters are 32-bit PCI half length cards. A maximum of four Serial I/O
adapters (in any combination) may be installed in a single host system.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
193
194
type of connector
terminated
19K46466
N/A
IDE HDD
2-drop
1 HDD
5-drop
3 NH/S HDDs, 1
HH tape 4
std
H/S backplane
2-drop
N3
19K46468
Y10
3 NH/S HDDs
Y11
CD-ROM
2-drop
1 optical
U160
68-pin
2-drop
# channels
CD-ROM
onboard
Int RAID
Media
SCSI Connections
x205 IDE
IDE Connections
IDE connector #1
xSeries server
System
Y9
CD-ROM
2-drop
1 optical
U160
68-pin
CD-ROM
2-drop
U320
68-pin
68-pin
media bay19
HH tape
std w/
option
0.8mm
VHDCI
1-drop
N3
Y11
HH tape
std w/
option
x235
x255
CD-ROM
2-drop
U320
B
A
68-pin
H/S backplane
68-pin
media bay19
0.8mm
VHDCI
CD-ROM
2-drop
1 optical
U320
68-pin
H/S backplane
1 drop
N3
- -
68-pin
media bays20
1 drop
Y21
HH or FH tape or
U320 3-pack Kit
std w/
option
Y23
0.8mm
VHDCI
CD-ROM
2-drop
1 optical
U160
68-pin
H/S backplane
1-drop
N6
std w/
option
Y25
N22
Updated 01/21/03
System
x305 IDE
IDE Connections
-
SCSI Connections
-
0.8mm
VHDCI
Media
Int RAID
N/A
CD-ROM
1-drop
IDE-HDD
2-drop
1 IDE HDD
x305 SCSI
CD-ROM
1-drop
U160
68-pin
1 NH/S HDD
x335 IDE
CD-ROM
1-drop
N/A
IDE HDD
2-drop
1 IDE HDD
CD-ROM
1-drop
U320
68-pin
H/S backplane
1-drop
N3
x343 (NEBS)
CD-ROM
1-drop
U160
68-pin
0.8mm
VHDCI
CD-ROM
1-drop
U320
68-pin
H/S backplane
1-drop
N3
Y26
0.8mm
VHDCI
Y16
Y18
x345
x360
x440
1
1
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
CD-ROM
1-drop14
CD-ROM
n/a 17
FDD
n/a
17
B
1
1
-
U160
U160
-
Y
Y
-
1
2
-
A
A
B
Integrated
19
H/S backplane
68-pin
H/S backplane
1-drop
N3
0.8mm
VHDCI
1. IDE controllers have two channels, generally with one connector per channel. Standard IDE cables include two drops. Some IDE devices, e.g., a slim-line CD-ROM, use a single-drop ribbon cable, which is soldered to a backplane instead of
using a connector at the device end of the cable.
2.The term drop refers to a device connector on a cable. The connector that attaches to the controller is not counted as a drop.
3. Termination is provided by the hot-swap backplane.
4. Attaching a SCSI tape drive to the same SCSI bus as the HDDs may reduce performance. Slim-line tape drives may be supported in bay four (see the system Tape Options section).
5. An additional cable to connect SCSI devices installable in internal removable media bays to the standard SCSI storage controller may be required when the standard SCSI cable is used to connect an optional RAID adapter. The necessary
cable is provided in the option specified in this column, or if one of the following tape drives is the media device being connected, a 34in terminated SCSI cable is now provided with the tape option: 00N7990, 00N7991, 00N7992, 00N8015,
00N8016, 24P2396, 24P2398.
6. If installing an IDE tape drive, the standard IDE cable is used (maximum number of IDE optical drives or HDDs is reduced by one because only two IDE connectors are provided on each of the two IDE cables). If installing an internal SCSI
device, a supported SCSI storage controller is required. The single-channel Ultra160 SCSI adapter (P/N 19K4646) includes a 16-bit five-drop terminated multimode SCSI cable and a 0.8mm VHDCI external connector.
7. If installing an IDE tape drive, the second connector of the standard IDE cable can be used. If installing a SCSI device, one connector of the five-drop SCSI cable can be used, which may adversely affect performance for the entire SCSI bus.
Installing the tape drive on an independent bus requires an optional controller (P/N 19K4646) unless the HDDs are attached to a RAID controller.
8. Half-high SCSI devices installed in the media bay require an additional storage controller (P/N 19K4646), which provides a single SCSI and a five-drop terminated cable.
9. In nonhot-swap models, SCSI RAID adapters are connected to one end of the standard SCSI cable. When the standard cable is used to attach to the RAID adapter, media bay attachment to the standard SCSI controller for SCSI devices in the
x200 and nonhot-swap models of the x205 and x220 require the one-drop terminated LVD cable provided with the tape drive.
10. SCSI RAID adapters are generally connected to the hot-swap backplane using the standard cable that connects the integrated storage controller. When the standard cable is used for RAID attachment, media bay attachment requires the onedrop terminated LVD cable provided with the tape drive.
11. In xSeries 225, the standard cable connecting either the hot-swap backplane or the nonhot-swap HDDs is used to connect the HDDs to ServeRAID-4H, -4Mx or -4Lx. If ServeRAID-5i is installed, a cable is not required and both channels of the
integrated controller are managed by the adapter.
12. Attachment of SCSI devices in either (or both) of the two available media bays requires a supported optional SCSI storage controller (P/N 19K4646) in non-RAID configurations. Two half-high or one full-high device may be installed. A two-drop
SCSI cable is included with the server, which can be used to attach one or two internal tape options to the integrated controller when a ServeRAID adapter is used to support the hot-swap backplane.
13. Attachment of tape or optical drives to RAID adapters is not supported.
14. The standard slim-line CD-ROM docks directly into a media interposer card that is routed through the lightpath card before terminating at the planar.
15. The hot-swap backplane is connected to the integrated controller through a SCSI bus integrated into the system planar.
16. Internal RAID configurations are supported by connecting an internal connector on the RAID controller to a connector on the planar located between slot one and the memory card using a dedicated RAID cable provided with the system.
(Route cable underneath PCI adapters.) Note: If the hot-swap backplane is attached to a RAID adapter, a full-length adapter cannot be installed in slot one.
17. xSeries 440 ships with a slim-line UltraBay 2000 CD-ROM installed in bay 4 (lower right of four bays) and an UltraBay 2000 floppy disk drive (FDD) installed in bay three. An optional UltraBay 2000 CD-RW and high-density FDD are available.
FDDs can be installed in bay three only, but optical devices can be installed in either bay. If only one optical device is installed, it must be located in bay four. If two are installed, the standard FDD is removed and the second device is installed in
bay three configured as slave.
18. If the hot-swap backplane is attached to a RAID adapter, the standard SCSI cable is replaced by a longer cable shipped with the system.
19. Channel B may be connected to a supported tape drive installed in the media bay if ServeRAID-5i is installed and channel B is designated to support SCSI during the setup or if RAID is not implemented (cable shipped with tape drive is
used). If channel B is available, a 0.8mm VHDCI external SCSI port can be enabled by installing External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164). The external port is then operated as a SCSI channel supporting external tape storage or as a RAID
channel supporting external HDD storage.
20. This channel may be connected to either a supported tape drive or the Ultra320 3-pack Kit (P/N 33P2751) installed in the media bays. If no internal connection is established, the 0.8mm VHDCI external SCSI port can be enabled by installing
External SCSI Interface Kit (P/N 32P8164).
21. Termination is provided by the one-drop cable included with the tape option or by the optional hot-swap backplane when the Ultra320 3-pack Kit is installed, which includes a nonterminated cable.
22. Optional 30in nonterminated Single-drop Internal LVD Ultra160 SCSI Cable (P/N 71P8995) is required to connect the hot-swap backplane to ServeRAID-4H, -4Mx or -4Lx. ServeRAID-5i does not require a cable.
23. If the optional Ultra320 3-pack Kit (P/N 33P2751) is installed in the media bays, the cable that ships with the option is used to connect to ServeRAID-4H, -4Mx or -4Lx or to the integrated controller if ServeRAID 5i is installed.
24. An optional 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit (P/N 32P8163) can be installed above the standard six hot-swap HDD bays and a full-high or half-high tape drive can be installed in the available media bays.
25. SCSI RAID adapters are generally connected to the hot-swap backplane using the standard cable that connects the integrated storage controller. When the standard cable is used for RAID attachment, media bay attachment requires another
supported cable, e.g., the two-drop terminated LVD cable provided in the Media Bay Tray and LVD Cable Kit (P/N 10K2340) unless one of the following tape drives is the media device being connected, which now include a 34in terminated SCSI
cable: 00N7990, 00N7991, 00N7992, 00N8015, 00N8016, 24P2396, 24P2398. Attachment of optional 6-pack Ultra320 Hot-swap Expansion Kit (P/N 32P8163) connects to a RAID adapter using the cable that ships with the option
26. If ServeRAID-5i is installed, the standard cable that connects the backplane to the integrated controller remains connected. If ServeRAID-4Mx or -4Lx support the internal HDD backplane, then optional 30in nonterminated Single-drop Internal
LVD Ultra160 SCSI Cable (P/N 71P8995) is required.
195
For additional information, refer to the Internal SCSI Cabling and Tape Options sections for each system or to Appendix D: SCSI Cables - Storage Units - Controllers.
ASMP
ISMP
ASMA
RSA
ASMIC
Key to abbreviations
Advanced System Management Processor
Integrated System Management Processor
Advanced System Management PCI Adapter (P/N
01K7209)
Remote Supervisor Adapter (P/N 09N7585)
Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit
(P/N 03K9309)
General Notes:
All descriptions of features and compatibility of ISMP described here require the use of firmware version 1.02
or newer. As of January 1, 2002, all ISMPs ship standard with firmware version 1.02. Firmware updates may be
found on the IBM Web site at the URL www.pc.ibm.com/qtechinfo/MIGR-4WEP53.html.
An advanced system management interconnect network is configured with at least one focal point (generally
an ASMA or RSA in a server) that provides Ethernet LAN and serial connections for management and
alerting, which are shared between all the members of an interconnect network.
Up to 24 ISMPs and/or RSAs may be interconnected in a single ASM interconnect network (including
standard and optional processors).
Up to 12 ASMPs and/or ASMAs may be interconnected in a single ASM interconnect network (including
standard and optional processors). Up to 12 additional ISMPs and/or RSAs may be added to an ASM
interconnect network containing 12 or less ASMPs and/or ASMAs.
An ASM interconnect network may contain an aggregate connection length of no more than 91.4m (300ft).
A customer-supplied Cat5 Ethernet cable is required for each interconnection.
Connecting servers that do not have two external RS-485 ports as an ASM interconnect network requires
Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit (P/N 03K9309). RSA and ASMA do not include this
option when shipped standard with a system.
196
Onboard
xSeries Server
ASMP
x2008
x205
PCI Adapter
1
ISMP
-
ASMA
2, 3, 4
Cabling
3, 5, 6
RSA
ASMIC7
-
optional
x220
optional
x225
optional9
optional13
x230
standard
10, 11
optional
11, 12
standard14, 15
x235
14, 18
x240
standard10, 11
optional11, 12
x250
standard14, 15
optional19, 20
x232
x255
x3008
standard
standard
14, 18
optional16, 17
16, 17
optional
optional
x305
standard14, 15
optional19, 20, 21
x335
standard18, 28
x340
standard10, 11
x342
x345
x350
x360
standard
-
14, 15
optional13
-
16, 17
x330
optional
optional22, 23, 24
optional28
optional11, 12
optional13
standard14, 15
optional16, 17
standard14, 18
optional16, 17
x370
x440
optional
19, 20
25
standard
-
standard
27
optional26
optional26
standard25
optional26
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
System Management
Overview
197
19. This configuration is shown in interconnect scenario 6, appearing later in this section.
20. When ASMA is installed in this system, the optional adapter serves only as an Ethernet and interconnect gateway. The onboard ASM processor will provide all service processor
data.
21. Supported only in machine type 8654 models of x330 systems.
22. This configuration is shown in interconnect scenario 7, appearing later in this section.
23. When installing in xSeries 330 machine type 8654 models, do not connect the 20-pin cable. Power is supplied through the external AC power supply that is provided with the
option. When installing in xSeries 330 machine type 8674 or 8675 models, connect the 20-pin ribbon cable to provide the adapter with power. The AC power supply is not required.
24. When RSA is installed in this system, the optional adapter serves only as an Ethernet and interconnect gateway. The onboard ASM processor will provide all service processor
data.
25. This configuration is shown in interconnect scenario 3, appearing later in this section.
26. Required to connect the standard adapter to other servers in an interconnect network.
27. This configuration is shown in interconnect scenario 2, appearing later in this section.
28. xSeries 335 includes new interconnect cabling options available through the C2T Interconnect cable chaining connection. One integrated RS-485 port is available for connecting
the integrated ISMP to an optional RSA when that system is used as a system management interconnect network focal point. Interconnect network connections are then established
through the cable chaining connection for additional x335 systems. The external AC power supply provided with RSA is not required. See Rack Cabinets and Options or system
sections for additional information regarding console connectivity.
ASMP
ISMP1
PCI Adapter
ASMA2
RSA2, 3, 4
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes5
yes
yes6
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
yes10
yes
no
yes10
no
yes11
yes 10
no
no
yes 10
yes
no
yes
yes
no
yes
yes
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
no
no
no
no
yes 13
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
yes
no
no
yes
yes
yes
no
yes
no
no
yes
yes14
yes5, 15
yes
yes16, 17
yes
yes
yes 15
yes
yes14
yes 15
yes
yes
yes
yes19
yes19
yes20
no
no
no
yes
yes
no
yes
no
no
no
yes11
no
no
no
no
no
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
no
no
dual21
dual21
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
yes
Alert Mechanisms
Pager (numeric/alphanumeric) 7
Alert on LAN 2 8
Director via LAN
Director via serial 9
E-mail
Generate SNMP traps
Management
Remote BIOS and SP firmware update 12
Remote GUI-mode control
Remote text-mode control
Remote POST and diagnostics 12
View status logs
View vital product data
Capture Windows blue screens
View SP configuration
Set SP configuration
Save and restore SP configuration
Restart SP
198
System Management
Overview
1. This table is correct only for ISMP firmware v1.02 or newer. Systems shipped after January 1, 2002 include v1.02 firmware. Firmware updates are
available on the Web at the URL www.pc.ibm.com/qtechinfo/MIGR-4WEP53.html.
2. When either RSA or ASMA are integrated as a standard adapter in an xSeries server (e.g., x360 or x440), the two interconnect cables, external
power supply and power cords provided with the optional packages are not included.
3. When an optional RSA (P/N 09N7585) is installed in a system with standard ISMP, the optional adapter manages the onboard service processor
and assumes all communications functionality.
4. When an optional RSA (P/N 09N7585) is installed in a system with standard ASMP, the optional adapter serves only as an Ethernet and interconnect
gateway. The onboard ASMP provides all service processor data. An external Cat5 connection is required.
5. Not available when RSA is added as an option to systems with standard ASMP (e.g., x330).
6. Performs monitoring capability only. Automated alerting available through IBM Director only.
7. Requires customer-supplied external modem.
8. Only available with IBM Director version 3.1 or newer.
9. Requires customer-supplied external modem or null-modem cable.
10. The specified alerting mechanisms may be configured, but sending such alerts to their destination requires connection through an RSA or ASMA
either within the local machine or via the interconnect network.
11. This functionality is only available on xSeries 235 and 255 servers, which include ISMP upgraded with a dedicated gigabit Ethernet processor.
12. Requires an out-of-band connection such as a serial, Ethernet or ASM interconnect network (out-of-band connections bypass the NOS and are
established even when the NOS is not functioning).
13. Only updates to the the service processor firmwware are possible. BIOS firmware updates are not available when using ISMP.
14. Only available through the Web interface, connected via Ethernet or PPP.
15. Only available through the Web or Telnet interface, via an Ethernet connection.
16. Not available via interconnect network.
17. Not available on systems without standard system management to which an optional RSA has been added (e.g., x220).
18. Connection to IBM Director allows use of all management and alerting functionality (except save and restore configuration file) via an active inband, out-of-band or interconnect network connection.
19. Connection using Telnet, Web interface or Ethernet is available via an RSA or ASMA through the interconnect network.
20. Requires interconnection of integrated service processor to optional ASMA or RSA using an Interconnect Cable Kit (P/N 03K9309).
21. Requires the use of the included serial port splitter cable.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
199
200
Remote (hot-spare)
IBM Director Server
Ethernet LAN
Modem or
Null-Modem
Connection
ASM Node
(Hot-spare Focal Point)
This diagram shows one simplified example of an ASM interconnect network, intended to
illustrate the following key points:
Multiple hot-spare Director servers (or other management consoles) may exist for any
interconnect network. A Director server may also act as an interconnect node (compatible IBM hardware only),
allowing remote diagnosis and repair of the Director server itself from a hot-spare server. This provides greatly
improved availability and scalability.
Multiple hot-spare ASM focal points may exist for any interconnect network, allowing access to
ASM functionality even in the event of a complete failure of the default focal point. This provides improved
availability.
ASM interconnect networks may consist of up to 24 ISMPs or RSAs.
ASM interconnect networks may consist of up to 12 ASMPs or ASMAs, to which an additional 12
ISMPs or RSAs may be added.
Each ASM node on this diagram may be any xSeries server containing suitable ASM hardware.
ASM Node
The interconnect bus is a logically and physically distinct entity from any LAN connection.
Thus, ASM nodes are not required to be connected to the LAN that connects the focal point to the Director server.
The interconnect bus may not be used as a bridge between two LANs. This improves security and scalability.
For more detailed information on specific system management capabilities and configurations, see the cabling scenarios and service processor comparison tables in this appendix.
Updated 01/21/03
Servers:
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
Instructions:
1. Attach customer-supplied Cat5 cables (for connection to one or two other ASM
interconnect nodes) to the integrated RS-485 ports at the rear of the server. Unused RS-485
ports must be terminated with the supplied RS-485 terminator.
Servers:
xSeries 370
Instructions:
1
201
System Management
Overview
202
3. Server with standard RSA
Key Features:
xSeries 360 and 440 ship standard with RSA, which provides the latest generation of system
management functionality. In addition to standard system management capabilities, RSA adds
advanced features such as full remote operation of server NOS, advanced Ethernet features
and system management access even in the event of a complete server NOS failure.
Requires purchase of ASM Interconnect Cable Kit (P/N 03K9309).
Servers
xSeries 360, 440
Instructions :
1. Insert pigtail cable into RS-485 ASM interconnect port on rear of adapter.
2. Attach customer-supplied Cat5 cables (for connection to one or two other ASM
interconnect nodes) to the RS-485 ports of the pigtail adapter. Unused
RS-485 ports must be terminated with the supplied RS-485 terminator.
1
2
Servers:
Instructions:
1. Insert RSA into PCI slot on system planar (see system I/O section for slot restrictions).
2. Connect 20-pin ribbon cable between system planar and RSA. xSeries 220 requires the
external AC power supply.
3. Insert pigtail cable into RS-485 interconnect port on adapter panel.
4. Attach customer-supplied Cat5 cables (for connection to one or two other ASM
interconnect nodes) to the RS-485 ports of the pigtail adapter. Unused
RS-485 ports must be terminated with the supplied RS-485 terminator.
3
4
To system planar
Updated 01/21/03
Servers
xSeries 232, 235, 255, 335 (see note below),342, 345
1
Instructions:
1. Insert RSA into PCI connector on System Planar (see system I/O section for slot restrictions).
2. Connect 20-pin ribbon cable between system planar and RSA.
3. Insert pigtail cable into RS-485 port on adapter panel.
4. Attach customer-supplied Cat5 cables (for connection to one or two other ASM
interconnect nodes) to the RS-485 ports of the pigtail adapter. Unused
RS-485 ports must be terminated with the supplied RS-485 terminator.
To system planar
3
4
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
Note: Refer to x335 I/O Options for more information on C2T Interconnect cable chaining
technology connections supporting system management.
Servers:
Instructions:
1. Install ASMA into PCI slot on system planar (see system I/O section for slot restrictions).
2. Plug the pigtail adapter into the RS-485 interconnect port of the ASMA.
3. Attach one end of the 1ft Cat5 cable (included with the ASMA option) to one of the RS-485
ports of the pigtail cable.
4. Attach the other end of the included 1ft Cat5 cable to one of the RS-485 ports built into the
chassis.
5. Attach the customer-supplied Cat5 cable into the other RS-485 port of the pigtail cable.
6. If interconnection to a second ASM interconnect node is required, plug a second
interconnect cable into the available integrated RS-485 port at the rear of the chassis.
Otherwise, the second RS-485 port should be terminated using the supplied
RS-485 terminator.
7. Connect the external AC power supply provided with the option.
203
System Management
Overview
204
7. Servers with standard ASMP and two integrated RS-485 ASM
interconnect ports on the rear of the server chassis, into which an
RSA is installed
Key Features:
Adding an RSA to a server containing an ASMP enables the ASMP to access the additional
communication methods available on RSA hardware. The ASMP retains full control of the
system management role, with the RSA acting as a gateway between system management
and Ethernet.
Servers:
To system planar
Instructions:
5
Servers:
xSeries 230, 240, 340
Instructions:
1. Connect interconnect knockout cable to the ASMP connector on the system planar.
2. Create knockout space on rear of system chassis.
3. Fix knockout fitting into place.
4. Plug single pigtail cable into knockout cable port.
5. Attach customer-supplied Cat5 cables (for connection to one or two other ASM
interconnect nodes) to the RS-485 ports of the pigtail adapter. Unused RS-485 ports must be
terminated with the supplied RS-485 terminator.
2
4
5
Updated 01/21/03
Key Features:
Enables basic ASM functionality for certain legacy systems.
1
Servers:
Instructions:
4
5
205
System Management
Overview
Description
Adapter
PCI
Length Support 1
Lowprofile
Enabled
Hot-Plug2
PCI
Voltage
Key
MHz1
33
Storage Controllers
37L6889
Full
64-bit
Universal
06P5736
Full
64-bit
Universal
66
06P5740
Half
64-bit
Universal
66
25P3492
ServeRAID-5i Controller6
Full
64-bit
Universal
66
71P8592
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
19K4646
Half
32-bit
Universal
66
Half
64-bit
Universal
66
24P0960
Half
64-bit
Universal
13327
17421RU
35521RU
35421RU
35422RU
3534F08
2109F16
2108R3L
Networking
Ethernet11
22P4501
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
22P4701
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
22P6501
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
22P6601
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
22P6901
Half
128-bit
Universal
33
06P3601
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
22P4901
Half
64-bit
Universal
66
22P6801
Half
64-bit
Universal
13327
22P7801
Half
64-bit
Universal
13327
Half
64-bit
Universal
13327
32-bit
Universal
33
31P6301
(copper)13, 26
Token Ring
34L5001
Half
34L5201
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
34L0701
Half
64-bit
Universal
33
07P2701
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
System Management15
03K9309
09N7585
Half
32-bit
Universal28
33
59P2984
Half
32-bit
Universal28
33
Communications
33L4618
Half
32-bit
33
19K4162
Half
32-bit
Universal
33
37L14xx
Half
32-bit
33
1519100
IXA Adapter19
Half
32-bit
Universal
22P5888
Half
32-bit
33
8684-1RX
206
24P7929
10K3661
19K4164
1. Adapters rated at a lower frequency than the slots in which they are installed will reduce the bus to the frequency of the slowest adapter. 133MHz PCI-X adapters are backward
compatible with 33/66MHz, 64-bit PCI-based servers.
2. Hot-plug feature only supported in systems with Active PCI slots. For network operating system support, point your browser to www.pc.ibm.com/us/compat.
3. ServeRAID-4H Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 266MHz PowerPC 750 processor and provides 128MB of battery-backed ECC cache with two internal and four external
Ultra160 connectors (a combination of four connectors may be utilized). External connectors are 0.8mm VHDCI.
4. ServeRAID-4Mx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor that provides 64MB of battery-backed ECC cache and two internal and two external
Ultra160 connections (only two connectors may be used simultaneously). External connectors are 0.8mm VHDCI.
5. ServeRAID-4Lx Ultra160 SCSI Controller is powered by a 100MHz Intel Zion GC80303 processor and provides a single channel, 32MB of ECC cache and either one internal or one
external Ultra160 connection. External connector is 0.8mm VHDCI.
6. ServeRAID-5i (P/N 25P3492) supports both Ultra320 and Ultra160 HDDs in a dedicated or mixed environment, allowing each HDD to perform at rated capacity. The adapter installs
into limited PCI slots and converts both channels of the onboard SCSI controller to RAID in conjunction with the LSI 1020/30 chipset. Both standard and the optional SCSI HDD
backplanes as well as internal tape drives and external SCSI devices cable directly to the onboard controller connectors. Supports up to 528MB/s data transfers across the PCI bus with
128MB ECC SDRAM write-back cache with battery backup. Supports RAID levels 0, 1, 10, 5, 50 and 1E. The option includes brackets for installation in both low-profile and standard PCI
slots. Internal and external tape drives are supported by ServeRAID-5i only when a second channel on the integrated controller is available and the RAID configuration designates the
second channel as a conventional SCSI bus. See system sections for supported tape drives.
7. ATA133 RAID Controller (P/N 71P8592) supports RAID levels 0, 1 and 10 on up to four ATA66, 100 or 133 EIDE HDDs. The dual channel IDE controller includes two internal 40-pin
connectors, two 18-inch single-drop IDE cables (P/N 02R0719) and two 23-inch two-drop IDE cables (P/N 02R0721).
8. PCI Wide Ultra160 SCSI Adapter (P/N 19K4646) provides a single channel with one internal connector, a five-drop multi-mode terminated LVD SCSI cable and one external 0.8mm
VHDCI connector. Only one of the two connectors may be utilized. Hardware is included in the option to support either low-profile or full-size installations.
9. See Fibre Channel Solutions Overview section for additional configuration information.
10. The 2108R3L SAN Data Gateway Router UltraSCSI LVD Port provides one integrated short-wave optical port and two SCSI ports for tape storage connections (LVD, HVD and singleended).
11. In a fault-tolerant networking environment, using the fault-tolerant software delivered with the Ethernet adapters of a single manufacturer is recommended. Installing fault-tolerant
solutions provided by multiple manufacturers may cause failures if the intermediate drivers provided with the adapters are not compatible. See individual system I/O Options sections for
additional information on adapter driver compatibility.
12. For use of the Alert on LAN 2 features in the Desktop adapter, the system must be enabled with IBM-compatible Alert on LAN 2 hardware and software components. Use of the Wake
on LAN function requires a PCI 2.2 compatible system that supports Wake on LAN and provides auxiliary 3.3v power through the PCI bus.
13. Use of the Wake on LAN function requires a PCI 2.2 compatible system that supports Wake on LAN and provides auxiliary power through the PCI bus.
14. Use of the Wake on LAN function requires a PCI 2.1 or 2.2-compatible system that supports Wake on LAN and provides auxiliary power through the 5v Wake on LAN cable provided
with the adapter via a 3-pin header in the system planar.
15. Up to 24 Integrated System Management Processors or Remote Supervisors Adapters may be interconnected with an aggregate connection length of no more than 91.4m (300ft).
This interconnect network of 24 devices may also include a maximum of 12 Advanced System Management Processors or advanced System Management PCI Adapters. A customersupplied Cat5 cable is required for each interconnection.
16. When a standard Remote Supervisor Adapter or ASM PCI Adapter is installed in a dedicated PCI slot with an external connector, support for connection to other servers in an ASM
interconnect network requires an optional Advanced System Management Interconnect Cable Kit
(P/N 03K9309). Where applicable, direct connection to the RXE drawer management controller in an RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure is supported through a standard Interconnect
Management Cable Kit with 3.5m cable (8m optional cable is available). Support is provided through a single LAN or modem connection.
17. Due to homologation variances, modem availability differs by country.
18. See Appendix E for details on Serial I/O options and configuration limitations. A maximum of four Serial I/O adapters (any combination of P/N 37L1414, 37L1415, 37L1423) may be
installed.
19. Some xSeries servers support the IXA Adapter (P/N 1519100) for connection to iSeries models. Refer to system sections for PCI slot restrictions.
20. RXE-100 Remote Expansion Enclosure supports up to 12 additional PCI-X slots. Cable required for connection included with expansion unit, which attaches to a standard integrated
RIO port located on the back of the system chassis. An optional longer cable is available. Refer to RXE-100 section for diagrams and supported options.
21. Required to connect ServeRAID-4H, -4Mx or -4Lx in xSeries 235 and ServeRAID-4Mx or -4Lx in xSeries 345 to the hot-swap backplane.
22. Required to enable external 0.8mm VHDCI connectors on some systems (x235, x255).
23. Required to enable external 68-pin high-density SCSI connector on some IntelliStation systems.
24. When supported, this option can be used for certain external device connections when only USB ports rather than serial or parallel ports are present on a system chassis.
25. Available only in the US.
26. The option includes brackets for installation in both low-profile and standard PCI slots.
27. This adapter is designed using PCI-X technology.
28. Although the voltage key of this adapter is universal (compatible with 3.3 or 5v slots), the BIOS of each system limits installation to a specific PCI slot.
Updated 01/21/03
For the latest product & technical information, refer to the Information Sources on pages 2 and 3.
207
32P8164
Important Notes
IBM reserves the right to change product specifications and to discontinue marketing products without notice.
MHz and GHz only measure microprocessor internal clock speed, not application performance. Many factors affect application performance.
When referring to storage capacity, GB stands for 1,000,000,000 bytes. Total user-accessible capacity may be less.
Tape Drives which utilize data compression technology have storage capacity that will vary depending upon whether the drive is operating in
native mode (without compression) or compressed mode. Actual storage capacity will vary based upon many factors and may be less than the
maximum possible.
Maximum internal hard disk drive capacities assume the replacement of any hard disk drives and the population of all hard disk drive bays with
the largest currently supported drives available from IBM.
The information contained in this document has not been submitted to any formal IBM test and is distributed AS IS. The use of this information
or the implementation of any of these techniques is a customer responsibility and depends on the customers ability to evaluate and integrate
them into the customers operational environment. While each item may have been reviewed by IBM for accuracy in a specific situation, there is
no guarantee that the same or similar results will be obtained elsewhere. Customers attempting to adapt these techniques to their own
environments do so at their own risk.
For more information on IBMs statement of Limited Warranty, please call 1-800-772-2227 in the United States, 1-800-426-2255 in Canada, or
contact your IBM representative or reseller. Copies are available upon request. For warranties including onsite service, a technician is sent after
IBM attempts to resolve the problem remotely.
Energy Star compliance: The EPA, as a matter of policy, does not endorse any particular company or its products.
IBM makes no representations or warranties with respect to non-IBM products. Support (if any) for the non-IBM products is provided by the third
party, not IBM. IBM makes no warranties, express or implied, regarding non-IBM products and services that are ServerProven, including but not
limited to the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for particular purpose. These products are offered and warranted solely by third
parties.
Unless otherwise noted, phone numbers and fax numbers are valid only in the United States. Outside the United States, please call your local
IBM representative for assistance.
Applications included in IBM products may vary from retail versions and may not include all documentation or functions. Not all products are
sold separately. Third-party software licenses may apply.
This publication was produced in the United States. IBM may not offer the products, services or features discussed in this document in other
countries, and the information is subject to change without notice. Consult your local IBM representative for more information on the products,
services and features available in your area.
208
C o p y r i g h t I B M C o r p o r a t i o n 2 0 01
IBM Server Group
3039 Cornwallis Road
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709